InsightStream

Dynamic Data Connector

The Dynamic Data Connector provides seamless integration with a wide array of external data sources, allowing businesses to unify their data flows effortlessly. This feature simplifies the setup process, enabling users to connect various databases and applications in real-time, ensuring that all analytics reflect the latest information for accurate decision-making.

Requirements

Real-time Data Synchronization

"As a data analyst, I want real-time data synchronization with our external databases so that I can ensure my reports reflect the latest information and drive timely business decisions."

Description

The Real-time Data Synchronization requirement ensures that all connected external data sources reflect the most current data in InsightStream. This feature must support continuous data streaming and polling mechanisms to sync data without manual intervention. By providing up-to-the-minute data availability, it enhances decision-making processes and analytical accuracy, allowing users to respond promptly to changes in their data landscape. This capability is vital for businesses that rely on real-time metrics for operational and strategic decisions, ultimately improving their overall agility.

Acceptance Criteria

User connects InsightStream to their sales database to view live updates on sales performance metrics during a weekly review meeting.

Given the sales database is connected, when new data is added or updated in the sales database, then the dashboard in InsightStream should reflect these changes within 5 minutes.

A marketing manager needs to monitor real-time customer engagement metrics while running a promotional campaign.

Given the marketing engagement tool is linked, when customer interactions occur, then the analytics dashboard should update the relevant metrics in real-time, showing the latest data without refresh.

An operations analyst uses InsightStream to view inventory levels across multiple warehouses to make quick restocking decisions.

Given all warehouse databases are integrated, when stock levels change, then InsightStream should display the updated inventory data immediately on the dashboard, ensuring no delay in reporting.

The finance team requires continuous updates on transaction data to assess cash flow for an upcoming board meeting.

Given the transaction database is synchronized, when new transactions occur, then InsightStream should reflect these transactions on the finance dashboard within 2 minutes.

A business owner reviews performance metrics from various departments to make strategic decisions.

Given all departmental data sources are connected, when any department updates its data, then the summary dashboard should automatically reflect these updates in real-time, providing a unified view.

An executive is conducting a risk assessment using financial data to prepare for potential market changes.

Given the financial database is streaming data, when any critical financial metric changes, then InsightStream should send an alert to the executive's dashboard highlighting the changes as they occur.

User-Friendly Data Mapping

"As a business user, I want an easy-to-use data mapping tool so that I can connect our external data sources to InsightStream without requiring technical assistance."

Description

The User-Friendly Data Mapping requirement focuses on providing an intuitive interface for users to map fields from various external data sources to corresponding fields within InsightStream. This feature should include drag-and-drop functionality and guided steps to simplify the mapping process. Effective mapping enhances data compatibility and ensures accurate analytics by allowing users to define relationships between disparate data fields clearly. This capability is crucial for users with limited technical expertise, enabling them to effectively utilize the platform's analytics capabilities without needing deep technical skills.

Acceptance Criteria

User successfully navigates to the data mapping interface and is greeted by an onboarding tutorial that introduces the mapping functionality.

Given the user is on the data mapping interface, when they complete the onboarding tutorial, then they should see a confirmation message indicating the tutorial is complete.

User needs to map fields from a sales database to InsightStream's analytics dashboard.

Given the user has opened the data mapping interface, when they select fields from the sales database and drag them to the dashboard fields, then the fields should be mapped correctly and visible in the preview section.

User wants to undo the last mapping operation after accidentally connecting the wrong fields.

Given the user has completed a mapping operation, when they click the 'Undo' button, then the last mapping action should be reverted, and the fields should return to their original state.

A user with limited technical skills tries to map data fields without any guidance.

Given the user is using the mapping interface, when they open the help section, then they should find step-by-step instructions with visual aids to assist them in mapping the fields.

User completes the mapping and wants to save the configuration for future use.

Given the user has successfully mapped data fields, when they click the 'Save' button, then the mapping configuration should be saved, and the user should receive a confirmation message.

Multi-Source Data Aggregation

"As a department manager, I want to aggregate data from multiple sources into one view so that I can analyze trends comprehensively and make informed decisions."

Description

The Multi-Source Data Aggregation requirement allows InsightStream to aggregate data from multiple external sources into a single cohesive dataset. This feature must support various data formats and structures, automatically harmonizing the data for uniformity. By providing aggregated insights from diverse sources, this requirement will enable users to identify trends and patterns that would be difficult to see from individual datasets. This functionality is essential for comprehensive reporting and advanced analytics, fortifying InsightStream's role as a central hub for business intelligence.

Acceptance Criteria

User connects to a MySQL database and imports sales data for Q4 2024 to visualize key metrics.

Given the user has valid database credentials, when they set up the Dynamic Data Connector and select the MySQL database, then the system should successfully import sales data and display it in the dashboard within five minutes.

A financial analyst aggregates customer feedback data from a CSV file and a REST API to identify sentiment trends.

Given the user has uploaded a CSV file and configured the API connection, when the user initiates the data aggregation process, then the system should combine the data, harmonize formats, and present a unified dataset for analysis within two minutes.

The operations manager schedules daily automated reports that compile data from different sources for review.

Given the user sets up the report schedule for daily aggregation, when the designated time arrives, then the system should automatically aggregate the latest data from all configured sources and generate a report that is emailed to the user.

A marketing team wants to visualize website traffic data alongside social media engagement metrics using the platform.

Given the user connects both Google Analytics and Facebook Insights data sources, when the user creates a dashboard, then the system should integrate both datasets and allow the user to create visualizations that reflect the combined metrics.

An IT administrator tests the integration capability by connecting to multiple third-party databases simultaneously.

Given the user has configured connections to an SQL Server, MongoDB, and a RESTful API, when the user initiates the aggregation process, then the system should successfully retrieve and harmonize data from all connections without errors within ten minutes.

A data analyst reviews historical sales figures against real-time inventory levels to adjust pricing strategies.

Given the user has set up the required data sources, when they perform the aggregation, then the system should accurately merge historical sales and real-time inventory data, allowing for comparative analysis to be conducted without significant latency.

Automated Data Quality Checks

"As a data manager, I want automated data quality checks to run as data is ingested so that I can trust the accuracy of our reports without needing to perform manual validation."

Description

The Automated Data Quality Checks requirement establishes protocols for automatically validating and cleansing data as it is integrated into InsightStream. This feature would include predefined rules and thresholds for data accuracy and completeness, ensuring that users work with high-quality, reliable data. By automating data validation, businesses can minimize errors, reduce manual oversight, and enhance confidence in their analytical outcomes. This capability is crucial for maintaining data integrity and fostering trust in the analytics produced by InsightStream.

Acceptance Criteria

As a data analyst, I want to connect InsightStream to our sales database so that I can analyze sales performance data in real-time without manual data imports.

Given a connection to the sales database, when I attempt to integrate the data, then the system should validate the connection and retrieve the latest sales records within 5 minutes.

As a user, I need the system to automatically check for missing values in imported data to ensure completeness before analysis.

Given a dataset with imported records, when the automated data quality check runs, then it should flag any records with missing values and provide a summary report of these anomalies.

As a business user, I want to ensure that all imported customer data meets specific accuracy thresholds to trust the analytics coming from InsightStream.

Given a set of accuracy rules preconfigured in the system, when the data quality check is executed, then all records must meet the defined accuracy thresholds, and any failing records should be logged for review.

As an operations manager, I want to be informed of any data quality issues immediately after a data import to take corrective action quickly.

Given a data import has been completed, when the automated checks are performed, then notification alerts regarding any quality issues should be sent to my email within 10 minutes of the import completion.

As a user, I want to customize the rules for data validation according to our business requirements so that our specific data quality needs are met.

Given I am on the data quality settings page, when I configure custom validation rules, then those rules should be saved and applied to future data imports automatically without requiring additional input.

As a compliance officer, I need a historical log of all data quality checks executed on imported data for auditing purposes.

Given that the automated data quality checks have been conducted, when I access the audit log, then it should display a detailed record of all checks performed, including timestamps, results, and any corrective actions taken.

Customizable Data Refresh Schedule

"As a system administrator, I want to customize the data refresh schedule so that different departments can control how often their data is updated based on their specific needs."

Description

The Customizable Data Refresh Schedule requirement provides users with the flexibility to set custom schedules for when data from external sources should be refreshed within InsightStream. This feature should allow users to specify exact times and frequency for updates, catering to the varied needs of different business units. By enabling stakeholders to determine their refresh intervals, this capability ensures that users have access to the most relevant data without overwhelming system resources through excessive data processing. Overall, this will enhance user satisfaction and ensure optimal system performance.

Acceptance Criteria

User sets a custom schedule for data refresh to occur every day at 2 AM.

Given the user is logged into InsightStream, when they navigate to the data refresh settings, then they should see an option to schedule data refreshes and select 'Daily' and set the time to '2:00 AM'.

User sets a custom schedule for data refresh to occur weekly on Mondays at 8 AM.

Given the user is logged into InsightStream, when they navigate to the data refresh settings, then they should see an option to schedule data refreshes and select 'Weekly' and set the day to 'Monday' and time to '8:00 AM'.

User sets a custom schedule for data refresh to occur on the first of every month at midnight.

Given the user is logged into InsightStream, when they navigate to the data refresh settings, then they should see an option to schedule data refreshes and select 'Monthly' and set the date to '1st' and time to '12:00 AM'.

User attempts to set a custom schedule with an overlap in refresh timings.

Given the user is logged into InsightStream, when they try to set a refresh schedule that overlaps with an existing schedule, then the system should display a warning message indicating the conflict and not allow the schedule to be saved until resolved.

User modifies an existing custom refresh schedule from daily to hourly.

Given the user is logged into InsightStream, when they edit the data refresh schedule to change the frequency from 'Daily' to 'Hourly', then the new schedule should be saved and reflected in the settings as 'Every Hour'.

User deletes a custom data refresh schedule that is no longer needed.

Given the user is logged into InsightStream, when they select an existing data refresh schedule and choose to delete it, then the schedule should be removed from the settings and not appear in the list of scheduled refreshes.

User views a summary of all custom refresh schedules they have created.

Given the user is logged into InsightStream, when they access the data refresh settings, then they should see a clear summary view listing all their custom refresh schedules with details on frequency and timing.

Automated Update Scheduler

The Automated Update Scheduler allows users to set specific intervals for data synchronization, customizing frequency according to their operational needs. This feature ensures that users receive timely updates without manual intervention, enhancing efficiency and allowing teams to focus on analyzing data rather than managing it.

Requirements

User-Friendly Configuration

"As a data analyst, I want to easily configure my data synchronization settings so that I can ensure my dashboards are always up-to-date without needing technical assistance."

Description

The User-Friendly Configuration requirement is designed to provide an intuitive interface for users to customize their update schedules effortlessly. It should allow users to select specific intervals for data synchronization via a straightforward setup wizard, ensuring that even users with minimal technical expertise can configure the updates as needed. This functionality enhances user engagement by making the tool accessible, ultimately leading to increased satisfaction and more effective data usage. Integration with existing user profiles will enable personalized settings to be saved for future use, thus streamlining the overall user experience and efficiency.

Acceptance Criteria

User sets a weekly data synchronization schedule using the setup wizard in the automated update scheduler.

Given a user is on the configuration page for the Automated Update Scheduler, when the user selects 'Weekly' from the schedule options and specifies the time, then the system should save the schedule and display a confirmation message.

User configures daily updates for data synchronization through the user-friendly interface without prior technical knowledge.

Given a user is using the setup wizard for the data synchronization, when the user chooses 'Daily' and sets specific hours, then the settings should be saved, and the user should see a success notification.

User updates an existing synchronization schedule to change it from daily to monthly through the configuration interface.

Given an existing daily update schedule, when the user accesses the configuration page, selects 'Monthly', sets the day and time, and confirms the changes, then the system should update the schedule successfully and reflect the changes in the user's profile.

User saves personalized configurations that can be retrieved for future use in configuring the update schedule.

Given a user has configured a specific update schedule, when the user saves the settings under their profile, then the personalized configuration should be retrievable whenever they access the setup wizard in the future.

User utilizes help resources available during the configuration process of the update scheduler.

Given a user is on the configuration page and needs assistance, when they click on the help icon, then a help overlay should appear providing context-sensitive instructions related to setting the update schedule.

User receives notifications for upcoming scheduled updates based on their selected configuration.

Given a user has configured their update schedule, when the scheduled update time approaches, then the user should receive a reminder notification 10 minutes prior to the synchronization as a confirmation of the upcoming update.

User experiences minimal load time while accessing the configuration page for setting up the update scheduler.

Given a user attempts to access the update scheduler configuration page, when the page is loaded, then it should load in no more than 3 seconds to ensure a smooth user experience.

Automated Notification System

"As a user, I want to receive notifications about my data update schedule so that I am always informed about my data without manually checking the system."

Description

The Automated Notification System requirement entails developing a mechanism that alerts users about upcoming data synchronization events and potential issues. This feature should send customizable notifications via email or in-app messages, allowing users to stay informed about their data updates and any discrepancies. By proactively informing users of critical events, this requirement aims to enhance the transparency and reliability of the data synchronization process, ultimately leading to more informed decision-making and timely actions by users.

Acceptance Criteria

User sets up the Automated Notification System for the first time to receive alerts about upcoming data synchronization events.

Given the user has configured the notification settings, when a scheduled synchronization is about to occur, then the user should receive an email notification 15 minutes prior to the event.

A user modifies their notification preferences to customize the type and frequency of alerts they receive about data synchronization events.

Given the user has selected different notification preferences, when they save the changes, then the system should update the preferences without errors and confirm the changes with a feedback message.

The system encounters an issue during data synchronization, and the Automated Notification System must alert the user regarding the disruption.

Given that a data synchronization issue has been detected, when the error occurs, then the user should receive an in-app notification and an email detailing the nature of the issue within 5 minutes of detection.

A user wishes to view the history of notifications received from the Automated Notification System regarding data synchronization events.

Given that the user accesses the notification history, when the user views this section, then all past notifications should be displayed in chronological order with timestamps and relevant details.

A user tests the functionality of the Automated Notification System to ensure alerts are received correctly for scheduled synchronization events.

Given that the scheduling feature is configured and a test synchronization is initiated, when the synchronization occurs, then the user should receive the corresponding notification as per their selected schedule.

The system needs to handle multiple users simultaneously accessing the Automated Notification System without issues.

Given multiple users are utilizing the notification system at the same time, when they configure their settings, then each user should be able to save their preferences independently without impacting others' settings.

Performance Monitoring Dashboard

"As an operations manager, I want to monitor the performance of the automated update scheduler so that I can ensure the system is functioning optimally and adjust settings as needed."

Description

The Performance Monitoring Dashboard requirement focuses on creating a dedicated space within InsightStream where users can monitor the efficiency and success of their automated update scheduler. This dashboard should provide key metrics such as the frequency of updates, synchronization success rates, and any errors encountered during the process. By visualizing performance data, users can identify trends, troubleshoot issues, and ultimately optimize their update settings based on real-time feedback. This enhances overall operational efficiency and trust in the platform.

Acceptance Criteria

Dashboard displays key metrics for monitoring data synchronization from the Automated Update Scheduler.

Given that the user is on the Performance Monitoring Dashboard, when they select a specific time period, then the dashboard should display the total number of scheduled updates, the number of successful synchronizations, and the number of failed synchronizations for that period.

Users can filter performance metrics based on customizable parameters.

Given that the user is viewing the Performance Monitoring Dashboard, when they apply filters for date range and synchronization type, then the dashboard should update to reflect only the data that meets the selected criteria and display the corresponding metrics.

Failure alerts are appropriately displayed in the dashboard reporting.

Given that there was a failure in the data synchronization, when the user checks the Performance Monitoring Dashboard, then any failures should be highlighted clearly with error descriptions and timestamps for the last 5 failed attempts.

Users can export performance data for offline analysis.

Given that the user is on the Performance Monitoring Dashboard, when they select the 'Export' option, then the system should generate a downloadable CSV file containing all displayed performance metrics for the selected time period.

Real-time updates are reflected immediately on the dashboard.

Given that an update occurs through the Automated Update Scheduler, when the synchronization completes, then the Performance Monitoring Dashboard should refresh automatically to show the new metrics and synchronization status without requiring a page refresh.

Users have access to historical performance data over a defined period.

Given that the user wants to analyze long-term performance, when they access the history section of the Performance Monitoring Dashboard, then they should be able to view and select historical data for at least the last six months with visual graphs.

Multi-Source Data Integration

"As a business user, I want to connect multiple data sources to the automated update scheduler so that I can consolidate information and gain comprehensive insights."

Description

The Multi-Source Data Integration requirement aims to empower users by allowing the automated update scheduler to sync data from various chosen sources effectively. This functionality should support multiple data formats and ensure seamless integration with existing databases and applications. Enabling this integrative capability not only streamlines data management for users but also enriches the analytics output by consolidating diverse data streams into the dashboard, enhancing the analytical depth and operational insights.

Acceptance Criteria

User configures the Automated Update Scheduler to sync data from multiple sources (e.g., CRM, ERP, and third-party applications) on a daily basis.

Given the user has selected data sources and configured the synchronization interval to daily, When the scheduler activates, Then the system should successfully pull the latest data from all configured sources without errors and consolidate it into the dashboard.

User changes the synchronization interval of the Automated Update Scheduler from daily to weekly.

Given the user has accessed the settings of the Automated Update Scheduler and selected a new interval of weekly updates, When the user confirms the changes, Then the system should reflect the new interval and execute the next synchronization accordingly at the next scheduled time.

User attempts to sync data from a source that has an unsupported format.

Given the user has configured a data source with an unsupported format, When the user triggers a manual update, Then the system should alert the user with a clear message indicating the unsupported format and provide guidance on acceptable formats.

User receives notification that data synchronization has completed successfully.

Given the user has scheduled data updates, When the synchronization process completes, Then the user should receive a notification confirming that the data has been updated successfully with the details of the number of records synced.

User wants to remove a previously configured data source from the Automated Update Scheduler.

Given the user has selected a data source to be removed and confirms the action, When the system processes the request, Then the selected data source should no longer appear in the list of configured sources for the Automated Update Scheduler.

User analyzes the dashboard after data integration from multiple sources.

Given data has been synchronized from multiple sources, When the user accesses the dashboard, Then all relevant metrics should reflect the most recent data from integrated sources accurately and without inconsistencies.

User sets the Automated Update Scheduler to sync data every hour to ensure real-time data availability.

Given the user configures the scheduler to sync data every hour, When the scheduler is activated, Then the system should initiate synchronization every hour and keep the data updated without manual input from the user.

Historical Data Analysis

"As a strategic planner, I want to analyze historical data synchronization metrics so that I can make data-informed decisions for future updates."

Description

The Historical Data Analysis requirement will enable users to access past performance data related to their synchronized updates. This feature should allow users to review historical logs and metrics, helping them understand patterns over time and informing future data synchronization strategies. By analyzing past data and performance trends, users can make informed decisions regarding timing and frequency changes, ultimately leading to enhanced operational effectiveness.

Acceptance Criteria

User reviews historical performance data for a specific department to determine optimal synchronization frequency based on past metrics.

Given the user has accessed the Historical Data Analysis feature, when they select a department and a date range, then they can view a detailed report of past performance data including synchronization frequency, success rates, and any disruptions experienced during the interval.

User wants to identify trends in historical data to adjust future data synchronization intervals.

Given the user is viewing the historical performance data, when they apply filters for specific metrics (e.g., peak usage times, success rates), then the system should display visual trends (charts/graphs) that highlight patterns over time, allowing users to make informed decisions.

A user needs to export historical data analysis to share with their team for further discussion on data synchronization strategy.

Given the user is on the Historical Data Analysis page, when they select the export option, then the system should generate a report in CSV format containing all displayed data metrics and trends from the selected date range.

Users need to compare historical synchronization data across different time periods to assess performance changes.

Given the user is in the Historical Data Analysis section, when they select two different date ranges for comparison, then the system should display side-by-side metrics that allow users to easily compare performance and identify significant changes or trends.

User wishes to set reminders for periodic reviews of historical data to ensure continuous optimization of data synchronization.

Given the user is in the Historical Data Analysis feature, when they set a reminder for a specific review date and time, then the system should confirm the reminder is scheduled and notify the user via their preferred communication method ahead of the review date.

User aims to receive insights on historical data to anticipate future bottlenecks in data synchronization.

Given the user is analyzing historical performance data, when they review the insights section, then the system should provide predictive analytics suggesting potential future bottlenecks based on historical metrics and trends.

User wants to filter historical data to view specific incidents affecting synchronization performance.

Given the user is on the Historical Data Analysis page, when they apply filters for incidents (e.g., downtime, errors), then the system should display only the relevant historical data correlating to those incidents, including details on duration and impact on synchronization.

Smart Data Conflict Resolution

Smart Data Conflict Resolution identifies and resolves discrepancies during data synchronization, ensuring data integrity and accuracy. By automating the process of conflict detection and resolution, this feature saves users time and effort, allowing them to trust that their analytics are built on reliable data.

Requirements

Automated Conflict Detection

"As a data analyst, I want the system to automatically detect data conflicts so that I can resolve them promptly and rely on accurate analytics without manual checks."

Description

Automated Conflict Detection is a critical requirement that enables InsightStream to automatically identify discrepancies in data during synchronization processes. By leveraging algorithms that analyze incoming data streams against existing records, this capability ensures that potential conflicts are flagged in real-time. This feature not only enhances data integrity by proactively addressing issues but also reduces manual oversight, allowing users to focus on deriving insights from reliable data. Essential for maintaining trust in data analytics, automated conflict detection integrates seamlessly with data synchronization processes to provide users with immediate visibility into data health and quality, fostering a data-driven decision-making environment.

Acceptance Criteria

Automated Conflict Detection during Data Synchronization

Given a data synchronization process is running, when discrepancies in incoming data are detected, then the system must automatically flag these discrepancies in real-time and provide a summary report of the conflicts identified.

User Notification for Detected Conflicts

Given that discrepancies have been detected during synchronization, when a conflict is flagged, then the system must send an instant notification to the user, detailing the nature and specifics of the detected conflict.

Historical Conflict Resolution Log

Given that conflicts have been detected and resolved, when the user accesses the conflict resolution log, then the system must display a complete history of detected conflicts along with their resolution status, timestamp, and any user actions taken.

Integration with Existing Data Sources

Given the existing data sources are integrated into InsightStream, when the automated conflict detection feature runs, then it must be able to analyze data from all integrated sources without any compatibility issues or data loss.

Performance Measurement of Conflict Detection

Given that the automated conflict detection system is in operation, when a new batch of data is synchronized, then the system must process and flag conflicts within a specified time threshold (e.g., 5 seconds per batch).

User Control over Conflict Management

Given a detected conflict, when the user is presented with options for resolution, then the user must have the ability to choose from predefined resolution strategies (e.g., manual correction, automated resolution, or ignore).

System Functionality under Heavy Load

Given that the system is undergoing a high volume of data synchronization requests, when conflicts are detected, then the system must maintain functionality and flag all conflicts without degradation of performance.

User-configurable Conflict Resolution Rules

"As a data manager, I want to configure conflict resolution rules so that I can tailor the system to my organization’s data governance policies and enhance data accuracy."

Description

User-configurable Conflict Resolution Rules allow users to define specific criteria and strategies for how data conflicts should be resolved within InsightStream. This flexibility empowers users to customize resolution protocols based on their unique business needs and compliance requirements. The ability to set rules such as prioritizing certain data sources over others, auto-archiving older data, or flagging recurring issues for manual review enhances operational efficiency and user control. This requirement is integral to ensuring that data integrity aligns with organizational policies and enhances user trust in the analytics process.

Acceptance Criteria

User Configures Conflict Resolution Rules to Prioritize Data Sources

Given a user has access to the Smart Data Conflict Resolution settings, when they define a conflict resolution rule to prioritize certain data sources, then the system should apply these rules correctly during data synchronization and resolve conflicts according to the user's specified hierarchy.

User Sets Auto-Archiving for Older Data during Conflict Resolution

Given a user navigates to the resolution settings, when they activate auto-archiving for older data, then the system should automatically archive any data that meets the criteria during data synchronization without user intervention.

User Flags Recurring Data Issues for Manual Review

Given a user configures conflict resolution rules, when they mark specific conflicts to be flagged for manual review, then the system should display alerts for these flagged conflicts in the dashboard for further action by the user.

User Tests Conflict Resolution Rules in a Simulation Environment

Given a user has set up various conflict resolution rules, when they run a test simulation with conflicting data inputs, then the system should resolve the conflicts according to the established rules and provide a summary of the actions taken during the test.

User Views Effectiveness of Conflict Resolution Rules through Analytics

Given the user has applied conflict resolution rules, when they access the analytics dashboard, then the system should provide metrics on resolved conflicts, including the number of conflicts identified, resolved, and any flagged for review.

User Edits Existing Conflict Resolution Rules

Given a user has existing conflict resolution rules, when they modify one of these rules through the settings interface, then the changes should be saved and reflected immediately in future conflict resolution processes without requiring a system restart.

User Receives Notification for Successful Application of Conflict Resolution Rules

Given a user has implemented new conflict resolution rules, when these rules are successfully applied to the current data set, then the user should receive a confirmation notification detailing the actions taken.

Real-time Conflict Resolution Dashboard

"As a data operations manager, I want a real-time dashboard displaying data conflicts so that I can monitor their status and effectively manage resolutions."

Description

The Real-time Conflict Resolution Dashboard is a dynamic interface that provides users with an overview of current data conflicts, their status, and resolution progress. This requirement focuses on developing an intuitive dashboard that visually represents conflicts, categorizes them by severity, and tracks resolution efforts. By providing real-time updates and actionable insights, users can quickly assess data conflicts and prioritize responses. This feature enhances user experience by streamlining the conflict resolution process, enabling teams to efficiently manage and rectify discrepancies as they arise, thus upholding data integrity within the InsightStream platform.

Acceptance Criteria

User views the real-time conflict resolution dashboard to monitor current data discrepancies and their resolutions.

Given a user is logged into the InsightStream platform, when they access the Real-time Conflict Resolution Dashboard, then they should see an updated list of current data conflicts categorized by severity, along with their status and resolution progress.

User filters the data conflicts on the dashboard by severity level to prioritize issues.

Given a user is on the Real-time Conflict Resolution Dashboard, when they apply a filter to show only high-severity conflicts, then the dashboard should update to display only those conflicts classified as high severity and hide others.

User receives notifications for newly identified data conflicts on the dashboard.

Given a data conflict is detected in the system, when the conflict is automatically logged, then the user should receive an immediate notification on the dashboard indicating the existence of a new conflict.

User acknowledges and marks a resolved conflict in the dashboard.

Given a user identifies a resolved conflict on the Real-time Conflict Resolution Dashboard, when they select the conflict and click 'Mark as Resolved', then the dashboard should update to indicate that the conflict is resolved and remove it from the active list.

User views historical data conflict resolution trends on the dashboard.

Given a user navigates to the historical resolution trends section of the Real-time Conflict Resolution Dashboard, when they select a date range, then the dashboard should display graphical representations of conflict trends, showing the number of conflicts and resolution times over the selected period.

Alerts and Notifications for Data Conflicts

"As a user, I want to receive alerts when data conflicts occur so that I can take immediate action and ensure the accuracy of my analytics."

Description

Alerts and Notifications for Data Conflicts serve to promptly inform users about the occurrence of data discrepancies in the system. This requirement focuses on implementing a notification system that sends alerts via email or in-app messages whenever a conflict is detected, ensuring that relevant stakeholders are made aware as soon as an issue arises. This proactive approach minimizes downtime and fosters immediate action towards conflict resolution. By integrating this feature, InsightStream supports a responsive analytics environment where data integrity is prioritized, empowering teams to maintain consistent and reliable analytics.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives instant alerts on data discrepancies during data synchronization.

Given a data conflict occurs in the system, when the conflict is detected, then an alert is sent to the user’s email and displayed in the app within 5 minutes.

Users can customize their alert preferences for data conflicts.

Given a user accesses their notification settings, when they select their preferred notification method, then the system saves their settings and uses them for future alerts about data conflicts.

Notifications include detailed information about the data conflict.

Given a data conflict occurs, when an alert is sent, then the notification contains details such as the nature of the conflict, affected data sources, and a timestamp.

Users can mark notifications as read or unresolved.

Given a user receives a notification about a data conflict, when they view the alert, then they can mark it as read, which updates the notification status in their dashboard.

Users are informed of recurring conflicts automatically via notifications.

Given a recurring data conflict is detected, when the system identifies the pattern, then it sends a summary alert to the user weekly until the issue is resolved.

The notification system integrates seamlessly with existing communication platforms.

Given a user has linked their Slack account, when a data conflict occurs, then an alert is sent to the designated Slack channel in real-time.

Users can access a history of all notifications related to data conflicts.

Given a user requests to view conflict notifications, when they access the history section, then they can see all past alerts with timestamps and details.

Conflict Resolution History Log

"As a compliance officer, I want a history log of conflict resolutions so that I can review past actions and ensure our data policies are being followed."

Description

The Conflict Resolution History Log captures all actions taken in response to data conflicts, maintaining a transparent record of resolutions and decisions. This requirement ensures accountability and provides insights into patterns of discrepancies, allowing for review and analysis of conflict resolution effectiveness if issues persist. By keeping a detailed log accessible to relevant stakeholders, organizations can conduct audits, refine their data management processes, and enhance future conflict resolution strategies. This requirement is essential for organizations that prioritize compliance and data quality assurance.

Acceptance Criteria

Conflict Resolution Logging for Data Synchronization Process

Given a data conflict occurs during synchronization, when the user resolves the conflict, then the details of the resolution (including timestamp, data involved, and user ID) are logged in the Conflict Resolution History Log.

Accessing the Conflict Resolution History Log

Given a user with access rights, when the user requests the Conflict Resolution History Log, then the system displays a chronological list of all conflict resolutions with complete details.

Analyzing Patterns of Discrepancies

Given a data analyst reviews the Conflict Resolution History Log, when they apply filtering options (e.g., date range, conflict types), then the log should accurately reflect the filtered data showing all relevant entries.

Audit Trail for Compliance Review

Given a compliance officer requests an audit of the conflict resolution process, when they access the Conflict Resolution History Log, then the log should provide an immutable record that meets regulatory standards for data integrity and accountability.

Automated Reports on Conflict Resolution Effectiveness

Given the resolution history, when a user generates a report on conflict resolution effectiveness, then the report should summarize key metrics such as total conflicts, resolution types, and resolution timeframes accurately based on the logged data.

Notification of High-Frequency Conflicts

Given the system identifies a higher-than-normal frequency of specific data conflicts, when the conflict count reaches a defined threshold, then the system automatically alerts relevant stakeholders via email or in-app notification.

System Performance during Conflict Resolution Logging

Given the logging process is triggered by a conflict resolution action, when the resolution takes place, then the system should log the action without causing a noticeable delay in the user interface or other system functionalities.

Integrate Machine Learning for Predictive Conflict Resolution

"As a data scientist, I want the system to predict data conflicts using machine learning so that I can prevent issues before they affect my analysis."

Description

Integrating Machine Learning for Predictive Conflict Resolution enhances InsightStream's ability to not only identify but also predict potential data conflicts before they occur based on historical data patterns. This advanced requirement employs machine learning algorithms to analyze data trends, user actions, and previously resolved conflicts to forecast future discrepancies. By anticipating potential issues, users can implement preventive measures and maintain data quality proactively. This feature represents a significant enhancement in the smart data conflict resolution approach, leveraging advanced analytics to minimize manual intervention and improve overall data governance.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives a notification indicating a potential data conflict has been predicted based on historical data patterns during a scheduled synchronization session.

Given the machine learning model has been trained on historical data, When a user initiates a data synchronization, Then the system should notify the user of predicted data conflicts before the synchronization completes.

User views a detailed report of predicted data conflicts on the dashboard based on machine learning analysis.

Given that machine learning has been applied to analyze historical data, When the user accesses the conflict resolution dashboard, Then the user should see a comprehensive report detailing potential data conflicts and their severity ratings.

A user manually confirms a conflict detection after receiving a prediction from the system, ensuring the system’s proactive measures are effective.

Given a prediction of a data conflict has been received, When the user reviews the specifics of the conflict and confirms it, Then the system should log the confirmation and update future predictions based on this user feedback.

The machine learning model autonomously updates its predictions based on newly resolved conflicts, enhancing future accuracy.

Given that a new data conflict has been resolved by the user, When the resolution is documented in the system, Then the machine learning model should automatically adjust its algorithms to consider this new data point for future predictions.

User receives guidance on preventative measures to avoid predicted conflicts highlighted by the machine learning predictions.

Given a potential data conflict has been predicted, When the user clicks on the predicted conflict alert, Then the system should display recommended actions or guidelines to address and prevent the conflict.

Data Visualization Sync

Data Visualization Sync enables users to create real-time visualizations that automatically update as new data is synchronized. This feature enhances data storytelling by ensuring that all graphs and charts provide current insights, facilitating more informed discussions and presentations across teams.

Requirements

Dynamic Data Updates

"As a data analyst, I want visualizations to update in real-time so that I can present the most current insights during team meetings and make data-driven decisions effectively."

Description

Dynamic Data Updates ensure that all visual elements within the Data Visualization Sync feature are refreshed in real-time as new data becomes available. This requirement is crucial for maintaining accuracy and relevance in data presentations, allowing users to make informed decisions based on the most up-to-date insights. By leveraging web sockets or similar technology, this functionality provides a seamless experience that enhances the way users interact with data visualizations, promoting timely discussions and actions within teams.

Acceptance Criteria

User opens a dashboard containing dynamic visualizations and waits for new data to be pushed to the platform.

Given the user is on a dashboard with dynamic visualizations, when new data is received via web socket, then all visual elements must update automatically without requiring a page refresh.

A team meeting is scheduled and participants rely on updated data visualizations to guide discussion.

Given the meeting participants are discussing a specific visualization, when updates occur, then the visual component should reflect the latest data in real-time, ensuring all participants see the same current information.

A user sets up a dashboard to track sales performance and needs to see changes as they happen throughout the day.

Given the sales data is dynamically updating, when the user monitors the dashboard, they should see changes in visualizations within 5 seconds of data synchronization events occurring.

A user explores different departments' data through customizable visualizations that should update automatically.

Given the custom dashboard for a department, when new data is synchronized, then the visualizations must refresh to display the latest metrics and KPIs pertinent to that department without manual intervention.

A company runs a weekly review based on dynamic visualizations to assess performance against targets.

Given the review is in progress, when the data changes during the meeting, then the visualizations must reflect these changes within 3 seconds, allowing for real-time decision-making based on up-to-date insights.

Customizable Visualization Types

"As a business user, I want to choose different types of visualizations for my data so that I can effectively communicate my findings to my audience in a way that resonates with them."

Description

Customizable Visualization Types enable users to select from various graph and chart options within the Data Visualization Sync feature. This requirement empowers users to tailor their visualizations to their specific data sets and presentation needs, enhancing the storytelling aspect of data. By including a range of options such as bar charts, line graphs, pie charts, and heat maps, users can better communicate their insights and findings, fostering greater understanding and engagement among stakeholders.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects a bar chart visualization type to display quarterly sales data in the Data Visualization Sync feature.

Given that the user has accessed the Data Visualization Sync feature, when they select the bar chart option, then the visualization should correctly reflect the quarterly sales data with accurate bars representing respective sales figures.

A user wants to compare two data sets using line graphs within the Data Visualization Sync feature.

Given that the user has chosen two sets of data, when they select the line graph option, then the feature must generate a line graph that distinctly displays both data sets on the same chart, with clearly labeled axes and legends.

Users aim to present monthly performance metrics using a pie chart visualization in the Data Visualization Sync feature.

Given that a user selects the pie chart option, when the visualization is created, then it must accurately display the proportions of each metric in the dataset, along with percentage labels and a legend for clarity.

A user is utilizing heat maps to visualize regional performance data within the Data Visualization Sync feature.

Given that the user has access to regional data, when they choose the heat map option, then the heat map must dynamically represent varying performance levels across different regions with appropriate color gradients indicating performance thresholds.

A user wants to switch between different visualization types for the same dataset to assess the best representation.

Given that the user has an existing dataset visualized, when they switch from one visualization type to another (e.g., from bar chart to line graph), then the system must update the visualization accurately without losing any data or formatting configurations.

Users wish to save customized visualizations for future access in the Data Visualization Sync feature.

Given that a user has created a customized visualization, when they save it, then the system must allow them to retrieve the saved visualization later with all customization intact.

Interactive Data Exploration

"As a business analyst, I want to explore data trends by interacting with visualizations so that I can identify underlying issues and deeper insights that inform my recommendations."

Description

Interactive Data Exploration allows users to engage with the visualizations by clicking on specific data points or areas to drill down for more detailed information. This requirement provides users with an immersive experience, enabling them to explore data trends and anomalies in greater depth. By offering tooltips, filters, and additional metrics upon interaction, this functionality enhances the analytical capabilities of InsightStream, making data analysis more intuitive and enriching for users.

Acceptance Criteria

User interacts with a data point on a chart to retrieve detailed information about sales trends.

Given a user is viewing a sales trends chart when they click on a specific data point, then a tooltip displays with detailed metrics such as total sales, number of transactions, and average value.

User applies a filter to a dataset and observes the changes in visualizations in real-time.

Given a user has opened a visualization with multiple data points when they apply a filter to narrow down the data, then all related visualizations update in real-time to reflect the filtered data.

User wants to explore analysis on customer behavior through interactive visualizations.

Given a user hovers over a segment in a customer behavior graph when they click on that segment, then additional metrics appear showing engagement rates, retention rates, and comparative analysis.

User accesses the interactive data exploration feature to understand performance metrics of various departments.

Given a user is reviewing performance metrics from different departments when they click on a department's specific performance bar, then the view updates to show detailed historical data and key performance indicators.

User wants to view a comprehensive report on evolving market trends based on interactive analysis.

Given a user selects the market trends visualization when they interact with trend lines, then the system allows drilling down to quarterly analyses and presents trend comparison charts for selected timeframes.

User utilizes the tooltip feature while analyzing visualizations.

Given a user is part of a meeting and analyzing visualizations when they hover over any chart element, then a tooltip appears providing summary statistics and insights relevant to that data point.

Visualization Sharing Options

"As a project manager, I want to share my data visualizations with my team so that everyone is aligned and can contribute to our strategy discussions effectively."

Description

Visualization Sharing Options enable users to easily share their created visualizations with team members or stakeholders through various channels, including email, links, or integrated collaboration tools. This requirement enhances teamwork and communication by allowing users to disseminate insights quickly and efficiently. By providing easy-to-use sharing capabilities, teams can stay aligned and informed, leading to faster decision-making processes based on shared understanding of data insights.

Acceptance Criteria

User sharing visualizations through email for team review.

Given a user has created a visualization, when they select the 'Share' option and choose 'Email', then they should be prompted to enter recipient email addresses and send the visualization successfully without errors.

User generating a shareable link for a visualization to distribute among stakeholders.

Given a user has a saved visualization, when they click the 'Share' option and select 'Get Link', then a shareable link should be generated that anyone with the link can access the visualization.

User utilizing collaboration tools to share visualizations with team members in real-time.

Given a user has created a visualization, when they select the 'Share' option and choose 'Collaborative Tool', then the visualization should be successfully shared and accessible in the selected tool for all specified users.

User verifying access permissions for shared visualizations.

Given a visualization has been shared with a specific group, when the user checks the sharing settings, then they should see the list of users who have access and their respective permissions (view/edit).

User editing an existing shared visualization and notifying team members of the update.

Given a user has edited a shared visualization, when they select the 'Notify Team' option, then all recipients of the original shared visualization should receive a notification of the update.

User tracking the engagement metrics of shared visualizations.

Given a visualization has been shared, when the user accesses the engagement dashboard, then they should see metrics such as views, comments, and edits made by others on that visualization.

User ensuring compatibility of shared visualizations with different devices.

Given a visualization is shared, when it is accessed on mobile or tablet devices, then the visualization should scale appropriately without loss of data quality or functionality.

Automated Report Generation

"As a team leader, I want to automatically generate reports from my visualizations so that I can easily distribute insights to decision-makers without spending extra time formatting data."

Description

Automated Report Generation allows users to generate reports based on the visualizations they have created, including insights, charts, and relevant data in a digestible format for stakeholders. This requirement simplifies reporting processes and ensures that teams can consistently and effectively present their findings without manual effort. By automating this aspect of analytics, users save time and can focus more on analysis rather than formatting reports, enhancing overall productivity.

Acceptance Criteria

User generates a report using the Automated Report Generation feature after creating visualizations from their data in InsightStream. The report should compile insights, charts, and data points relevant to the selected visualizations.

Given a user has created visualizations, when they select the 'Generate Report' option, then an automated report should be produced that includes all selected visualizations and corresponding insights in a well-structured format.

A user chooses to schedule automated report generation on a weekly basis to keep stakeholders updated on performance metrics. The system should trigger the report generation at the specified time without any manual intervention.

Given the user schedules a report for weekly generation, when the scheduled time arrives, then a report must be generated and emailed to the specified stakeholders without any errors.

The report generated should be easily exportable in multiple formats (PDF, Excel, and Word) to cater to the preferences of different stakeholders and departments.

Given a report has been generated, when the user selects an export option, then the report must be exported accurately in the chosen format without data loss.

The user wants to ensure that reports generated reflect the most current data available from the integrated data sources and are not based on outdated information.

Given the data sources are continually updated, when a user generates a report, then the report must reflect the latest data updated in the last 24 hours.

After generating a report, the user should be able to preview the report content before finalizing its export to ensure all included visualizations and insights are accurate and relevant.

Given the user generates a report, when they choose to preview the report, then they must see a complete view of the report including all visualizations and insights before final export.

The system should log automated report generation activities, providing users with a clear history of when reports were generated, exported, and sent, enhancing accountability in reporting.

Given a report is generated, when the report generation occurs, then the system must log this activity with timestamps and user information for future reference.

Users should have the capability to customize the content and layout of the automated reports to better suit the needs of specific stakeholders or departments, allowing for tailored communication.

Given the user accesses the report customization options, when they select specific insights and adjust layout preferences, then the generated report should reflect those customizations accurately.

User-Centric Sync Preferences

User-Centric Sync Preferences allows individual users to customize their data synchronization settings based on their specific roles and requirements. This flexibility empowers users to tailor how and when they receive updates, ensuring that the insights they derive are most relevant to their particular needs.

Requirements

Customizable Sync Intervals

"As a data analyst, I want to customize my data synchronization intervals so that I can receive updates at the frequency that best suits my workflow and reporting needs."

Description

This requirement enables users to define and adjust their data synchronization intervals based on business needs or personal preferences. Users can set how frequently their data is updated, such as real-time, hourly, or daily synchronization. Customizable sync intervals enhance user control over data timeliness, ensuring that relevant insights are available when needed while optimizing performance and resource usage. This functionality integrates seamlessly into the InsightStream dashboard, providing a user-friendly interface for setting preferences, ultimately increasing user satisfaction and productivity.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects a custom data synchronization interval for real-time updates.

Given a user is on the sync preferences page, when they select 'Real-Time' from the dropdown menu and save their preferences, then the system should confirm that the sync interval has been successfully updated to 'Real-Time'.

User modifies the synchronization interval from hourly to daily.

Given a user has previously set the sync interval to 'Hourly', when they change the setting to 'Daily' and click 'Save', then the system should update their preferences and display a confirmation message indicating the sync interval has been changed to 'Daily'.

User tries to set an unsupported synchronization interval.

Given a user is on the sync preferences page, when they attempt to enter a sync interval of '15 minutes' which is not an available option, then the system should display an error message stating 'Unsupported sync interval. Please choose a valid option.' and not allow the setting to be saved.

User checks the effectiveness of their chosen synchronization interval.

Given a user has set their sync interval to 'Hourly', when they access the dashboard one hour after saving their changes, then the dashboard should reflect data updates corresponding to the 'Hourly' sync interval without any delays.

User wants to revert to default sync settings after customizing them.

Given a user has customized their sync preferences, when they select the option 'Reset to Default' and confirm their choice, then the system should revert the sync settings to the default state and display a confirmation message.

User saves synchronization settings and navigates away from the page.

Given a user has successfully modified their sync interval and saved their changes, when they navigate away from the sync preferences page and return later, then their previously saved sync preferences should be retained and correctly displayed.

Role-Based Sync Preferences

"As a department manager, I want the synchronization settings to vary by role so that my team members receive only the data relevant to their functions, enabling improved focus and productivity."

Description

This requirement facilitates the ability to establish sync preferences based on user roles within the organization. Each role, whether it be for management, finance, marketing, or operations, can have tailored synchronization settings. This ensures that users receive only the most pertinent updates and alerts relevant to their responsibilities, improving efficiency and reducing information overload. The implementation will include role configuration options that administrative users can easily set up, aligning sync preferences with job functions to enhance focus and effectiveness.

Acceptance Criteria

As an administrative user, I want to be able to create a role-based sync preference for the marketing department so that team members receive updates relevant to their campaigns without being overwhelmed by unnecessary information.

Given the administrative user accesses the sync preferences configuration, when they create a new sync preference for the marketing role, then the updates specific to marketing functions are only sent to users in that role.

As a finance department user, I would like to receive immediate updates on transactions that exceed a specified threshold so that I can act promptly on financial decisions.

Given a finance department user has selected the 'high-value transaction alert' option, when a transaction exceeds the defined threshold, then the user receives a real-time alert on their dashboard.

As a management user, I want to review the overall performance metrics of all departments in a single customizable dashboard so that I can quickly assess business performance.

Given a management user accesses their dashboard, when they select 'department performance metrics', then all relevant performance data is displayed in an easy-to-read format customized to the management role.

As a user in the operations role, I want to configure sync preferences to receive weekly summary reports of operational metrics to ensure I am informed of key trends and performance indicators.

Given an operations user has set their sync preferences to receive weekly summary reports, when the report generation time arrives, then the user receives an email containing the summarized operational metrics.

As a new user in any role, I want to have a guided setup process for configuring my sync preferences to ensure I receive the most relevant data updates for my role.

Given a new user has logged into InsightStream for the first time, when they initiate the guided setup for sync preferences, then they see role-specific options and receive prompts to customize their settings effectively.

Notification Preferences for Sync Changes

"As a user, I want to receive notifications when my sync preferences change so that I can stay informed about any adjustments that might impact my data access."

Description

This requirement allows users to manage their notification settings related to changes in their sync preferences. Users can opt to receive alerts via email, in-app messages, or push notifications whenever their sync settings are modified. This feature enhances transparency and ensures users remain informed about updates that could affect their data retrieval processes. By allowing users to choose their preferred notification method, the feature accommodates diverse communication preferences and enhances user engagement with the platform.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects email as their preferred notification method for sync changes.

Given the user has set notification preferences, When they change their sync settings, Then the user receives an email alert confirming the changes made.

User chooses in-app notifications for updates regarding sync preferences.

Given the user has chosen in-app notifications, When their sync settings are altered, Then the user receives an in-app message notifying them of the update.

User opts for push notifications to receive alerts about sync changes.

Given the user has enabled push notifications, When a change to their sync preferences occurs, Then the user receives a push notification on their mobile device.

User modifies their sync preferences after previously setting notification methods.

Given the user has existing notification preferences, When they update their sync settings and save, Then their notification preferences remain intact without being reset.

User wishes to turn off all notifications related to sync preference changes.

Given the user has the option to disable notifications, When they opt to turn off all notifications, Then no alerts (email, in-app, or push) are sent for any future sync changes.

Admin user reviews a summary of all users' notification preferences.

Given the admin has access to user settings, When they generate a report on notification preferences, Then the report accurately reflects the current notification settings for all users.

User receives a confirmation message after updating their notification preferences.

Given the user updates their notification preferences, When they save the changes, Then a confirmation message is displayed confirming that their preferences have been successfully updated.

Preview Data Before Sync

"As a user, I want to preview the data that will be synced so that I can verify it is accurate and relevant before execution."

Description

This requirement gives users the ability to preview the data that will be synchronized according to their current settings before executing the sync. This provides transparency and assurance that users understand what data will be affected. The preview feature will include filters to allow users to refine what insights to review prior to the sync operation. By minimizing surprises and ensuring data integrity, this feature empowers users to make informed decisions about their synchronization settings before execution.

Acceptance Criteria

User previews available data before executing synchronization based on selected filters.

Given a user has set specific synchronization preferences, when they access the preview feature, then the data displayed should accurately reflect their selected filters and preferences.

User previews all data before syncing without filters applied.

Given a user opts to preview data without any filters, when they initiate the preview, then all relevant data scheduled for synchronization must be displayed clearly on the dashboard.

User reviews the accuracy of data in the preview screen before synchronizing.

Given a user has available data to sync, when they examine the preview screen, then each data entry should be validated against source data for accuracy and relevance.

User modifies synchronization settings post-preview and verifies changes.

Given a user views the data preview, when they make changes to their sync settings, then the data preview should update dynamically to reflect the new settings immediately.

User checks the impact of synchronization on previously synced data.

Given a user has synchronized data in the past, when they access the preview feature, then they must receive a clear indication of how the current sync will affect existing data.

User assesses filtering options' effectiveness in the data preview.

Given a user applies various filter criteria to the data preview, when they adjust these filters, then only the relevant subset of data should be displayed based on the filter selection.

Multi-Device Sync Configuration

"As a mobile user, I want to be able to sync my insights on multiple devices so that I can access the same data regardless of my location."

Description

This requirement allows users to configure sync settings across multiple devices, ensuring that their preferences are uniformly applied no matter where they log in. Users can manage synchronization across desktops, tablets, and mobile devices. This capability enhances user experience by providing continuity of data access and relevant updates across platforms. The requirement includes a straightforward interface for managing device-specific settings and provides users with flexibility about how they want to interact with the platform on different devices.

Acceptance Criteria

User configures sync preferences for their desktop while working remotely.

Given the user is logged into InsightStream on their desktop, when they navigate to the Sync Preferences section, then they should see options to set synchronization frequency, choose data sources for syncing, and select notification preferences tailored for the desktop experience.

User accesses the same account on a mobile device and verifies sync preferences.

Given the user has previously set desktop sync preferences, when they log into InsightStream on their mobile device, then the sync preferences should automatically apply without requiring reconfiguration, and the user should be able to view and modify them as needed.

User desires to customize sync settings for a tablet to receive updates at specific intervals.

Given the user is logged into InsightStream on their tablet, when they access the Sync Preferences section, then they should be able to specify a unique sync interval different from their desktop and mobile settings and save those preferences successfully.

User updates sync preferences and checks that changes reflect across all devices.

Given the user modifies their sync preferences on their tablet, when they log into InsightStream from any other device, then the updated sync preferences should be reflected immediately without discrepancies.

User wants to reset sync preferences to the default settings across all devices.

Given the user accesses the Sync Preferences page, when they select the option to reset their preferences, then all sync settings should revert to the default state for each device, and the user should receive a confirmation message.

User utilizes the help feature to understand sync settings better across devices.

Given the user is on the Sync Preferences page, when they click the help icon, then an informational tooltip should appear, detailing the function of each setting and how it affects sync across different devices.

User operates under varying internet conditions and expects the app to handle sync gracefully.

Given the user is on a mobile device with intermittent connectivity, when the sync preferences are set to update automatically, then the system should queue updates and execute them once a stable connection is available, without data loss or user intervention.

Historical Sync Logs

"As a compliance officer, I want to access historical logs of sync activities so that I can understand data usage patterns and ensure adherence to data management policies."

Description

This requirement implements the ability to maintain and access historical logs of synchronization activities. Users will have the capability to review what data was synchronized, when, and the applied settings during those events. Historical sync logs are essential for audits, analyzing user behavior, and enhancing the system's accountability. This feature will also allow users to revert to previous sync settings if changes do not yield the expected results, ensuring flexibility and safety in data management practices.

Acceptance Criteria

User Accessing Historical Sync Logs

Given a user has the appropriate permissions, when they navigate to the 'Historical Sync Logs' section, then they should see a comprehensive list of all synchronization activities including date, time, and settings used.

Reviewing Specific Synchronization Events

Given a user selects a specific synchronization event from the history, when they click on that event, then they should see detailed information including the data synchronized and user settings at the time of the sync.

Filtering Sync Logs by Date Range

Given a user wants to analyze synchronization activities, when they apply a date range filter, then the displayed sync logs should only show events occurring within that selected range.

Reverting to Previous Sync Settings

Given a user accesses a historical sync log, when they choose to revert to a previous sync setting, then the system should apply those settings and confirm the change with a notification.

Exporting Historical Sync Logs

Given a user is on the Historical Sync Logs page, when they select the 'Export' option, then a file should be generated and downloaded containing all visible sync logs in a structured format.

Historical Data Tracker

The Historical Data Tracker maintains a timeline of synchronized data changes, allowing users to access previous versions and analyze trends over time. This feature provides essential context for decision-making, enabling users to understand the evolution of their data and make informed predictions.

Requirements

Version History Access

"As a data analyst, I want to access historical versions of the data so that I can analyze trends over time and understand the impact of past decisions on current analytics."

Description

The Version History Access requirement allows users to view and interact with the historical state of their data at any given time. By maintaining a comprehensive log of changes made to datasets, users can track modifications, revert to previous data versions, and analyze version-specific snapshots. This not only fosters greater transparency within the data but also enhances data integrity, enabling users to make better-informed decisions based on the complete historical context of their data trends. Accessibility is vital, as users should be able to easily navigate through historical versions via the dashboard, ensuring that critical insights are readily available at their fingertips.

Acceptance Criteria

User navigates to the Version History section of the dashboard to review past data modifications for a specific dataset.

Given that the user is on the dashboard, when they select the 'Version History' option for a dataset, then they should see a chronological list of all changes made to that dataset with timestamps and user information.

A user wants to revert a dataset to a previous version to correct mistakes made in recent data entries.

Given that the user is on the Version History page and sees a list of previous versions, when they select a specific version and click 'Revert', then the dataset should be restored to that previous state without errors.

A manager wants to analyze trends over time using historical data snapshots for quarterly reports.

Given that the user has accessed the Version History, when they select the option to view data comparisons, then they should be able to visualize differences between any two selected versions, including graphical representations of changes.

The user needs to understand the impact of changes made to the dataset over time for key decision-making.

Given that the user is in the Version History, when they click on a version detail, then they should see a full breakdown of what changes were made and the associated reasons provided during the editing process.

An auditor needs to confirm modifications made to a dataset for compliance purposes.

Given that the auditor accesses the Version History, when they search for records modified within a specific date range, then the system should display all changes accurately reflecting the specified time period.

A team member wants to report a bug related to a recent data change, referencing the historical data tracker for context.

Given that the user is viewing the Version History, when they click on the report link, then they should be able to easily submit a bug report that includes the relevant version details and timestamps automatically filled in.

Trend Analysis Visualization

"As a business manager, I want to visualize historical data trends so that I can identify patterns that could inform future business strategies."

Description

The Trend Analysis Visualization requirement provides users with graphical representations of data trends over specified time periods. This feature integrates smoothly with the existing dashboard, allowing users to create customizable charts and graphs that depict historical data patterns. By visually presenting trends, users can quickly identify anomalies, seasonal behaviors, and growth trajectories, conducive to forecasting accurate predictions and enhancing strategic planning efforts. Customization options, such as selecting time frames and data categories, ensure relevance and facilitate intuitive user experience, ultimately driving better decision-making.

Acceptance Criteria

User wants to visualize customer sales trends over the past year using the Trend Analysis Visualization feature.

Given the user selects 'Sales' as the data category and 'Last 12 months' as the time frame, when the user clicks 'Generate Trend Analysis', then a line chart depicting monthly sales totals should be displayed accurately on the dashboard.

A manager wants to compare last quarter's performance against the current quarter using the Trend Analysis Visualization.

Given the user selects 'Quarterly Performance' as the data category and specifies the time frame as 'Last Quarter vs Current Quarter', when the user clicks 'Generate', then a bar graph comparing the two quarters should be visible with correct values labeled for each bar.

An analyst wishes to identify seasonal sales patterns using historical data from the past three years.

Given the user selects 'Seasonal Trends' as the data category and 'Past 3 Years' as the time frame, when the user clicks 'View Trends', then a line graph should display annual sales by month with identifiable peaks and troughs for each year.

A user needs to create a customized trend analysis focusing on product performance over specific months.

Given the user selects 'Product Performance' as the data category and manually inputs specific start and end months, when the user clicks 'Apply', then the dashboard should update with a graph reflecting only the selected months' data.

A product manager wants to export the generated trends for a presentation.

Given the user has generated a trend analysis visualization, when the user clicks on the 'Export' button, then a downloadable file in CSV format containing the trend data should be made available to the user.

A user desires to switch between different visualization types (line graph, bar chart) for better clarity.

Given the user has generated a trend analysis visualization, when the user selects a different visualization type from the dropdown menu, then the graph should update accordingly without losing previously applied filters.

Change Impact Analysis

"As a compliance officer, I want to analyze the impact of data changes so that I can assess the risks and benefits of modifications against compliance standards."

Description

The Change Impact Analysis requirement enables users to assess the effects of data modifications over time. By providing tools to analyze and visualize how certain changes have influenced key metrics, users can better understand relationships between data points before and after changes occurred. This assessment is vital for risk management and ensuring data governance policies are adhered to, as it fosters an understanding of long-term implications associated with data alterations. Additionally, alerting users to significant impacts from modifications can serve as a decision-support tool for future updates or alterations.

Acceptance Criteria

As a data analyst, I want to access data modification history for key metrics so that I can assess the impact of specific changes on trend analysis.

Given that I have modified data, when I access the Historical Data Tracker, then I should see a detailed history of changes made to the relevant metrics over time.

As a business manager, I need to visualize the impact of data changes on my key performance indicators (KPIs) to make informed decisions about future data updates.

Given that I select a key metric, when I view the Change Impact Analysis dashboard, then I should see a graphical representation of the metric's evolution pre- and post-data modifications, highlighting significant changes.

As a compliance officer, I want to be alerted about significant data changes that may affect governance policies so that I can ensure compliance and mitigate risks.

Given that a significant data change occurs, when I enable change alerts, then I should receive notifications detailing the nature of the change and its potential impact on compliance standards.

As a data steward, I want to review historical data alterations to ensure that any changes comply with data governance policies.

Given that I audit historical changes, when I filter the history by date range, then I should be able to view all modifications and their compliance status with governance policies during that period.

As an operations manager, I need to analyze trends based on historical data modifications to optimize decision-making processes.

Given that I want to analyze specific trends, when I run a trend analysis report utilizing historical data, then I should receive insights indicating the correlation between data modifications and operational performance metrics.

As a project lead, I want to evaluate the long-term implications of past data changes to improve project planning and risk assessments.

Given that I review past data changes, when I access the Change Impact Analysis feature, then I should be able to identify correlations between previous alterations and current project outcomes, facilitating better planning.

Dynamic Filter Options

"As a product manager, I want to apply filters on historical data sets so that I can focus on specific periods that are most relevant to my analysis."

Description

The Dynamic Filter Options requirement empowers users to apply time-based filters to their data analysis, enhancing their ability to interrogate historical data. Users should have the ability to refine their view to specific timeframes, such as days, weeks, months, or custom intervals, aligning analysis more closely with business cycles or operational changes. This tailored filtering improves user experience by allowing flexible data interaction that is relevant to specific analyses or reporting needs, ultimately providing greater insight and facilitating faster, data-driven decision-making.

Acceptance Criteria

User applies a daily filter to analyze sales data for the last week.

Given the user is viewing the sales data dashboard, When the user selects the 'Day' filter and inputs a date range of the last 7 days, Then the dashboard should display sales data only for those specific days.

User uses a monthly filter to assess marketing performance across different months.

Given the user is on the marketing performance page, When the user selects the 'Month' filter and specifies a range of two months, Then the system should show marketing performance data aggregated for only those two months.

User creates a custom interval filter to review product return rates over a defined period.

Given the user has selected the product return data, When the user chooses 'Custom' and sets a date range from January 1 to March 31 of the current year, Then the system should display return rate data exclusively for the specified dates.

User resets the filter options to view all historical data without any restrictions.

Given the user is in the filtered data view, When the user clicks the 'Reset Filters' button, Then all previously applied filters should be cleared and the system should display the complete historical data without any time constraints.

User analyzes quarterly performance against competitors and wants to filter data for specific quarters.

Given the user is viewing the competitive analytics dashboard, When the user applies the 'Quarter' filter and selects Q1 and Q2 of the fiscal year, Then the dashboard should present performance metrics across those two quarters only.

User tries to apply an invalid time filter and checks for error handling.

Given the user attempts to apply a filter with an end date earlier than the start date, When the user submits the filter settings, Then an error message should be displayed prompting the user to select a valid date range.

Notification Alerts for Data Changes

"As a data steward, I want to be notified of significant data changes so that I can maintain the accuracy and integrity of our reports and analyses."

Description

The Notification Alerts for Data Changes requirement ensures that users receive timely notifications regarding significant modifications to their historical data. This feature allows users to set preferences for what constitutes a significant change—be it a large variance in data points or structural changes—ensuring they are kept informed about developments that could impact their analyses. By prompt notifications, users can quickly react to relevant changes, keeping analyses up to date and facilitating a proactive approach towards data insights.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives a notification when historical data changes exceed defined thresholds.

Given the user has set a threshold for significant changes, when data changes occur that exceed this threshold, then the user should receive a notification within 5 minutes of the change.

User can customize notification preferences for different types of data changes.

Given the user accesses the notification settings, when they select preferences for data change types, then those preferences should be saved and applied to future notifications without errors.

User receives a summary notification of daily significant data changes by the end of each day.

Given the notification settings are configured for daily summaries, when the end of the day is reached, then the user should receive a summary notification listing all significant changes that occurred that day.

User can opt-in or opt-out of various notification types.

Given the user is in the notification settings, when they select to opt-in or opt-out of a notification type, then their selection should be saved and reflected in the settings interface without requiring a page refresh.

User is notified in real-time of structural changes in the dataset.

Given the user has selected to receive notifications for structural changes, when a structural change occurs in the dataset, then the user should receive a real-time notification immediately after the change is detected.

User can view a history of notification alerts regarding data changes.

Given the user navigates to the notifications history page, when they access the page, then they should see a chronological list of all previous notifications along with timestamps and details of the data changes.

Real-Time Notification Alerts

Real-Time Notification Alerts inform users immediately when significant updates occur during data synchronization. By providing timely alerts, this feature keeps users informed about critical changes and trends, enabling swift action when necessary to capitalize on new insights.

Requirements

Instant Notification System

"As a data analyst, I want to receive real-time notification alerts for significant data changes so that I can quickly respond to trends and optimize our business strategies accordingly."

Description

The Instant Notification System will enable InsightStream to send real-time alerts to users when significant changes or updates occur during data synchronization. This requirement encompasses the identification of critical thresholds and events that trigger notifications, ensuring that users receive timely updates that can prompt immediate action. The benefits include improved responsiveness to data changes, enhanced ability to capitalize on trends, and an overall boost in operational efficiency. Integration with existing user preferences and customization options for alert types enhances user experience and relevance.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives a real-time notification when a significant data synchronization event occurs that meets the predefined critical thresholds set in the application settings.

Given that the user has set their notification preferences to receive alerts for high-priority updates, when a critical threshold is exceeded during data synchronization, then the user receives a push notification within 1 minute of the event occurring.

A user can customize the types of alerts they receive through the application settings, ensuring relevance to their specific needs.

Given that the user is in the notification settings menu, when they select different alert types to subscribe to, then the system updates the user’s preferences successfully and reflects these changes in the notification log.

Users can view a historical log of notifications received, allowing them to reflect on past data changes and alerts.

Given that the user accesses the notification history section, when they open the history log, then they should see all notifications received in the past week along with timestamps and event descriptions.

Notifications clearly display the nature of the data change, allowing the user to understand the context without needing additional information.

Given that a notification is sent, when a user receives the notification, then it should include a summary of the data change type and its impact levels defined in the previous setup, all within a maximum of 200 characters.

The system allows users to opt-out of certain types of notifications if desired, providing flexibility in user experience.

Given that the user is in the notification settings, when they disable an alert type, then they should not receive any future notifications of that type, effective immediately.

Real-time alerts are delivered across multiple devices to enhance user engagement and responsiveness during critical updates.

Given that a user is logged into InsightStream on their mobile and desktop devices, when a real-time notification is triggered, then the user should receive the alert on both devices within 2 minutes of the event occurring.

Custom Alert Settings

"As a user, I want to customize my alert settings so that I only receive notifications that are relevant to my role and preferences, thereby reducing unnecessary distractions."

Description

The Custom Alert Settings feature will allow users to personalize how they receive notifications, including the choice of contact methods (e.g., email, SMS, in-app) and the types of events they wish to be alerted about. This requirement emphasizes enhancing user autonomy and ensuring notifications are relevant to each user's specific role within the organization. Providing options for setting thresholds and frequency of alerts will further optimize user engagement and satisfaction, ensuring that alerts are not only timely but also meaningful.

Acceptance Criteria

User Customizes Alert Preferences for Email Notifications

Given a user logged into the InsightStream platform, when they navigate to the Custom Alert Settings page and select 'Email' as their preferred notification method, then they should be able to receive alerts via email for their selected events and thresholds.

User Sets Alert Frequency for Critical Updates

Given a user with access to Custom Alert Settings, when they specify the frequency of alerts for critical updates (e.g., daily, weekly), then the system should only send notifications according to the chosen frequency.

User Chooses Multiple Notification Methods

Given a user who is customizing their notification preferences, when they select both 'SMS' and 'In-App' as their alert methods, then they should receive alerts through both channels for any important updates they have selected.

User Adjusts Threshold for Notifications

Given a user on the Custom Alert Settings page, when they set a threshold for a specific event (e.g., sales drop below 10%), then the system should trigger notifications only when the actual event meets or exceeds this threshold.

User Receives Test Notification

Given a user has configured their custom alert settings, when they use the 'Test Notification' feature on the Custom Alert Settings page, then they should receive a test alert via their selected notification method (e.g., SMS, Email) confirming the settings are working.

User Saves Changes to Alert Preferences Successfully

Given a user has modified their alert settings, when they click the 'Save Changes' button, then the system should confirm the changes have been saved, and a success message should be displayed to the user.

User Accesses Help for Custom Alert Settings

Given a user is confused about setting their alert preferences, when they access the Help section from the Custom Alert Settings page, then they should find clear guidance and examples on how to configure their alerts effectively.

Dashboard Integration for Alerts

"As a team manager, I want to see real-time alerts on my dashboard so that I can quickly assess and act on critical changes without leaving the main analytics interface."

Description

The Dashboard Integration for Alerts requirement will enable the incorporation of real-time notifications directly into the InsightStream dashboard interface. This will allow users to view alerts alongside relevant data visualizations, creating a cohesive user experience. This integration ensures that alerts are easily accessible and can be acted upon swiftly, enhancing the overall functionality of the dashboard. Users should be able to acknowledge notifications directly on the dashboard to streamline workflow and minimize context-switching.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives real-time notifications when significant data synchronization updates occur on the InsightStream dashboard.

Given the user is logged into the InsightStream dashboard, when data synchronization occurs and an alert is triggered, then the user should receive a visual notification on the dashboard within 5 seconds of the update.

User can view and interact with notification alerts alongside relevant data visualizations on the InsightStream dashboard.

Given the user is on the InsightStream dashboard, when an alert is triggered, then the notification must appear in a designated alerts section without obstructing existing visualizations.

User acknowledges notifications directly on the InsightStream dashboard to minimize disruption in workflow.

Given the user receives a notification, when the user clicks the 'Acknowledge' button on the alert, then the notification should disappear from the dashboard and be logged in the notification history.

User can filter and categorize alerts based on their priority on the InsightStream dashboard.

Given the user is on the alerts section of the dashboard, when the user selects a filter option for alert priority, then only the alerts matching the selected priority level should be displayed.

Real-time notifications are delivered to all users with appropriate permissions on the InsightStream dashboard.

Given multiple users have access to the InsightStream dashboard, when a significant data synchronization update occurs, then all users with notification permissions should receive the relevant alert simultaneously.

User can set preferences for notification types within their InsightStream dashboard account settings.

Given the user is in their account settings, when they choose to customize their notification preferences, then the options for enabling or disabling types of alerts should be clearly presented and saved upon confirmation.

Historical Alert Log

"As an operations manager, I want to access a log of past alert notifications so that I can analyze how data changes affected our operational strategies and decisions."

Description

The Historical Alert Log feature will maintain a record of past notifications received by users, enabling them to review significant events and trends over time. This requirement is essential for auditing purposes, providing insights into data changes and user actions taken in response to alerts. It strengthens analysis by allowing users to correlate past alerts with business outcomes, thereby enhancing decision-making processes. Users will benefit from having a chronological overview of important updates, aiding analysis and strategic planning.

Acceptance Criteria

User reviews past notifications to analyze trends over the last month.

Given I am a user logged into InsightStream, When I access the Historical Alert Log, Then I should see a chronological list of alerts received in the last month.

A user searches for specific alerts within the Historical Alert Log.

Given I am in the Historical Alert Log, When I enter a date range and specific keyword in the search filter, Then the log should display only those alerts that match my criteria.

Users receive an alert notification when a significant event occurs.

Given I am a user subscribed to notifications, When a significant event happens during data synchronization, Then I receive a real-time alert that includes details of the event and a timestamp.

An admin reviews audit logs for compliance purposes.

Given I am an admin user, When I access the Historical Alert Log, Then I should see a complete record of all alerts with corresponding user actions taken in response, along with timestamps.

User accesses alerts for a specific department's performance analysis.

Given I am a user in a specific department, When I filter the Historical Alert Log by my department, Then I should see only the alerts related to my department for the past quarter.

Users can export the Historical Alert Log data for reporting purposes.

Given I am viewing the Historical Alert Log, When I select the export option, Then I should receive a downloadable file in CSV format containing all displayed alerts.

The Historical Alert Log is updated in real-time with new alerts as they are generated.

Given I have the Historical Alert Log open, When a new alert is triggered, Then the log should refresh automatically to display the latest alert without needing to manually refresh the page.

Insight Sharing Board

The Insight Sharing Board allows team members to post and share valuable insights and findings from their data analysis directly within the Collaboration Hub. This feature promotes knowledge sharing and encourages collaboration by making relevant insights easily accessible to all team members, fostering a culture of information exchange that enhances collective decision-making.

Requirements

Real-time Insight Posting

"As a data analyst, I want to post insights in real-time within the Collaboration Hub so that my team can quickly respond to emerging trends and make informed decisions without delay."

Description

The Real-time Insight Posting requirement allows team members to share insights immediately from their data analysis within the Collaboration Hub. This feature promotes instant information exchange among team members, enabling quick responses to trends and urgent data findings. By ensuring that insights can be posted immediately, this requirement enhances team responsiveness and drives timely decision-making. The implementation will include a user-friendly interface for posting insights and a tagging system to categorize shared information for easier retrieval. The expected outcome is a more responsive team environment where insights can reactively inform business strategies and operations.

Acceptance Criteria

Team members are able to post insights to the Insight Sharing Board using the real-time posting feature during a weekly team meeting to discuss urgent trends identified from the latest data analysis.

Given that a team member has accessed the Collaboration Hub, when they submit an insight through the Real-time Insight Posting interface, then the insight should be visible on the Insight Sharing Board to all team members within 5 seconds.

A user categorizes an insight by tagging it appropriately to facilitate easier retrieval during project discussions in the Collaboration Hub.

Given that the tagging system is implemented, when a user posts an insight and selects tags from a predefined list, then the tags should be correctly associated with the insight, allowing for effective filtering and retrieval by other users.

During a high-pressure situation, a team member needs to post urgent insights on data trends as quickly as possible to inform decision-making.

Given that there is a critical data trend identified, when the team member uses the simplified posting interface, then they should be able to post the insight within 30 seconds or less, ensuring swift communication.

A team member wishes to review insights posted in the past week to prepare for an upcoming project meeting.

Given that insights have been posted over the past week, when the team member accesses the Insight Sharing Board and applies the date filter for the past week, then all relevant insights should be displayed without any errors, ensuring information accessibility.

A user attempts to post an insight but encounters an issue leading to a failed submission.

Given that the user has filled in all required fields and submits the insight, when an error occurs during posting, then the system should provide a clear error message outlining the issue and offer guidance on how to resolve it.

Team members receive notifications about new insights posted by their colleagues to encourage engagement and discussions.

Given a team member has posted a new insight, when the post is made, then all team members should receive a notification within 1 minute to increase visibility and prompt responsiveness.

Insight Categorization and Tagging

"As a team member, I want to categorize and tag insights I post so that it becomes easier for others to find relevant information quickly and efficiently."

Description

The Insight Categorization and Tagging requirement enables users to categorize their posted insights and assign relevant tags. This functionality will help team members to quickly find and filter insights based on specific topics or areas of interest. Enhanced categorization fosters a more structured approach to information sharing, ensuring that important insights are easily accessible and retrievable. The requirement will include the ability to create custom categories and tags, optimally structuring the insight library to propose relevant trends based on usage patterns. The outcome will be a more organized and searchable repository of insights.

Acceptance Criteria

Users can categorize their insights with relevant tags for easy retrieval within the Insight Sharing Board.

Given a user has posted an insight, when they choose to categorize it, then the insight must be assigned to at least one custom category and two relevant tags, which can be viewed and searched by other team members.

The categorization and tagging functionality enables users to filter insights based on selected categories and tags.

Given multiple insights have been categorized, when a user selects a specific category or tag from the filter options, then the insights displayed must reflect only those that match the chosen filters.

Users can create, edit, or delete custom categories and tags to maintain organization within the Insight Sharing Board.

Given a user is in the category or tagging management interface, when they create or modify a category or tag, then it must be saved successfully and reflected in the categorization options for future insights.

Insight categorization and tagging improve the searchability and organization of insights within the system.

Given the Insight Sharing Board is populated with categorized insights, when a user searches for a specific keyword that matches any category or tag, then the search results must include relevant insights sorted by recency of posting.

Users receive notifications when new insights matching their tagged interests are posted.

Given a user has subscribed to certain tags, when new insights that match those tags are posted, then the user should receive a notification alerting them to the new content.

The system maintains performance during heavy usage of the categorization and tagging features.

Given the Insight Sharing Board is being used by multiple users concurrently, when multiple insights are tagged and categorized simultaneously, then the system must maintain a response time of under two seconds for all tagging and filtering operations.

Insights can be viewed by category and tags in a visually intuitive interface.

Given the categorization feature is successfully implemented, when users access the Insight Sharing Board, then they must see a clear, organized view of insights grouped by categories and tags in an easily navigable format.

Commenting and Discussion Threads

"As a team member, I want to comment and engage in discussions about shared insights so that we can collectively analyze the information and improve our decision-making processes together."

Description

The Commenting and Discussion Threads feature allows team members to engage in discussions around shared insights directly within the Insight Sharing Board. This functionality fosters collaboration by enabling team members to ask questions, provide feedback, and express opinions on the insights posted. By creating a discussion thread for each insight, it encourages deeper analysis and collective problem-solving. Implementation will require a commenting system integrated with notifications for replies to keep involved users informed. The expected outcome is enhanced engagement and collective intelligence among team members, leading to better decision-making.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Insight Sharing Board to view insights shared by their team members.

Given a user is logged into the Insight Sharing Board, when they navigate to the specific insight, then they should see a comment section where they can add their comments or replies.

Team members want to engage in a discussion about a specific insight shared in the Insight Sharing Board.

Given a user is viewing an insight, when they post a comment, then the comment should be displayed in real-time under the insight's comment section and notify other users involved in the discussion.

A team member needs to be notified of replies on their comments for ongoing discussions.

Given a user has commented on an insight, when a reply is made to that comment, then the user should receive a notification alerting them of the new reply.

An administrator wishes to monitor discussions for quality control and engagement levels.

Given an admin is viewing the Insight Sharing Board, when they access the admin dashboard, then they should see metrics on the number of comments and discussions per insight over a defined time period.

A user wants to delete their comment from an insight discussion.

Given a user has posted a comment on an insight, when they choose to delete their comment, then the comment should be removed from the discussion thread and no longer visible to other users.

Users need to format their comments for clarity and enhanced readability.

Given a user is composing a comment, when they use markdown or formatting tools provided in the comment box, then the formatted text should be rendered correctly in the discussion thread.

Users want to search for specific insights based on discussions and comments.

Given a user is on the Insight Sharing Board, when they enter a keyword in the search bar, then they should see insights that include those keywords or related discussions.

Insight Analytics Dashboard

"As a team leader, I want to access an analytics dashboard for shared insights so that I can track engagement and determine which insights are most valuable to the team."

Description

The Insight Analytics Dashboard requirement entails creating a dedicated dashboard that visually aggregates metrics related to the shared insights. This dashboard will display metrics such as the number of posts, likes, comments per insight, and tags used. This enables team leaders and members to track the engagement and relevance of insights shared. By offering meaningful data on user interaction with the insights, the dashboard helps identify which types of information are most valuable for the team. Implementation will include visual graphs and user-friendly analytics tools. The outcome will be a clearer understanding of engagement levels with shared insights, guiding future content direction.

Acceptance Criteria

Users can view the Insight Analytics Dashboard within the Collaboration Hub after submitting their insights to ensure they can track engagement metrics.

Given a user has submitted an insight, When the user navigates to the Insight Analytics Dashboard, Then the dashboard should display metrics including total posts, likes, comments, and tags used for each shared insight.

Team leaders can filter metrics on the Insight Analytics Dashboard to assess specific time periods or categories of insights.

Given a team leader is on the Insight Analytics Dashboard, When the leader selects a filter for a specific date range, Then the dashboard should refresh to show metrics only within that selected time frame.

Users should receive real-time updates on the metrics displayed in the Insight Analytics Dashboard to stay informed about engagement levels of shared insights.

Given a user is viewing the Insight Analytics Dashboard, When a new post, like, or comment occurs, Then the dashboard should update the relevant metrics in real-time without requiring a page refresh.

Team members can interact with the visual graphs on the Insight Analytics Dashboard to gain deeper insights into their data interactions.

Given a user is viewing a visual graph on the Insight Analytics Dashboard, When the user hovers over the graph, Then detailed tooltips should display specific metric values and additional information about that data point.

The Insight Analytics Dashboard should be accessible on multiple devices, including mobile and desktop, to ensure all team members can view insights as needed.

Given a user accesses the Insight Analytics Dashboard on a mobile device, When the user logs in, Then the dashboard should adjust its layout to fit the mobile screen while maintaining functionality.

The system allows for exporting metrics from the Insight Analytics Dashboard for reporting purposes, enabling team leaders to share insights.

Given a team leader is on the Insight Analytics Dashboard, When the leader selects the export option, Then the system should generate a report in a downloadable format (e.g., PDF, CSV) containing the displayed metrics.

The Insight Analytics Dashboard should visualize trends over time to help users identify changes in engagement levels.

Given a user is on the Insight Analytics Dashboard, When the user selects a specific time range for analysis, Then the dashboard should display a trend graph showcasing engagement levels (posts, likes, comments) over the selected period.

Notification System for Insights

"As a user, I want to receive notifications for new insights and discussions so that I can stay informed and engaged with important data analyses shared by my team."

Description

The Notification System for Insights requirement provides users with alerts whenever new insights are posted or when there is interaction (comments, likes) on insights they are following. This feature keeps users engaged and ensures that important discussions around insights do not go unnoticed. Users can customize their notification preferences for different types of insights or activity. The implementation will involve a robust notification engine integrated within the Collaboration Hub. The expected outcome is increased engagement with shared insights and enhanced timeliness of discussions.

Acceptance Criteria

Team member receives a notification when a new insight is posted to the Insight Sharing Board.

Given that a team member is following the Insight Sharing Board, when a new insight is posted, then the team member should receive a notification within the Collaboration Hub.

User is notified of interactions (comments or likes) on insights they are following.

Given that a user is following an insight, when someone comments or likes that insight, then the user should receive a notification detailing the interaction.

User customizes their notification preferences for different types of insights.

Given that a user is in the notification settings, when they customize their preferences for insights, then the changes should be saved and reflected in future notifications according to user-selected preferences.

Users receive notifications in real-time for urgent insights.

Given that an urgent insight is posted, when the notification system processes this, then all followers of the insight should receive a real-time notification within one minute of the post.

User can decide the frequency of receiving notifications (immediate, daily, weekly).

Given that a user accesses the notification settings, when they select a notification frequency option, then that frequency should be applied successfully for all relevant notifications moving forward.

Users are able to view a history of notifications received related to insights they follow.

Given that a user navigates to the notifications history section, when they view their notifications, then they should see a chronological list of past notifications with timestamps and associated insights.

Team members can mute notifications for specific insights they are no longer interested in.

Given that a user is viewing an insight they wish to mute, when they select the mute notification option, then the user should no longer receive notifications related to that specific insight.

Discussion Threads

Discussion Threads enable users to initiate conversations around specific data points or insights shared within the Collaboration Hub. Team members can comment, ask questions, and provide feedback in a structured manner, ensuring that discussions are organized and easily navigable. This feature facilitates deeper engagement and helps to derive actionable outcomes from collaborative dialogues.

Requirements

Thread Creation

"As a team member, I want to create discussion threads on specific insights so that I can engage with my colleagues in a structured manner and drive actionable outcomes from our conversations."

Description

The ability for users to initiate discussion threads around specific data points or insights within the Collaboration Hub is essential. This requirement ensures that users can seamlessly create new threads by selecting relevant data points, allowing for organized dialogue and focused conversations. It provides a structured environment where team members can engage with each other on various insights, promoting collaborative decision-making and enhancing the overall analytical experience. Integration with existing data views should enable easy selection of data points, ensuring that any necessary context is automatically included in the thread. The expected outcome is an increase in user engagement and clarity in discussions, which leads to more actionable insights and decisions.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects a data point from the Collaboration Hub and initiates a discussion thread about it.

Given a user is in the Collaboration Hub, When they select a data point and click on 'Create Discussion Thread', Then a new thread is created with the selected data point included, and the user is redirected to the thread's view.

User successfully submits a discussion thread with contextual information.

Given a user has created a discussion thread, When the user inputs the required information and clicks 'Submit', Then the thread is saved with the contextual information attached and visible to all collaborators.

User receives a confirmation message after successfully creating a thread.

Given a user has submitted a discussion thread, When the thread creation is complete, Then a confirmation message is displayed to the user indicating the thread was successfully created.

System correctly integrates selected data points into the discussion thread.

Given the user initiates a discussion thread with selected data points, When the thread is created, Then the selected data points are included in the thread details for any user viewing the thread.

Multiple users can comment on a discussion thread without issues.

Given a discussion thread exists, When multiple users add comments concurrently, Then all comments are saved correctly and displayed in real-time on the thread page without losing any entries.

User can filter and search discussion threads effectively.

Given a user is in the discussion threads section, When they use the filter or search function, Then the displayed threads should reflect only those that match the search criteria or selected filters, ensuring relevant results are shown.

Users can edit their own discussion threads after creation.

Given a user has created a discussion thread, When the user selects 'Edit' on their thread, Then they are able to modify the thread content and save changes successfully.

Commenting Functionality

"As a user, I want to add comments to discussion threads so that I can contribute my thoughts and engage in conversations about specific insights."

Description

Implementing a commenting system within discussion threads allows team members to provide feedback, ask questions, and discuss insights in a concise and organized way. This functionality should support threaded replies, enabling users to respond directly to specific comments, thereby enhancing the dialogue's clarity. It is crucial that the comments section is easy to navigate and searchable, allowing users to locate discussions quickly. This requirement will foster an environment of active participation and knowledge sharing, ultimately leading to richer discussions and better-informed decisions based on collective insights.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiating a discussion thread on a specific data insight to gather feedback and insights from the team.

Given a user is viewing a data insight, when they click on the 'Comment' button and enter a comment, then their comment should appear in the discussion thread immediately.

Team members replying to a comment within an existing discussion thread to provide further insights or follow-up questions.

Given a user is viewing a discussion thread, when they click on the 'Reply' button beneath a comment and enter their response, then the reply should be nested under the original comment, maintaining the thread structure.

Users searching for specific discussions or comments within the comment section.

Given a user has entered a specific keyword in the search bar, when they hit 'Enter', then the system should return all relevant discussion threads and comments that include that keyword.

Moderation of comments to maintain relevant and respectful discussions.

Given a comment has been reported by a user for inappropriate content, when an admin reviews the comment, then they should be able to approve, delete, or respond to the report with actionable feedback.

User navigating through a discussion thread to find specific comments or replies.

Given a discussion thread is open, when the user scrolls through the comments, then they should be able to easily identify threaded replies and navigate between them efficiently.

Users receiving notifications for new comments or replies in discussion threads they are following.

Given a user has opted to follow a discussion thread, when a new comment or reply is added to that thread, then the user should receive a notification alerting them of the new activity.

Notification System

"As a user, I want to receive notifications for activity in my discussion threads so that I can stay updated and participate timely in the conversations without manual checking."

Description

A notification system should be implemented to alert users when there is activity in the discussion threads they are involved in, such as new comments or replies. This feature will ensure that users remain engaged and are aware of ongoing conversations without needing to constantly check the threads. Users should have the option to customize their notification preferences based on their involvement in discussions or topics of interest. The integration of this system will enhance user engagement and ensure that critical insights and feedback are not overlooked, ultimately making the collaboration process more effective.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives a notification for a new comment on a discussion thread they are following.

Given the user is logged into InsightStream and has opted in for notifications, when a new comment is made on a thread they are involved in, then the user should receive a notification via their selected method (email, in-app alert, etc.).

User can customize their notification preferences for discussion threads.

Given the user is in the notification settings page, when they select specific discussion threads or topics for notifications and save the changes, then they should only receive notifications for the selected threads or topics moving forward.

User receives a notification for a reply to their comment in a discussion thread.

Given the user has commented on a discussion thread and another user replies to that comment, when the reply is posted, then the user should receive a notification indicating that their comment has received a response.

User is able to mute notifications for a specific discussion thread.

Given the user is viewing a discussion thread, when they choose to mute notifications for that thread, then they should no longer receive notifications related to the muted thread until they opt to unmute it.

User can view a history of notifications related to discussion threads.

Given the user is in their notifications history section, when they navigate to that section, then they should be able to see all past notifications regarding comments and replies on discussion threads they are involved in.

Notifications are sent out promptly after activity in discussion threads.

Given a new comment or reply is posted in a discussion thread, when the action occurs, then the notification should be sent to involved users within 5 minutes of the comment or reply being posted.

User can easily access discussion threads through notification links.

Given the user receives a notification about a new comment or reply, when they click on the notification link, then they should be taken directly to the corresponding discussion thread where the activity occurred.

Searchability of Threads

"As a user, I want to search discussion threads so that I can quickly find relevant discussions or comments related to specific insights or topics of interest."

Description

The searchability feature will allow users to quickly find specific discussion threads or comments based on keywords or phrases. This requirement is vital for improving user experience, ensuring that valuable insights are easily accessible. The search functionality should be intuitive, returning relevant results from both thread titles and comments, thereby simplifying the process of navigating historical discussions. By integrating this feature, users can efficiently leverage past conversations, leading to better-informed decisions and the ability to track discussions easily over time.

Acceptance Criteria

User searches for a discussion thread using a keyword related to sales data.

Given the user is on the Discussion Threads page, when they enter a keyword related to sales data in the search bar and click 'Search', then the system should display a list of threads and comments containing that keyword in either the thread title or comments.

User inputs a phrase to find historical discussions.

Given the user is on the Discussion Threads page, when they input a specific phrase in the search bar and click 'Search', then the system should return relevant discussion threads and comments that match the input phrase exactly.

User searches for threads created after a specific date.

Given the user is on the Discussion Threads page, when they filter threads by a specific date using the date filter option, then the system should return only the threads created after that date, including relevant comments.

User checks the search functionality for various keyword combinations.

Given the user is on the Discussion Threads page, when they perform searches using a combination of keywords and phrases in different orders, then the system should return accurate results that reflect all relevant combinations of the keywords in either the thread titles or comments.

User encounters no results for an unrelated keyword search.

Given the user is on the Discussion Threads page, when they search for an unrelated keyword that has no association with any existing thread or comment, then the system should display a message indicating 'No results found' instead of showing irrelevant content.

User utilizes search functionality to find all discussion threads.

Given the user is on the Discussion Threads page, when they leave the search bar blank and click 'Search', then the system should return all available discussion threads and comments, showcasing the entirety of the conversation history.

User seeks threads with specific formatting or tagging.

Given the user is on the Discussion Threads page, when they search using a specific tag or formatted text that has been applied to certain threads, then the system should display only those threads that match the tag or formatting criteria.

User Mentions in Threads

"As a user, I want to mention colleagues in discussion threads so that I can directly engage them in conversations and ensure their input on relevant insights is sought."

Description

Implementing a user mention feature within discussion threads will allow users to tag colleagues in comments or replies, facilitating direct engagement and ensuring important contributors are notified. This feature enhances collaboration by enabling users to draw specific individuals' attention to particular insights or questions, fostering a proactive dialogue. Integrated mention functionality should automatically create links to the mentioned user’s profile, enhancing navigation and connectivity within the platform. This is crucial for improving team dynamics and ensuring that discussions are enriched with appropriate expertise and perspectives.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates a discussion thread regarding specific sales data and mentions colleagues to ask for their insights.

Given the user is viewing a discussion thread, when they type '@' followed by a colleague's name, then the colleague's name should appear as a selectable option, and upon selection, a link to their profile should be created in the comment.

A user replies to a discussion thread mentioning another user to draw their attention to a specific comment.

When the user mentions another user in their reply, then that user should receive a notification about the mention and a direct link to the thread.

A user edits their comment in a thread where they previously mentioned another user.

When a user edits a comment with a mention, then the mention should remain intact and functional, still linking to the mentioned user's profile and triggering notifications if applicable.

A user searches for discussion threads where they have been mentioned to catch up on relevant conversations.

Given the user is on the discussion threads' list, when they filter threads by 'Mentions', then the system should display all threads where the user has been mentioned with a direct link to the respective comments.

A team member views the profile of another user mentioned in a discussion thread.

When the user clicks on the mention link in a comment, then they should be redirected to the mentioned user’s profile page without any errors.

The notification system sends alerts to users when they are mentioned in a thread.

When a user is mentioned in a discussion, then the system should send a real-time notification to the user's account and via email (if they have email notifications enabled).

Users engage in a conversation while ensuring clarity of who is being addressed within the thread.

When a user is mentioned in a comment, the original commenter’s wording should clearly indicate who is being addressed, and the mention should visually stand out (e.g., bold or highlighted).

Thread Moderation Controls

"As a thread moderator, I want to manage comments within discussion threads so that I can maintain a respectful and constructive dialogue in our collaborative space."

Description

To ensure constructive and focused discussions, moderation controls should be established, allowing designated users to manage the discussion threads by editing or removing comments, and pinning important remarks. This requirement is essential for maintaining the quality of discussions and ensuring they remain productive. Moderation capabilities will also include flags for inappropriate content, maintaining a professional collaboration environment. By providing these controls, the platform promotes respectful and constructive engagement while preventing any potential disruptions or off-topic conversations.

Acceptance Criteria

Thread Moderation Capabilities for Designated Users

Given a user with moderation privileges, when they view a discussion thread, then they should be able to edit or remove any comment made by team members and pin important comments to the top of the thread.

Flagging Inappropriate Content

Given a comment in a discussion thread, when a designated user flags the comment as inappropriate, then the comment should be hidden from view and an alert should be sent to the moderators for review.

User Notification on Moderation Actions

Given that a moderator edits or removes a comment, when the action is complete, then an automated notification should be sent to the user who initiated the comment informing them of the moderation action taken.

Pinning Important Remarks in Discussion Threads

Given a discussion, when a moderator pins a comment, then the comment should be displayed at the top of the thread with a visual indicator that it has been pinned.

Accessibility of Moderation Controls

Given a discussion thread, when a moderator accesses the thread, then all moderation controls (edit, remove, pin, and flag) should be clearly visible and accessible without multiple clicks.

Maintaining a Professional Collaboration Environment

Given that a comment is flagged for inappropriate content, when a user accesses the discussion thread, then they should not see the flagged comment until it has been reviewed and deemed appropriate by a moderator.

Audit Trail of Moderation Actions

Given that moderation occurs on a discussion thread, when a moderator edits or removes a comment, then all actions should be logged in an audit trail accessible to admin users for accountability.

Project Task Manager

The Project Task Manager streamlines collaboration by allowing teams to create, assign, and track tasks related to data-driven projects directly within the Hub. This feature helps ensure accountability and transparency, enabling team members to stay aligned on project goals, deadlines, and responsibilities, thus enhancing overall project efficiency.

Requirements

Task Creation and Assignment

"As a team member, I want to create and assign tasks to my colleagues so that we can have clear responsibilities and improve our project collaboration."

Description

The Task Creation and Assignment requirement allows users to easily create tasks with associated details such as title, description, due date, and priority level. Users can assign tasks to specific team members, ensuring clarity of responsibilities. This functionality enhances accountability by providing a clear overview of who is responsible for each task, ultimately improving team collaboration and project progress tracking. Integration with existing project management tools will enhance its usability and to streamline the workflow further.

Acceptance Criteria

Task Creation with Mandatory Fields Completed

Given a user is logged into the Project Task Manager, when they attempt to create a new task without entering the title, then an error message should be displayed indicating that the title is required.

Task Assignment to Team Member

Given a user has created a task with title and description, when they select a team member from the assignment dropdown and save the task, then the task should be assigned to the selected team member and visible in their task list.

Task Due Date Functionality

Given a user is creating a task, when they select a due date that is in the past, then the system should display an alert message stating that the due date cannot be in the past.

Task Priority Level Assignment

Given a user is creating a task, when they assign a priority level (e.g., Low, Medium, High), then the system should categorize the task accordingly and display it in the dashboard based on its priority.

Integration with Existing Project Management Tools

Given a task has been created in InsightStream, when a user accesses their connected project management tool, then the task should be automatically synchronized and visible in that tool as well.

Task Edit Functionality

Given a user accesses a previously created task, when they edit any of the task details including title, description, or due date, then the changes should be saved and reflected in the task overview immediately.

Task Completion Tracking

Given a user completes a task, when they mark it as complete, then the task should be visually marked as completed in the dashboard and removed from the active task list for that user.

Task Progress Tracking

"As a project manager, I want to track the progress of all tasks in real-time so that I can identify bottlenecks and keep the project on schedule."

Description

The Task Progress Tracking requirement enables users to monitor the status of each task in real-time. This includes updating task statuses (to-do, in-progress, completed), allowing team members to visualize progress and blockers. This feature provides dashboards for both individual task tracking and overall project health, supporting proactive management of deadlines and resource allocation. Integration with notification systems will alert team members about status changes, enhancing communication and accountability.

Acceptance Criteria

Task Status Update for Real-Time Monitoring

Given a user is logged into the Project Task Manager, when they update a task's status from 'in-progress' to 'completed', then the task should reflect 'completed' on their dashboard and notify all team members assigned to the task.

Dashboard Visibility for Task Tracking

Given a manager opens the 'Project Health Dashboard', when they view the task progress, then all tasks should be displayed with their current status (to-do, in-progress, completed) and the total percentage of completed tasks should be shown at the top.

Notifications for Task Status Changes

Given a user has a task assigned to them, when the task status changes, then the user should receive a notification indicating the new status along with the task details within 1 minute of the change.

Visual Representation of Task Progress

Given a user is viewing a task list, when they look at the progress bar for each task, then the progress bar should accurately display the percentage of completion based on the updates made to the task status.

Tracking Blockers in Task Management

Given a team member has marked a task as blocked, when the task is viewed by the project manager, then the manager should see an alert indicating that the task is blocked and the reason entered by the team member.

Integration of Task Updates with External Systems

Given the Project Task Manager is integrated with an external project management tool, when a task's status is updated in the external tool, then the status should automatically update in InsightStream within 5 minutes.

Access Control for Task Management

Given a user with 'View Only' permissions accesses the project task list, when they attempt to update a task's status, then they should receive an error message indicating insufficient permissions to make changes.

Collaboration Tools Integration

"As a team leader, I want to integrate our task management with communication tools so that my team can collaborate more effectively without losing context."

Description

The Collaboration Tools Integration requirement focuses on ensuring seamless integration with popular communication platforms (e.g., Slack, Microsoft Teams) and collaborative document tools (e.g., Google Docs, Microsoft SharePoint). This enables users to share task updates, discuss project elements, and work together without switching between different applications. Integration of these tools will foster better communication among team members and ensure that all project-related discussions and files are readily accessible, improving efficiency and reducing misunderstandings.

Acceptance Criteria

Integration with Slack for Task Updates

Given a user is in the InsightStream platform, when they assign a task to a team member, then a message should automatically post in the associated Slack channel notifying team members of the task assignment.

Integration with Microsoft Teams for Project Discussions

Given a team member is viewing a project task in InsightStream, when they click on the 'Discuss' button, then a Microsoft Teams chat window should open for project-related discussions.

Collaboration in Google Docs for Task Collaboration

Given a task related to document collaboration exists, when a user opens the task in InsightStream, then they should see a direct link to the associated Google Docs file, which opens in a new tab.

Integration with Microsoft SharePoint for Document Access

Given a user needs to access project documents, when they access a task in InsightStream, then the task details should include a section with direct links to relevant documents stored in Microsoft SharePoint.

Dashboard Notifications for Task Updates across Platforms

Given a user has integrated multiple collaboration tools, when a task status changes in InsightStream, then the user should receive notifications in all connected platforms (Slack, Teams) reflecting the updated task status.

Visibility of Collaboration Tool Links in Task Dashboard

Given a user is managing tasks on their dashboard, when they view the details of a task, then they should see visible links/icons for all integrated collaboration tools (Google Docs, Slack, Teams) related to that task.

Managing Task Assignments through Integration

Given a task is assigned in InsightStream, when the task is completed in Slack or Teams, then the completion status should automatically reflect in InsightStream without requiring manual updates by the user.

Reporting and Analytics Dashboard

"As a project manager, I want to view comprehensive reports on task performance so that I can identify trends and make informed decisions for future projects."

Description

The Reporting and Analytics Dashboard requirement provides users with insights into task data, including completion rates, workload distribution, and average time taken per task. This feature will enable project managers to analyze performance metrics and make data-driven decisions for improving project efficiency. Customizable reports will allow users to filter information based on various criteria, enhancing visibility into team productivity and project timelines. Integration with the main dashboard will simplify accessibility and usage of analytics.

Acceptance Criteria

Project managers need to generate a report summarizing task completion rates for a specific time period to evaluate team performance.

Given a selected time period, when the project manager accesses the Reporting and Analytics Dashboard, then they can view a clear report that displays task completion rates as a percentage alongside the total number of tasks completed and pending.

A project manager wants to analyze the workload distribution among team members to identify potential bottlenecks or overburdened employees.

Given that team members are assigned tasks, when the project manager uses the filtering options on the Reporting and Analytics Dashboard, then they should see a clear visualization of workload distribution by team member, showing the number of tasks assigned to each individual.

Users need to compare the average time taken to complete tasks across different projects to understand efficiency and make informed decisions for future planning.

Given multiple projects with task completion data, when a user accesses the reporting feature, then they can generate a report that compares the average time taken per task across the selected projects, represented in an easy-to-read format, such as a bar chart.

During a project review meeting, the project manager requires an overview report showing project timelines to assess if deadlines are being met.

Given all tasks within a project, when the project manager generates a report from the Reporting and Analytics Dashboard, then the report should include a timeline view that shows each task's due date, completion status, and any tasks that are overdue.

A team lead wants to create a custom report that filters data based on priority levels of tasks to ensure high-priority tasks are being addressed first.

Given the task data with assigned priority levels, when the team lead selects the priority filter on the Reporting and Analytics Dashboard, then the resulting report should display only those tasks marked with high priority, along with their completion status and assignee.

A user wants to export analytics data for external presentations to stakeholders, which requires data in a structured format.

Given the analytics data on task completion and workload, when the user clicks the export button, then the data should be available in a downloadable format such as CSV or Excel, ensuring all relevant metrics are included.

Deadline Notifications

"As a team member, I want to receive notifications of task deadlines so that I can prioritize my work effectively and avoid missing deadlines."

Description

The Deadline Notifications requirement introduces a reminder system that alerts users of upcoming deadlines and overdue tasks. Notifications can be customized based on user preferences, ensuring that team members are kept informed about important timelines. This feature not only promotes accountability but also enables proactive management of projects, reducing the risk of missing deadlines. It is critical for maintaining project momentum and ensuring that team members stay focused on their responsibilities.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives a notification for an upcoming task deadline one day before it is due, ensuring they have adequate time to complete the task.

Given a task with a deadline set for tomorrow, when the scheduled notification time arrives, then the user should receive a reminder notification through the application and/or email.

Users can customize their notification preferences to receive reminders based on individual needs and preferences (e.g., time before deadline, method of notification).

Given that a user accesses the notification settings, when they adjust the reminder preferences, then the system should save their preferences and apply them to future task notifications.

If a task becomes overdue, the user should receive an immediate notification alerting them of the overdue status.

Given a task with a deadline that has passed, when the status of the task is checked, then the user should receive an immediate notification indicating that the task is overdue.

Team members should be able to see a summary of all upcoming deadlines and overdue tasks in their dashboard view to maintain awareness of their responsibilities.

Given that a user views their dashboard, when the page loads, then it should display a notification summary including all upcoming deadlines and overdue tasks relevant to the user.

Users should be able to mark tasks as completed and receive a confirmation notification that acknowledges the completion of the task.

Given a user marks a task as completed, when the task is saved, then the user should receive a notification confirming that the task has been successfully completed and removed from the active reminders.

Customizable Task Views

"As a user, I want to customize how I view my tasks so that I can organize my workload in a way that suits my working style."

Description

The Customizable Task Views requirement allows users to personalize their task views according to their preferences, such as sorting tasks by due date, priority, or assignee. This flexibility ensures that users can focus on the information most relevant to their roles. Enhancing user experience through customizable views can improve task management efficacy and user satisfaction, enabling teams to operate in a way that best suits their workflows and needs.

Acceptance Criteria

User sorts tasks by due date to prioritize their workload for the week.

Given a user has multiple tasks listed in the Project Task Manager, when the user selects to sort by due date, then the tasks are reordered chronologically from the nearest due date to the furthest.

User customizes task view to display only high-priority tasks.

Given a user is in the Customizable Task Views section, when the user selects the option to filter tasks by high priority, then only tasks marked with high priority are displayed.

Team member assigns a task to another member and tracks its status through different views.

Given a user creates a task and assigns it to a team member, when the assignee updates the task status, then the updates should reflect in all customizable views of the task list.

User rearranges the order of tasks based on their assigned priority levels.

Given a user is viewing their task list, when the user drags and drops tasks to reorder them based on priority, then the task sequence is updated accordingly in the view.

User saves their customized task view for future use.

Given a user has customized their task view settings, when the user clicks the 'Save' button, then the customized settings are stored and can be accessed in future sessions without needing to reapply the settings.

User resets the task view to default settings after customizing.

Given a user has made customizations to the task view, when the user selects the 'Reset to Default' option, then all customizations are cleared and the view returns to the original default state.

Version Control Log

Version Control Log keeps track of changes made to shared insights and documents within the Collaboration Hub. This feature allows users to see who made changes and when, ensuring that all team members are working with the most current information while also providing the ability to revert to previous versions if necessary.

Requirements

Change Tracking

"As a team member, I want to see a history of all changes made to shared insights so that I can keep track of updates and ensure we're working with the current information."

Description

The Change Tracking requirement provides a detailed log of all modifications made to insights and documents within the Collaboration Hub. This feature ensures that every user can easily access the history of changes, including what alterations were made, the individual responsible, and the date and time of these changes. By implementing this logging functionality, InsightStream helps to maintain the integrity of data, enhances accountability among users, and allows teams to revert to previous versions of documents if needed, thereby safeguarding information and fostering collaborative work environments.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Collaboration Hub and reviews the version control log for a specific document to track changes made over time.

Given a document in the Collaboration Hub, When the user selects the version control log, Then they should see a list of all changes made to the document, including the name of the user who made each change, the date and time of each change, and a description of the alterations.

A user wants to revert a document to a previous version after reviewing the version control log.

Given the version control log details for a document, When the user selects a specific previous version to revert to, Then the system should successfully restore the document to that selected version and confirm the action with a notification to the user.

Users collaborate on a shared document, and changes are made by multiple team members during a working session.

Given that two or more users are editing a document concurrently, When one user saves changes, Then the version control log must reflect all changes made, including timestamps and user identities for each modification, and should update in real-time for all collaborators.

An administrator needs to audit the change history of a particular document in the Collaboration Hub.

Given an administrator accessing the change tracking feature, When they filter the version control log by document ID, Then they should be able to view the entire history of alterations made to that document, with the ability to export this information in a readable format.

A user attempts to access the version control log of a document they do not have permission to view.

Given that a user lacks viewing permissions, When they request access to the version control log, Then the system should deny access and display an appropriate error message indicating insufficient permissions.

A user updates a document and wants to see a summary of what changes they made before finalizing the update.

Given a user has made several changes to a document, When they choose to submit the changes, Then the system should present a summary of their modifications in the version control log format before they confirm the save operation.

Version Reversion

"As a user, I want to revert a document to a previous version so that I can recover from an unintended error and ensure our insights remain valid."

Description

The Version Reversion requirement allows users to revert any shared insight or document to a previous version without losing current data in the process. This feature is crucial for maintaining data accuracy, as it provides a safety net for teams who might inadvertently introduce errors or undesirable changes. By enabling users to restore prior versions, the feature not only helps in recovering from mistakes but also fosters a culture of experimentation, where team members can test adjustments without a fear of permanent loss of data. This functionality integrates seamlessly with the Change Tracking system to ensure smooth operations within the Collaboration Hub.

Acceptance Criteria

User reverts a shared document to a previous version within the Collaboration Hub after identifying an error introduced in the most recent edit.

Given a user is viewing the version control log of a shared document, when they select a previous version and confirm the reversion, then the document should reflect the content of that selected version and notify all team members of the change.

A team member attempts to revert a shared insight to a version that was created in a past month.

Given a user accesses the insight history, when they select a valid previous version dated within the retention period, then the system allows reversion and provides a confirmation message indicating successful restoration.

The project manager checks that the version reversion functionality maintains the integrity of current data during the process.

Given a user has saved new data in a document, when they revert to a previous version, then the system should create a new version that includes both the previous version and any unfettered insights from the most recent changes.

Multiple users collaborate on a document and one user reverts a version while others are still editing.

Given multiple users are currently editing a document, when one user reverts the document to a previous version, then all other users receive a notification of the reversion and their view refreshes accordingly to show the reverted content.

The compliance officer needs to audit changes made to a document, including version reversion events.

Given a user is accessing the version control log, when they search for a specific document's change history, then they should see all version changes, including timestamps, user details, and notes associated with reversion actions.

A user tries to revert a shared document to a version that does not exist in the version control log.

Given a user attempts to select an invalid version from the version control log, when they try to execute the reversion, then the system should display an error message indicating the version is not available for reversion.

User Modification Alerts

"As a collaborator, I want to receive notifications for changes made to documents I’m working on so that I can stay updated and respond quickly to any important adjustments."

Description

The User Modification Alerts requirement ensures that all team members receive real-time notifications whenever changes are made to insights or documents they are collaborating on. This feature enhances communication within teams by keeping everyone informed and up-to-date on modifications that could affect their work. By providing alerts, teams can engage in timely discussions about changes, therefore improving overall collaborative efficiency and ensuring that essential updates are recognized immediately. This function is vital for maintaining transparency and coordination in team projects.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives a notification when a colleague modifies a shared document they are working on in the Collaboration Hub.

Given that a user is collaborating on a document, when a change is made by another user, then the original user should receive a real-time notification of the modification.

User can view a summary of modifications made to a document over the last week.

Given that a user accesses the version control log, when they check the updates for the last week, then they should see a list of modifications made, including user names and timestamps.

Team members are notified of changes to insights that they have subscribed to.

Given that a user has subscribed to specific insights, when any changes are made to those insights, then they should receive a notification detailing the changes.

A user can revert to a previous version of a document from the version control log.

Given that a user views the version history of a document, when they select a previous version and confirm the action, then the document should revert to that selected version successfully.

Notifications can be customized based on user preferences for the types of changes they want to be alerted to.

Given that a user accesses the notification settings, when they select the types of changes they wish to be notified about, then those settings should be saved and applied to future notifications.

Users can snooze or dismiss notifications about changes temporarily.

Given that a user receives a modification alert, when they choose to snooze or dismiss it, then the notification should not reappear for the next set duration as specified in user settings.

A user is notified of changes in real-time without delays regardless of their activity in the application.

Given that a user is active within the application, when a change is made an active document, then they receive a notification within 2 seconds of the change being made.

Access Permissions for Version Control

"As an administrator, I want to manage who can access version control logs so that I can protect sensitive information and regulate data modifications."

Description

The Access Permissions for Version Control requirement allows administrators to set specific permissions regarding who can view or modify the version control logs and previous versions of documents. This feature ensures that sensitive data is protected and that only authorized users can make alterations, adding an essential layer of security to collaborative processes. By implementing structured access controls, this functionality enhances compliance with company policies and regulatory standards while also ensuring that all team members can access the necessary information without compromising data integrity and confidentiality.

Acceptance Criteria

Access Permissions for Version Control - Admin Role Management

Given an administrator has logged into the system, when they access the 'Access Permissions' settings, then they can assign view and modify permissions for the version control log to specific user roles, ensuring only authorized roles can make changes.

Access Permissions for Version Control - User Role Restrictions

Given a user with restricted access attempts to view the version control log, when they access the log, then they are presented with a 'Permission Denied' message, ensuring compliance with the established access permissions.

Access Permissions for Version Control - Audit Trail

Given a change has been made in the version control log, when an administrator views the audit trail, then they can see who made the change, what the change was, and the timestamp of the change, verifying accountability and transparency.

Access Permissions for Version Control - Reverting Changes

Given a user with appropriate permissions has accessed a document with version control, when they choose to revert to a previous version, then the system should successfully restore that version and notify relevant team members of the change.

Access Permissions for Version Control - Compliance Reporting

Given an administrator needs to generate a compliance report, when they extract logs from the version control system, then the report must include who accessed and modified logs, ensuring adherence to company policies and regulations.

Access Permissions for Version Control - User Notification

Given adjustments are made to version control permissions, when those permissions are updated, then all affected users should receive a notification detailing the changes to their access rights, promoting awareness and compliance.

Searchable Change Logs

"As a user, I want to search the change log for specific modifications so that I can easily find relevant information and understand the history behind our insights."

Description

The Searchable Change Logs requirement enables users to search through the history of changes made to insights and documents, filtering by user, date, or type of modification. This feature enhances user experience by providing a straightforward way to locate specific changes or to understand the context of alterations made over time. By incorporating advanced search functionality, teams can quickly find necessary information and improve their efficiency in managing documents, as well as facilitating better decision-making based on historical data.

Acceptance Criteria

User searches for changes made by a specific team member in the Change Log.

Given a user is in the Change Log section, when they enter a team member's name in the search bar, then the results should display all changes made by that team member, including timestamps and modification details.

User filters log changes by date range to view modifications made in a specific period.

Given a user is on the Change Log page, when they select a start and end date and apply the filter, then only changes made within that date range should be displayed in the search results.

User performs a search for changes based on the type of modification (e.g., 'edit', 'delete', 'add').

Given a user has selected a modification type filter, when they execute the search, then only changes of the selected type should appear in the results.

User wants to view the complete history of amendments made to a document.

Given a user selects a specific document from the Change Log, when they click on the document, then an overview of all changes made to that document, including dates and responsible users, should be displayed.

User reverts a document to a previous version using the Change Log.

Given a user is viewing the Change Log of a specific document and selects a previous version, when they confirm the revert action, then the document should be restored to that specific version, and a confirmation message should be displayed.

Integrated Feedback System

The Integrated Feedback System allows team members to provide feedback on shared insights, strategies, or projects directly within the Collaboration Hub. By enabling users to give and receive constructive criticism in real-time, this feature promotes continuous improvement and ensures that all contributions are refined and validated by peers.

Requirements

Real-time Feedback Submission

"As a team member, I want to provide feedback in real-time on shared insights so that I can contribute to the improvement of our strategies and projects more effectively."

Description

The Real-time Feedback Submission requirement allows users to submit feedback instantly on shared insights, strategies, and projects through the Integrated Feedback System. This functionality promotes a collaborative atmosphere where team members can engage in discussions promptly and refine ideas collectively. Immediate feedback helps to validate suggestions and ensures that the decision-making process is enriched, enhancing project outcomes and fostering a culture of continuous improvement. This requirement will leverage a user-friendly interface that integrates seamlessly with the Collaboration Hub, enabling notifications and tracking of feedback contributions for easier management and follow-up.

Acceptance Criteria

User submits feedback on a project in the Integrated Feedback System during a team meeting.

Given the user is logged into the Collaboration Hub, when they select a project and enter feedback in the submission form, then the feedback should be successfully submitted and visible to all team members.

User receives notifications about new feedback on their submitted insights.

Given a user has submitted feedback, when another team member comments on their feedback, then the original user should receive a notification of the new comment.

User accesses feedback history for a specific project.

Given the user is in the Integrated Feedback System, when they select a project, then they should be able to view all past feedback submissions for that project along with timestamps and user identification.

User edits their submitted feedback.

Given the user has submitted feedback, when they choose to edit it within a specified time frame, then the feedback should be updated, and the changes reflected to all team members.

User rates the feedback received on their submissions.

Given feedback has been received on the user's submission, when they choose to rate the feedback, then the rating should be recorded and displayed alongside the feedback.

User is able to view feedback trends over time.

Given the user is looking at a project’s feedback in the Integrated Feedback System, when they select a date range, then the system should display a summary of feedback trends within that range.

User can filter feedback by category or type.

Given the user is in the Integrated Feedback System, when they apply filters to the feedback view, then the system should display only the feedback that matches the selected categories or types.

Feedback Visualization Dashboard

"As a project manager, I want to see visual representations of the feedback trends on our projects so that I can quickly identify areas needing improvement and prioritize accordingly."

Description

The Feedback Visualization Dashboard requirement enables users to visualize the feedback received on insights and projects dynamically through dashboards that aggregate and display feedback trends. This functionality provides users with a clear overview of the insights that are being well-received and those that may require further refinement. By utilizing graphical representations such as charts and graphs, users can quickly identify patterns in the feedback, allowing for informed decision-making that can accelerate the feedback response process, ultimately improving the quality of strategies and projects presented.

Acceptance Criteria

Feedback Visualization for Project Insights

Given a project has received multiple feedback entries, when the user navigates to the Feedback Visualization Dashboard, then the user can see a graphical representation of feedback trends over time for that project.

Identification of Feedback Patterns

Given feedback data is aggregated on the dashboard, when the user applies filters for specific time periods or feedback categories, then the dashboard dynamically updates to show only relevant feedback trends without any delays.

Real-time Feedback Display

Given feedback is submitted through the Integrated Feedback System, when the feedback is received, then the visual representation on the dashboard updates within 5 seconds to reflect the new feedback.

User Accessibility and Interaction with Dashboard

Given that various team members have different access levels, when a user with limited access opens the dashboard, then the user can only see the feedback visualization relevant to their role without any unauthorized data exposure.

Exporting Feedback Trends

Given the user views the Feedback Visualization Dashboard, when the user selects the export option, then the feedback trends can be exported in CSV and PDF formats without loss of data integrity.

Anonymous Feedback Option

"As a team member, I want to provide anonymous feedback so that I can express my opinions freely without fear of repercussions."

Description

An Anonymous Feedback Option requirement enables users to provide feedback without revealing their identities, encouraging honest and candid criticism. This feature is essential for fostering a safe space where team members feel empowered to share their thoughts openly. Anonymity helps mitigate fears of backlash or judgement, leading to more constructive criticism and a broader range of insights that can be leveraged for continuous improvement and innovation within the organization. This functionality will include options to toggle anonymity when submitting feedback, ensuring flexibility and user choice.

Acceptance Criteria

Team members are using the Integrated Feedback System to provide input on a shared project during a remote meeting. One member decides to submit feedback anonymously to avoid any potential conflict.

Given that the user is logged into the Integrated Feedback System, when they choose the ‘Submit Anonymously’ option while providing feedback, then their identity should not be visible to other team members.

A project manager reviews feedback received on a critical strategy document. They need to discern between anonymous and non-anonymous feedback to gauge the context of the responses.

Given that feedback has been submitted through the Integrated Feedback System, when reviewing the feedback, then the project manager should see a clear distinction between anonymous and non-anonymous submissions in the review dashboard.

An employee submits feedback using the anonymous option but later wants to validate their input by disclosing their identity for the purpose of further discussion with the team.

Given that the user submitted feedback anonymously, when they choose to identify themselves post submission, then their identity should be revealed only to the project manager and not to the general team members.

During a feedback session, a moderator notices that most feedback is submitted anonymously and wants to encourage more non-anonymous submissions to foster accountability.

Given the feedback statistics report, when the moderator views the proportion of anonymous versus non-anonymous feedback submissions, then they should see a visual representation of the data to encourage discussions around promoting transparency.

A user is providing feedback and wants to toggle the anonymity setting based on their comfort level with the content of the feedback they are providing.

Given that the user is filling out the feedback form, when they toggle the ‘Anonymous’ option on or off, then the system should appropriately enable or disable the feature based on their selection prior to submission.

After feedback is submitted, users wish to ensure that their anonymous feedback cannot be traced back to them through any system logs or user activity records.

Given that anonymous feedback has been submitted, when reviewing the system logs, then there should be no traces or identifiers linked to the user’s profile associated with the anonymous feedback.

Feedback Integration with Task Management

"As a project leader, I want to integrate feedback into our task management system so that we can turn suggestions into actionable tasks and enhance our project execution effectively."

Description

The Feedback Integration with Task Management requirement involves connecting the Integrated Feedback System to existing task management tools used by the team. This integration allows for direct conversion of feedback into actionable tasks or items within project workflows, ensuring that valuable insights are not lost and are systematically addressed. By streamlining the process from feedback to action, this feature increases efficiency and accountability, allowing teams to track the implementation of suggestions and continuously improve their operations based on collective inputs.

Acceptance Criteria

Feedback conversion into tasks in the task management tool when feedback is submitted through the Integrated Feedback System.

Given a user submits feedback, when the feedback is marked as actionable, then a corresponding task is created in the task management tool with the correct details and assigned to the appropriate team member.

Real-time updates in the collaboration hub when feedback is converted into tasks.

Given a task is created based on feedback submission, when the feedback is converted into a task, then all team members in the Collaboration Hub should receive a notification of the new task and details of the feedback.

Filtering and sorting tasks based on feedback category in the task management tool.

Given multiple tasks created from feedback, when a user filters tasks by feedback category, then only tasks corresponding to the selected category should be displayed in the task management tool.

Tracking feedback implementation progress within the task management system.

Given a task is created from feedback, when the task is updated with progress notes, then the status of the feedback implementation should reflect the updates made in the task management tool.

Integration validation between the Integrated Feedback System and the task management tool.

Given the Integrated Feedback System is linked to the task management tool, when a feedback entry is submitted, then the system must log the feedback data in the task management tool without loss of information or errors.

User permissions for accessing the feedback system and task management tool.

Given different user roles exist within the Integrated Feedback System, when a user attempts to convert feedback into tasks, then the user must have the appropriate permissions assigned in order to create tasks in the task management tool.

Review process for tasks converted from feedback in the task management tool.

Given tasks are created from feedback, when a user completes a task, then the feedback related to that task should be reviewed and marked as addressed before closure of the task.

Real-time Collaborative Analytics

Real-time Collaborative Analytics empowers team members to analyze data together within the Collaboration Hub. This feature allows users to explore datasets concurrently, make annotations, and generate insights collaboratively, enhancing the decision-making process and ensuring that multiple perspectives are integrated into the analysis.

Requirements

Concurrent Data Exploration

"As a data analyst, I want to explore data concurrently with my team so that we can share insights and make more informed decisions together without delays."

Description

The Concurrent Data Exploration requirement facilitates multiple users to explore and analyze datasets simultaneously within the Collaboration Hub. This functionality supports real-time interaction and allows users to access and manipulate shared datasets without conflict. By enabling concurrent analysis, users can react and collaborate more efficiently, leading to enhanced insights and decision-making. This feature must seamlessly integrate with existing data sources and ensure that changes made by one user are reflected for all participants in real-time, thereby fostering a truly collaborative environment.

Acceptance Criteria

Concurrent users accessing the same dataset in the Collaboration Hub during a team meeting to analyze marketing data together.

Given multiple users are logged into the Collaboration Hub and accessing the same dataset, When one user applies a filter to the dataset, Then all other users should see the updated dataset in real-time without delay.

A user adds annotations to a shared dataset while another user is exploring it, during an online presentation.

Given a user is adding annotations on a dataset, When another user refreshes the view, Then all annotations should be visible to both users immediately within the Collaboration Hub.

Multiple users working asynchronously on analyzing sales data at different times on the same day.

Given one user modifies a dataset and saves their changes, When another user accesses the same dataset afterward, Then the modified dataset should reflect the most recent changes with no data conflicts or errors.

A team is collaboratively generating a report based on a dataset, requiring inputs from various departments in real-time.

Given that collaborators from different departments are editing the report simultaneously, When user A updates a section of the report, Then user B should see those updates instantly without needing to refresh the page.

A user tries to initiate a concurrent session while another user is already analyzing the same dataset.

Given one user is currently exploring a dataset, When a second user attempts to access the same dataset, Then the second user should be prompted with a notification indicating that concurrent access is allowed, and they can either view or join the current session.

The team uses the Collaboration Hub for decision-making on quarterly budgets, sharing insights and perspectives.

Given the budget dataset is being analyzed by multiple users, When any user generates a filtering criterion, Then all users should be able to see the same filter criteria applied across the dataset in real-time.

Annotation and Commenting Tools

"As a team member, I want to add comments to specific data points so that my colleagues can understand the context of my insights and we can discuss findings effectively."

Description

The Annotation and Commenting Tools requirement provides users with the ability to annotate datasets and comment on specific data points directly within the Collaboration Hub. This feature allows team members to leave notes, observations, and questions, making conversations around data more contextual and easier to follow. The annotations should be timestamped and linked to specific users to maintain accountability and clarity. This capability not only enriches the analytical process but also serves as a historical record of discussions and insights, promoting better teamwork and knowledge sharing.

Acceptance Criteria

Team members collaboratively analyze sales data during a strategy meeting, utilizing the annotation tools to leave comments and insights on relevant data points.

Given that a user is viewing a dataset in the Collaboration Hub, when they click on a data point, then they can enter an annotation that is saved with a timestamp and their user ID.

A data analyst reviews historical annotations on sales data to understand past decision-making processes before presenting in an upcoming board meeting.

Given that annotations have been made on a dataset, when the user accesses the annotation history, then they should see all annotations listed with user IDs and timestamps.

Team members need to have a discussion on marketing trends based on a dataset analysis, facilitating effective communication through comments on the specific trends identified.

Given that a user clicks on the option to comment next to a data point, when they enter their comment and submit, then the comment should be visible to all users currently viewing the dataset in real-time.

A project manager tracks ongoing discussions related to customer feedback analytics to gauge team sentiment and action items.

Given that comments have been added to a dataset, when the project manager accesses the dataset, then they can filter the comments based on specific tags or users.

Multiple team members are collaborating on a report and need to resolve conflicting insights through discussion captured via annotations and comments.

Given that multiple users are annotated on the same data point, when one user edits an existing annotation, then all users should receive real-time updates reflecting the latest version of the annotation with their original input preserved.

A data scientist evaluates the effectiveness of past marketing campaigns by reviewing comments and annotations added by different team members over time.

Given that a user accesses a dataset with annotations, when they select an annotation, then they should be able to view the full thread of comments associated with that annotation, along with the dates and authors.

Insight Generation Tools

"As a business manager, I want the system to automatically provide insights on our data trends so that I can make timely and informed decisions based on these findings."

Description

The Insight Generation Tools requirement enables users to generate automated insights based on the analyzed data within the Collaboration Hub. By leveraging AI algorithms, the system can suggest significant trends, anomalies, or correlations discovered during the data exploration. This feature enhances decision-making efficiency by providing users with immediate, actionable insights without requiring manual deep dives into the data. The insights generated should be customizable to cater to specific roles within the organization, ensuring that they are relevant and actionable to each team member.

Acceptance Criteria

Concurrent Access and Collaboration in Data Analysis

Given that multiple users are logged into the Collaboration Hub, When they explore the same dataset simultaneously, Then they should be able to view each other's annotations and comments in real-time without any lag or data discrepancies.

AI-Powered Insight Generation for Multiple Roles

Given a set of analyzed data within the Collaboration Hub, When a user selects their specific role, Then the system should generate relevant automated insights tailored to that role, ensuring that all generated insights are actionable and pertinent.

Customization of Insight Display Preferences

Given that a user is in the Collaboration Hub, When they customize their dashboard preferences for viewing generated insights, Then the system should save these preferences, and upon the next login, the user should see the insights displayed according to these saved preferences.

Efficiency and Accuracy of Automated Insights

Given that the AI generates insights based on the analyzed data, When these insights are reviewed by users, Then at least 80% of users should find the insights to be accurate and relevant to their decision-making process during a user feedback session.

Exporting Generated Insights for External Use

Given that insights have been generated in the Collaboration Hub, When a user opts to export these insights, Then the system should allow users to export the insights in multiple formats (PDF, Excel, etc.) with all relevant data and visualizations included.

Integration of Feedback Mechanism for Insights

Given that automated insights have been generated, When a user provides feedback on the usefulness of an insight, Then the system should capture this feedback and update the AI's algorithms to improve future insights based on user input.

Real-time Alerts for Significant Trends or Anomalies

Given that users are analyzing data in the Collaboration Hub, When the AI detects a significant trend or anomaly, Then the system should generate a real-time alert to all users in the session, allowing for immediate discussion and action.

Role-Based Access Control

"As an administrator, I want to control user permissions based on their role so that sensitive information is secure while enabling relevant access to team members."

Description

The Role-Based Access Control requirement ensures that users have appropriate permissions based on their role within the organization. This feature will allow administrators to define access levels, ensuring that sensitive data is protected and that users can only access the information that is relevant to their roles. Role-based permissions will enhance data security and integrity while facilitating effective collaboration among team members. The implementation must ensure intuitive user management and logging of access changes for auditing purposes.

Acceptance Criteria

Admins set up role-based access for different team members in the Collaboration Hub to ensure data security and relevance based on user roles.

Given an admin user, when they configure access rights for a user role, then the user should only have access to datasets relevant to their role, ensuring sensitive data is not accessible to unauthorized users.

Team members access the Collaboration Hub to analyze datasets assigned to their roles while ensuring compliance with access permissions.

Given a user with assigned role-based permissions, when they log into the system, then they should only see datasets and analytics tools that correspond to their predefined access level.

Admins review logs of access changes made to user roles to ensure that no unauthorized modifications have occurred.

Given an admin user, when they access the audit logging features, then they should be able to view a complete history of access changes along with timestamps and the users who made those changes.

New users are onboarded into the system by assigning them role-based access to the Collaboration Hub.

Given a new user being added to the system, when the admin assigns a user role, then the new user should receive appropriate permissions automatically based on the role assigned, ensuring immediate compliance upon login.

A user attempts to access a dataset that exceeds their role's permissions to validate the enforcement of access control rules.

Given a user without permission to view a specific dataset, when they try to access that dataset, then they should receive an error message indicating insufficient permissions instead of the data.

Team members collaborate on data analysis projects while ensuring that everyone's contributions are logged accurately for accountability.

Given multiple users collaborating in the Collaboration Hub, when any user makes an annotation or change, then the system should log the user’s identity, timestamp, and nature of the change for audit purposes.

An admin needs to modify the permissions of an existing user role to reflect changes in organizational needs.

Given an admin user, when they modify the access level for a specific role, then all users assigned to that role should reflect the updated permissions immediately without requiring a system restart.

Real-time Notification System

"As a team lead, I want to receive real-time notifications when my colleagues add comments or insights so that I can stay updated and respond quickly to ongoing discussions."

Description

The Real-time Notification System requirement allows users to receive instant alerts and notifications regarding updates made in the Collaboration Hub. This functionality will notify users when new comments, annotations, or insights are added, ensuring that all team members stay informed and engaged with ongoing discussions. The notification system should be configurable, allowing users to customize their preferences for receiving updates via email or in-app alerts, promoting proactive engagement and timely communication among team members.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives a notification in real-time upon a team member adding a comment to a shared dataset in the Collaboration Hub.

Given that a user is logged into the Collaboration Hub, when a team member adds a comment to a dataset, then the logged-in user should receive an in-app notification immediately and an optional email alert based on their notification settings.

User customizes their notification preferences for receiving alerts related to data annotations in the Collaboration Hub.

Given that a user accesses the settings in the Notification System, when they select their preference for receiving notifications (in-app, email, or both), then the system should save these preferences successfully, as confirmed by a success message.

User is able to view the history of notifications related to a specific project in the Collaboration Hub.

Given that a user is in the Collaboration Hub, when they navigate to the notifications history section, then they should see a list of all past notifications related to the project, including timestamps and the type of updates received.

Multiple users collaborate on a dataset and receive notifications of annotations made by others at the same time.

Given that multiple users are analyzing the same dataset in real-time, when one user adds an annotation, then all other users currently viewing the dataset should receive immediate notifications regarding the new annotation.

User disables specific types of notifications from the Real-time Notification System.

Given that a user is in their notification preferences, when they opt to disable notifications for comments but keep annotations enabled, then the system should no longer send notifications for comments, confirmed by testing the notification functionality after changes are made.

User receives a summary of notifications at the end of the day summarizing all updates in the Collaboration Hub.

Given that it is the end of the day, when the notification summary is generated, then the user should receive a comprehensive email detailing all comments, annotations, and insights added during the day, as per their preferences.

Notification settings can be restored to default at any time by the user.

Given that a user is in their notification settings, when they select the option to reset settings to default, then the system should revert all notifications to their initial state as outlined in the user guide, confirmed by the user seeing the default settings restored.

Data Source Integration Framework

"As a data engineer, I want to integrate multiple data sources into the Collaboration Hub seamlessly so that my team can access all relevant data in one place for effective analysis."

Description

The Data Source Integration Framework requirement allows for seamless integration of various data sources into the Collaboration Hub. This feature must support connections to multiple data formats and databases, enabling users to pull in relevant datasets from diverse platforms such as CRM systems, marketing tools, and financial databases. The framework should ensure data consistency, reliability, and easy setup for users, allowing them to focus on analysis rather than data connectivity issues, thus enhancing the overall user experience.

Acceptance Criteria

User connects a CRM system to the Integration Framework.

Given a user has access to the Integration Framework, when they enter valid CRM credentials and select the desired data fields, then the system must successfully integrate the CRM data into the Collaboration Hub without errors.

User attempts to integrate a financial database with a large dataset.

Given a user initiates the integration process for a financial database containing over 1 million records, when the integration is complete, then the system must accurately reflect all records in the Collaboration Hub without data loss or corruption.

User modifies an existing data source connection in the Integration Framework.

Given a user has previously set up a connection to a marketing tool, when they change the data fields being pulled from the tool and save the new configuration, then the system must update the data integration without requiring a complete re-authentication.

User integrates data from multiple sources simultaneously.

Given the user wants to integrate data from a CRM system, a marketing tool, and a financial database at the same time, when the user initiates all integrations concurrently, then the system must complete all integrations within 5 minutes and present the aggregated data on the dashboard.

New user accesses the Integration Framework for the first time.

Given a user who has never accessed the Integration Framework, when they follow the guided setup for connecting their first data source, then the user must be able to complete the setup process within 10 minutes with no prior technical knowledge required.

User encounters an error during data integration.

Given a user attempts to integrate a data source with invalid credentials or a non-responsive server, when the integration fails, then the system must provide a clear error message and suggestions for resolution to the user.

Resource Library

The Resource Library serves as a centralized repository where users can store and share relevant documents, reports, and tools that support data-driven projects. This feature enhances collaboration by providing easy access to essential resources, ensuring that everyone has the information they need to contribute effectively to their projects.

Requirements

Document Upload Functionality

"As a project manager, I want to upload important documents to the Resource Library so that my team can access and utilize these resources effectively for our data-driven projects."

Description

The Document Upload Functionality allows users to upload various types of documents into the Resource Library with ease. This feature supports multiple file formats such as PDFs, Word documents, and Excel sheets, ensuring versatility. Users will benefit from a simple drag-and-drop interface, making the uploading process intuitive and efficient. Moreover, the functionality ensures that all uploaded documents are securely stored and easily retrievable, enhancing collaboration among team members. This will be integrated seamlessly into the existing platform, allowing users to associate relevant documents with specific analytics projects for easy access and reference.

Acceptance Criteria

User uploads a PDF document to the Resource Library.

Given the user is on the Resource Library page, when they drag and drop a PDF document into the upload area, then the system should accept the file, display a success message, and add the document to the user's library.

User attempts to upload an unsupported file type to the Resource Library.

Given the user is on the Resource Library page, when they try to upload a file type not supported (such as .exe), then the system should display an error message stating the file type is not allowed.

User searches for a recently uploaded document in the Resource Library.

Given the user has just uploaded a document, when they use the search functionality with relevant keywords, then the system should display the uploaded document in the search results within 5 seconds.

User edits the metadata of an uploaded document in the Resource Library.

Given the user is viewing the details of an uploaded document, when they edit the title and description fields and save the changes, then the system should update the document's metadata and confirm the updates with a success message.

User wants to categorize documents uploaded to the Resource Library.

Given the user is on the upload interface, when they select a category from a predefined list while uploading a document, then the system should associate the document with the selected category and reflect this in the document's details.

User shares a document from the Resource Library with team members.

Given the user has an uploaded document open, when they click on the 'Share' button and enter the email addresses of team members, then the system should send notification emails with a link to the document and confirmation of successful sharing.

User retrieves a previously uploaded document from the Resource Library.

Given the user is on the Resource Library page, when they click on the document title from their list of uploads, then the system should open the document in a new window or tab without error.

Advanced Search and Filter Options

"As a team member, I want to search for specific documents in the Resource Library using filters so that I can find the resources I need quickly without sifting through irrelevant files."

Description

The Advanced Search and Filter Options feature allows users to quickly locate specific documents in the Resource Library using a variety of criteria. Users can filter by document type, upload date, or relevant tags, enhancing the efficiency of document retrieval. This feature is crucial as it reduces the time spent searching for resources, promoting productivity and collaboration among teams. The search functionality is designed to provide real-time results, ensuring that users can find what they need instantly. This option will be integrated into the Resource Library’s interface, ensuring a user-friendly experience.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates a search in the Resource Library to find a quarterly financial report by entering relevant keywords and selecting appropriate filters such as document type and upload date.

Given a user is on the Resource Library page, when they enter keywords and apply filters for document type and date, then they should see a list of documents that match their criteria within 2 seconds.

A collaborative team is preparing for a project presentation and needs to quickly access various document types, such as PDFs, Word documents, and spreadsheets from the Resource Library using specific tags.

Given a team member is on the Resource Library page, when they select multiple tags for filtering document types, then only documents associated with those tags should be displayed, with a maximum loading time of 3 seconds.

A user accidentally inputs an incorrect tag while searching for resources and wishes to see all results without the tag's filter applied.

Given a user is viewing search results with a tag filter applied, when they remove the tag and click 'search again', then they should see all relevant documents reset based on the original keywords within 2 seconds.

A new user is exploring the Resource Library for the first time and wants to understand how to utilize the advanced search and filter options effectively.

Given a new user is on the Resource Library page, when they click on the help icon for advanced search, then an instructional tooltip or modal should appear, guiding them on how to use the search and filter functionalities, ensuring it is displayed prominently and clearly.

The system needs to ensure that search results are accurate and relevant based on user input, filtering out documents that do not match the criteria.

Given a user enters a search query with relevant filters, when the search is executed, then the system must return only those documents that match the query and filters, with an accuracy rate of no less than 95% for the matched results.

A user wants to enable multiple filters for an effective search experience but is unsure if they can apply more than one simultaneously.

Given a user is on the Resource Library page, when they select multiple filter options before performing a search, then the system must allow for the application of all selected filters simultaneously, displaying results accordingly within 3 seconds.

Version Control System

"As a data analyst, I want to view the history of document revisions in the Resource Library so that I can ensure I am using the most recent and relevant data for my analyses."

Description

The Version Control System allows users to upload and manage multiple versions of documents within the Resource Library. This system will enable users to keep track of changes made to documents, ensuring that they can revert to previous versions if necessary. It enhances collaboration by allowing team members to see the history of document revisions and updates. With version control, the risk of using outdated information is minimized, thereby improving decision-making. This requirement will be integrated into the document upload functionality, maintaining an organized workflow for document management.

Acceptance Criteria

User uploads a new document to the Resource Library and simultaneously creates the first version of that document.

Given the user is authenticated, when they upload a document, then the system should allow the upload and create the initial version, recording the upload timestamp and user details.

A user wants to access and view previous versions of a document in the Resource Library.

Given the user selects a document that has multiple versions, when they request the version history, then the system should display a list of all previous versions with their upload dates and author details.

A user needs to revert a document to a previous version due to errors in the latest update.

Given the user has selected a previous version of a document, when they choose to revert to that version, then the system should restore that version as the current version and log this action in the version history.

Users collaborate on a document and make several edits over time, needing to track these changes effectively.

Given the document has been edited multiple times, when a user accesses the version history, then they should see incremental change summaries for each version that explains what was modified.

A user wants to ensure that no conflicts occur when two users attempt to upload different versions of the same document simultaneously.

Given two users are trying to upload versions of the same document at the same time, when one user completes their upload first, then the system should notify the second user of the conflict and allow them to decide whether to overwrite or save as a new version.

Users need to search for documents within the Resource Library by version or keywords.

Given the user enters a search term related to a document, when they execute the search, then the system should return results that include both current and previous versions related to the search term.

Collaborative Commenting Feature

"As a team member, I want to comment on documents in the Resource Library so that I can provide feedback and collaborate more effectively on our data-driven projects."

Description

The Collaborative Commenting Feature enables users to add comments to specific documents within the Resource Library, facilitating discussions and feedback directly tied to the relevant resources. This feature fosters transparency and collaboration, as team members can share insights, ask questions, and provide suggestions without needing to switch communication tools. It will also include notifications for users when comments are added to documents they are associated with, ensuring that everyone stays updated. This function is crucial for improving communication around document usage and project contexts.

Acceptance Criteria

Adding a Comment to a Document in the Resource Library

Given a user is viewing a document in the Resource Library, When the user adds a comment and submits it, Then the comment should be displayed beneath the document with the timestamp and the user's name.

Notification for Newly Added Comments

Given a user is associated with a document in the Resource Library, When a new comment is added to that document, Then the user should receive a notification alerting them of the new comment within their dashboard notifications.

Editing an Existing Comment

Given a user has previously added a comment to a document, When the user selects the option to edit their comment and makes changes, Then the updated comment should be reflected in the document's comment section with a new timestamp.

Deleting a Comment on a Document

Given a user has permission to delete comments, When the user selects the delete option for their comment, Then the comment should be removed from the document's comment section and should no longer be accessible.

Viewing All Comments on a Document

Given a user is viewing a document in the Resource Library, When the user scrolls to the comments section, Then all comments associated with that document should be displayed in chronological order.

Filtering Comments by User

Given a document has multiple comments, When a user applies a filter to view comments only from a specific user, Then only comments made by that user should be displayed on the document.

User Access Controls

"As an administrator, I want to set access permissions for documents in the Resource Library so that I can ensure sensitive resources are only available to authorized users."

Description

User Access Controls will allow administrators to manage permissions for who can view, upload, and edit documents within the Resource Library. This feature ensures that sensitive information is protected and that users only have access to the resources they need, promoting data security and integrity. By implementing role-based access control, organizations can define custom user roles with specific permissions tailored to their needs. This functionality will integrate with the existing user management system of InsightStream, ensuring that it complements the overall platform's security measures.

Acceptance Criteria

User Role Creation and Permission Assignment

Given an administrator is logged into InsightStream, when they create a new user role, then they should be able to assign specific permissions (view, upload, edit) to that role and save the configuration successfully.

Document Upload by Authorized User

Given a user with upload permissions is logged in, when they upload a document to the Resource Library, then the document should be successfully stored and should be visible in the library to users with appropriate permissions.

Access Control for Sensitive Documents

Given a user without the edit permission is logged into InsightStream, when they attempt to edit a document in the Resource Library, then they should receive a notification denying access and not be able to make any changes.

User Role Modification

Given an administrator is logged in, when they modify an existing user role's permissions and save the changes, then the updated permissions should reflect immediately for all users assigned that role.

User Role Deletion

Given an administrator is logged into InsightStream, when they delete a user role, then that role should no longer be available for assignment and all users assigned that role should lose their permissions associated with it.

Integration with Existing User Management System

Given an organizational administrator makes changes to user roles in the InsightStream User Access Controls, when they synchronize with the existing user management system, then all changes should accurately reflect across both systems without errors.

Document Tagging System

"As a team member, I want to tag documents in the Resource Library so that I can quickly categorize and retrieve resources related to specific projects or topics."

Description

The Document Tagging System allows users to apply tags to documents uploaded in the Resource Library, enabling better categorization and organization of resources. Tags can be created based on project names, topics, or document types, facilitating easier browsing and searchability. This feature enhances resource management by enabling users to group related documents together, making it simpler for teams to find materials relevant to their current projects. The tagging system will be incorporated into the document upload interface for seamless use.

Acceptance Criteria

Uploading a document with tags in the Resource Library.

Given a user uploads a document in the Resource Library, when the user enters tags into the tagging field, then the tags should be saved and displayed alongside the document, and the document should be searchable by those tags.

Editing existing tags on a previously uploaded document.

Given a user selects a document in the Resource Library that already has tags, when the user modifies the tags and saves the changes, then the updated tags should reflect immediately in the document details and in the search results.

Searching for documents using tags.

Given a user enters a specific tag in the search bar of the Resource Library, when the user initiates the search, then the results should display only those documents that have the matching tag.

Ensuring users can create custom tags.

Given a user is in the tagging interface while uploading a document, when the user enters a new tag that does not currently exist, then the system should allow the creation and saving of that tag without errors and display it in the tag list.

Deleting tags from an uploaded document.

Given a user selects a document in the Resource Library, when the user selects to delete a tag, then that tag should be removed from the document’s details and no longer appear in search results for that tag.

Displaying tags in the document view.

Given a user views a document in the Resource Library, when the document opens, then the associated tags should be clearly displayed, allowing for easy identification and navigation.

Threshold Alert Customization

This feature allows users to set personalized thresholds for key performance indicators (KPIs) relevant to their business goals. By enabling precise control over alert settings, users can tailor notifications to their specific needs, ensuring that they are alerted only about the most critical deviations. This customization reduces notification fatigue and enhances focus on what truly matters.

Requirements

Threshold Alert Setting

"As a business manager, I want to set personalized thresholds for key performance indicators so that I can receive alerts only when important changes happen, allowing me to focus on critical issues that affect my business."

Description

This requirement allows users to configure specific thresholds for key performance indicators (KPIs) that align with their business objectives. Users can set these thresholds through an intuitive user interface, ensuring that alerts are triggered only when significant deviations occur. This functionality enhances user engagement by providing a tailored experience in monitoring critical metrics, thereby improving operational focus and reducing unnecessary distractions from minor fluctuations that do not impact business goals.

Acceptance Criteria

User navigates to the Threshold Alert Setting feature from the main dashboard to configure personalized KPI thresholds.

Given the user has access to the Threshold Alert Setting, when they select a KPI from the list, then they should be able to input a customizable threshold value and save the changes successfully.

User attempts to set a threshold that exceeds the maximum allowable limit for a specific KPI.

Given the user is in the Threshold Alert Setting, when they input a threshold value that exceeds the maximum limit, then an error message should display informing the user that the threshold is invalid.

User modifies an existing threshold for a KPI and expects to retain all previous configurations except for the updated threshold.

Given the user has an existing threshold set for a KPI, when they adjust the threshold value and save the changes, then the updated threshold should reflect accurately without altering other settings or notifications for that KPI.

User wants to receive an alert only when the KPI exceeds the set threshold by a specified percentage.

Given the user has configured a KPI with a threshold, when the KPI data exceeds the threshold by the specified percentage, then the user should receive a notification alerting them of the deviation.

User wishes to review and edit the list of KPIs for which they have set thresholds.

Given the user is on the Threshold Alert Setting page, when they select the 'Edit' option next to a specific KPI, then they should be able to view their current thresholds and make adjustments as needed.

User is notified when a KPI crosses the predefined threshold they've set for that KPI.

Given the user has set a threshold for a KPI, when the KPI value changes and crosses the threshold, then an alert notification should be sent to the user per their notification preferences.

User is looking to reset all threshold settings back to default values for their KPIs.

Given the user is on the Threshold Alert Setting page, when they select the 'Reset to Default' option, then all customized thresholds should revert to the default settings without affecting their other configuration choices.

Custom Alert Notification Channels

"As a user, I want to choose how I receive alerts for my KPIs so that I can be promptly informed through my preferred communication method, enabling me to react quickly when needed."

Description

This requirement enables users to select preferred notification channels for receiving alerts based on their established thresholds. Options could include email, SMS, or in-app notifications, allowing users to choose the most convenient method for them. By supporting multiple communication channels, this feature ensures that users receive timely alerts in their preferred manner, promoting a proactive response to potential issues without relying solely on one communication platform.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects their preferred notification channels during the setup of their alert thresholds in the InsightStream platform.

Given the user is on the alert settings page, when they select their notification preferences (email, SMS, in-app), then the preferences should be successfully saved and reflected in their profile settings.

User receives an SMS alert when a selected KPI exceeds a personalized threshold they set for performance monitoring.

Given the user has configured an SMS notification for a specific KPI, when the KPI meets the threshold condition, then the user should receive an SMS alert containing the relevant details of the KPI deviation.

User updates their notification settings to include email and in-app notifications for a specific alert.

Given the user is on the notification settings page, when they check the boxes for email and in-app notifications and save the changes, then the system should confirm the updates and the new settings should be reflected in the user's account.

User has enabled multiple notification channels for alerting and checks if they receive alerts through all configured channels.

Given the user has set up alerts for a KPI with email, SMS, and in-app notifications, when the KPI reaches the threshold, then the user should receive alerts through all selected channels simultaneously.

User attempts to set a threshold alert for KPIs but specifies an invalid notification channel (e.g., a channel not supported by InsightStream).

Given the user is on the alert configuration page, when they try to select an invalid notification method, then the system should display an error message indicating the notification method is not valid and prevent the user from saving it.

User wants to review their prior alerts to analyze their performance and response outcomes.

Given the user has received multiple alerts in the past month, when they navigate to the alert history section, then they should see a comprehensive list of alerts received including timestamps and the specific channels used.

User sets a threshold triggering in-app notifications only and checks for alert visibility during active usage of the platform.

Given the user has configured in-app notification settings for a specific KPI threshold, when the threshold is crossed while the user is logged in, then the user should receive a visible alert on their dashboard within 5 seconds of the threshold being crossed.

Alert Frequency Control

"As a user, I want to control how often I receive alerts about my KPI thresholds so that I can stay informed without feeling overwhelmed by too many notifications."

Description

This requirement introduces functionality for users to control the frequency of alerts based on their customized thresholds. Users can select settings such as 'immediate', 'daily summary', or 'weekly digest', providing flexibility in how often they want to be notified. This feature helps manage notification fatigue, allowing users to stay informed without being overwhelmed by constant alerts, thus balancing the need for awareness with operational productivity.

Acceptance Criteria

User customizes alert frequency settings for critical KPIs in their dashboard.

Given that the user is on the alert settings page, when they select 'immediate' for the frequency and save the changes, then they should receive an alert within 1 minute of a KPI threshold being breached.

User opts for daily summary alerts for non-critical KPIs.

Given that the user has set the alert frequency to 'daily summary', when a KPI breaches the threshold during the day, then the user should receive a single summary notification at a specified time that includes all breaches for that day.

User switches from daily summary to weekly digest alert settings.

Given that the user has previously set the alert frequency to 'daily summary', when they change the setting to 'weekly digest', then the user should receive a summary notification every Monday at 9 AM that includes all KPI breaches from the previous week.

User experiences notification fatigue and adjusts alert frequency settings.

Given that the user is receiving alerts frequently and feels overwhelmed, when they set their alert frequency to 'weekly digest', then all alerts for that week should be aggregated into one notification without any immediate alerts.

User tests alert functionality after changing threshold settings and alert frequency.

Given that the user changes the threshold for a KPI and selects 'immediate' as the alert frequency, when the KPI breaches the new threshold, then the user should receive an alert and confirm that it was received and logged in the system.

Admin verifies that alert frequency settings are saved correctly for users.

Given that the admin has access to user settings, when they review a user's alert frequency preferences, then they should see the correct frequency setting (immediate, daily summary, or weekly digest) reflected in the user profile.

Threshold Alert History Log

"As a data analyst, I want to access a history of threshold alerts so that I can analyze past performance and adjust future thresholds accordingly for better decision-making."

Description

This requirement outlines the creation of a historical log that captures all significant alerts triggered by threshold deviations. Users can review past alerts to analyze trends, understand their impact on business operations, and make informed decisions based on historical data. This feature not only fosters accountability but also enhances users' ability to learn from past performance, thereby helping to refine future threshold settings based on historical insights.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Threshold Alert History Log to review alerts triggered over the past month during a monthly operations review meeting.

Given a user is logged into InsightStream, when they navigate to the Threshold Alert History Log, then they should see a list of all alerts triggered in the past month, including details such as the date, time, KPI affected, threshold set, and the deviation value.

Admin configures alert thresholds for specific KPIs and later reviews the historical alerts related to those KPIs to refine future settings.

Given an admin has configured at least three thresholds for different KPIs, when they view the Threshold Alert History Log, then they should be able to filter the alerts based on the specific KPI and view the corresponding historical data.

User receives an alert notification and later wants to verify its details through the Threshold Alert History Log.

Given a user has received a notification for an alert triggered, when they access the Threshold Alert History Log, then they should find the specific alert entry matching the notification details, including timestamp and KPI affected.

Users want to analyze trends in alert data over the last quarter to prepare for an upcoming strategy session.

Given users are looking to identify alert trends, when they generate a report from the Threshold Alert History Log, then the report should accurately reflect the number of alerts triggered per month over the last quarter and highlight any trends in deviations.

User is looking for accountability on alert management and needs to see the history of data to share with the management team.

Given a user seeks accountability on threshold alerts, when they access the Threshold Alert History Log, then they should be able to export the alert history into a CSV file with all details readily available.

User encounters an issue with the alert history and seeks clarification on discrepancies found in alert data.

Given a user identifies a discrepancy in the Threshold Alert History Log, when they request support, then the support team should be able to trace the issue and provide an explanation based on the underlying data integrity checks performed in the system.

User-Friendly Interface for Configurations

"As a new user, I want an easy-to-use interface for configuring my alert settings so that I can quickly set up notifications tailored to my needs without confusion or frustration."

Description

This requirement ensures that the configuration interface for setting threshold alerts is intuitive and user-friendly. Users should be able to easily navigate through options for setting KPIs, selecting thresholds, and customizing alert parameters. By providing tooltips, examples, and a guided setup process, this feature aims to reduce the learning curve associated with setting up alerts and enhance user satisfaction through ease of use.

Acceptance Criteria

User accessing the threshold alert configuration interface for the first time and needing to set alerts for key performance indicators without prior experience.

Given a new user accesses the threshold alert configuration interface, when the interface loads, then tooltips and examples for each configuration option should be prominently displayed to guide the user.

User attempts to customize threshold alerts with specific parameters for their KPIs to avoid unnecessary notifications.

Given a user is on the configuration interface, when the user selects a KPI and sets a custom threshold, then the system should save and display the custom threshold accurately without errors.

User wants to understand how to adjust alert settings without external help or documentation.

Given a user is on the configuration interface, when they hover over any option, then a relevant tooltip should provide a clear explanation of the option's purpose and functionality.

User needs to view all KPIs that have had alerts set and their respective threshold values in a single view.

Given a user has configured multiple alerts, when they navigate to the summary view, then all configured KPIs and their respective thresholds should be listed clearly and correctly.

User encounters an error when trying to save their alert configuration due to a missing required field.

Given that a user has not filled out all required fields in the configuration form, when they try to save the configuration, then an error message should appear indicating which fields are missing and preventing the save operation.

User is using the configuration interface on a mobile device and needs to ensure usability.

Given a user accesses the configuration interface on a mobile device, when they navigate through the interface, then all elements should be responsive and maintain usability without requiring horizontal scrolling.

User wants to revert back to default alert settings after customization.

Given a user has customized their alert settings, when they select the option to revert to default settings, then the settings should reset to the original defaults without any residual customizations applied.

Trend Prediction Insights

Trend Prediction Insights analyzes historical data patterns in conjunction with real-time metrics to provide users with predictive alerts about emerging trends. By leveraging advanced algorithms, this feature empowers users to anticipate shifts in market behavior, allowing proactive strategy adjustments rather than reactive decision-making. This foresight leads to better preparedness and competitive advantage.

Requirements

Historical Data Analysis

"As a data analyst, I want to analyze historical data patterns so that I can identify trends and correlations that inform future decision-making."

Description

This requirement focuses on the ability of the Trend Prediction Insights feature to perform comprehensive analyses of historical data patterns. By utilizing advanced algorithms, the system will identify significant trends and correlations in the data, which will aid in generating predictive insights. Users will benefit from a clearer understanding of past behaviors, which can help them make informed decisions based on historical performance. The implementation of this requirement is crucial as it forms the foundation for accurate trend predictions and enhances the overall reliability of the predictive analytics feature.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Trend Prediction Insights feature to analyze historical data for the past 12 months.

Given the user selects the 'Historical Data' option, when they input a date range of the last 12 months, then the system should display historical data trends in the dashboard within 5 seconds.

User receives predictive alerts based on historical data analysis.

Given that significant trends have been identified in the historical data, when the user has enabled notifications, then the system should send alerts for emerging trends within 24 hours after the data analysis is completed.

User reviews the correlations identified by the Trend Prediction Insights feature.

Given the system has completed the historical data analysis, when the user navigates to the insights tab, then they should see a detailed report of significant correlations identified, along with visual representations of the data patterns.

Admin monitors the performance of the historical data analysis feature.

Given that the historical data analysis feature is active, when the admin views the system performance metrics, then they should see an uptime of 99% and response times under 2 seconds for data queries.

User customizes their dashboard to include historical trend insights.

Given the user accesses the dashboard customization options, when they add 'Historical Trend Insights' to their dashboard, then the system should save their preferences and display the insights without needing to refresh the page.

User compares current real-time metrics with historical data insights.

Given the user selects a specific real-time metric, when they click on 'Compare with Historical Data', then the system should display a side-by-side comparison of the chosen metric against historical data for the past 12 months.

Real-Time Metrics Integration

"As a business manager, I want to integrate real-time metrics into my analysis so that I can adjust my strategies promptly in response to market changes."

Description

This requirement entails the seamless integration of real-time metrics into the Trend Prediction Insights feature. It will ensure that the system continuously collects and analyzes the most current data, providing users with timely alerts about emerging trends. The ability to react to real-time data allows users to make informed decisions swiftly and adapt strategies proactively. This feature is vital for maintaining the relevance of predictions in a fast-paced market environment, thereby improving users' responsiveness and competitive edge.

Acceptance Criteria

Integration of Real-Time Metrics for Predictive Insights

Given that the system is configured for real-time data collection, when new metrics are generated, then the system must update the predictive insights dashboard within 2 minutes to display the latest trend analysis.

User Alert Mechanism for Emerging Trends

Given that a trend is predicted based on real-time metrics, when the trend is identified, then the system must generate an alert for the user within 1 minute via their preferred notification method (email, SMS, in-app notification).

User Customization of Alert Settings

Given that a user accesses the settings page, when they choose to customize their alert preferences, then they must be able to select or deselect specific trend alerts and save these preferences successfully.

Historical Data Pattern Analysis

Given that the system has historical data, when new data is integrated, then the system should reanalyze the data patterns to adjust trend predictions automatically within 5 minutes of data integration.

User-friendly Dashboard Updates

Given that a user is on the Trend Prediction Insights dashboard, when real-time data is updated, then the dashboard should visually reflect changes in metrics and trends without requiring the user to refresh the page.

Performance Metrics Validation for Trend Prediction Capability

Given that the system is running, when assessing functionality, then the system must demonstrate a minimum accuracy rate of 85% for trend predictions based on past user data during the testing phase.

Integration Testing with External Data Sources

Given that the system is configured for integrations, when connecting to external real-time data sources, then the system must successfully pull in metrics from at least 95% of the configured sources and display them without errors.

Predictive Alert System

"As a decision-maker, I want to receive predictive alerts about market trends so that I can adjust my business strategies ahead of potential changes."

Description

The Predictive Alert System will notify users about potential shifts in market behavior based on the analysis of historical and real-time data. This requirement involves developing algorithms that trigger alerts when specific indicators or thresholds are met, allowing users to take proactive measures. The system's utility lies in its ability to provide timely warnings about emerging trends, equipping users with the insights necessary to make strategic adjustments before competitors do. This capability is essential for enhancing user preparedness and fostering a proactive business approach.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives a predictive alert when a key sales metric indicates a potential upward trend based on historical data analysis and current performance.

Given the user has valid data sources integrated, when the sales metric crosses the predefined threshold, then the user should receive a predictive alert via email and dashboard notification within 5 minutes.

The predictive alert system adjusts dynamically to changes in user-defined thresholds for alerts on market behavior.

Given the user has customized alert thresholds, when transactions or metrics reach these thresholds, then the system should trigger alerts accordingly without manual intervention.

Users can access historical trend data through the dashboard to better understand the basis for generated alerts.

Given the user is on the trend insights dashboard, when they select a specific alert, then they should be able to see the last 12 months of historical data that correlates with the alert criteria.

The predictive alert system provides a summary of all current alerts and their statuses on the dashboard.

Given the user is logged into their account, when they navigate to the alerts section, then the system should display a list of current alerts, each with its detailed description, timestamp, and status (active/inactive).

Users can mark alerts as acknowledged or dismiss them within the dashboard interface.

Given the user views an active alert, when they choose to acknowledge or dismiss the alert, then the alert should update its status accordingly and reflect their choice in the system history.

The alert system logs all triggered alerts for user access and audit purposes.

Given that an alert has been triggered, when the user reviews the alert history, then the system should display all triggered alerts along with their corresponding timestamps and metrics that caused the trigger, up to 6 months prior.

User Customization Options

"As a user, I want to customize my predictive alerts so that I can focus on the trends that are most relevant to my business objectives."

Description

This requirement allows users to customize their predictive insights and alert settings according to their specific needs and preferences. By providing options to select which metrics to monitor and alert thresholds, users can tailor the Trend Prediction Insights feature to match their operational strategies. This customization enhances user engagement and ensures that alerts are relevant and actionable. Furthermore, it increases the likelihood that users will leverage the predictive analytics effectively by aligning the insights with their individual business goals.

Acceptance Criteria

As a user, I want to customize my predictive insights by selecting specific metrics to monitor so that I can focus on the data that is most relevant to my business objectives.

Given the user is logged into InsightStream, when they access the customization settings for Trend Prediction Insights, then they should be able to select and deselect metrics from a list of available options.

As a user, I want to set specific alert thresholds based on my chosen metrics to ensure I receive notifications that are aligned with my business needs.

Given the user is in the alert settings section, when they input their desired threshold values for selected metrics, then the changes should be saved and reflected in their alert preferences.

As a user, I want to receive timely notifications when metrics reach the defined alert thresholds so that I can take proactive action in my business operations.

Given the user has set alert thresholds, when a monitored metric reaches the defined threshold, then the user should receive an immediate notification via their chosen method of communication (e.g., email, SMS, in-app).

As a user, I want to view a summary of my customized settings for predictive insights to ensure everything is set up correctly for my needs.

Given the user has made customizations, when they access the summary page of their predictive insights settings, then they should see a clear overview of their selected metrics and alert thresholds.

As a user, I want to reset my customization options to default settings if needed, in case I want to start fresh without any manually set metrics or alert thresholds.

Given the user is on the customization settings page, when they click the 'Reset to Default' button, then all previously selected metrics and alert thresholds should revert to the original default settings.

As a user, I want to ensure that the system saves my customization changes automatically to prevent loss of data if I navigate away from the page.

Given the user has made changes to their predictive insights settings, when they navigate away from the page, then the system should confirm that the changes have been saved successfully before proceeding.

As a user, I want to receive a guide or tips for customizing my predictive insights effectively, to enhance my understanding of how to tailor the system to my needs.

Given the user accesses the customization settings, when they click on the 'Help' icon, then a guide with tips and best practices for customizing predictive insights should be displayed.

Dashboard Integration

"As a user, I want to see predictive insights directly on my dashboard so that I can have all relevant information at a glance and make timely decisions."

Description

The Dashboard Integration requirement ensures that the Trend Prediction Insights feature is fully integrated into the InsightStream dashboard. Users should be able to visualize the trends, predictions, and alerts directly from their main dashboard interface. This integration is important as it provides a centralized location for users to access all relevant data and insights, thereby facilitating easier analysis and decision-making. The feature will support various visualizations, such as graphs and charts, to enhance the comprehensibility of trends and insights presented.

Acceptance Criteria

User navigates to the InsightStream dashboard to view the Trend Prediction Insights feature and observes real-time predictions and alerts visualized on the dashboard.

Given a user is logged into the InsightStream dashboard, when they navigate to the Trend Prediction Insights section, then they should see all upcoming trends and alerts displayed using visual graphics such as graphs and charts.

A user wants to customize their dashboard to display specific trend predictions relevant to their department’s KPIs.

Given a user is in the dashboard customization settings, when they select the Trend Prediction Insights feature and choose their relevant metrics, then the dashboard should update to show only the selected trend predictions pertinent to the user’s department.

An administrator reviews the dashboard integration for the Trend Prediction Insights feature to ensure data accuracy and presentation quality.

Given the administrator accesses the dashboard, when they compare the displayed trends and alerts against the underlying data source, then they should verify that 100% of the displayed predictions accurately reflect the historical data patterns and current metrics.

A user checks the response time of the Trend Prediction Insights feature after making a dashboard refresh.

Given a user has refreshed the dashboard, when they check for the loading time of the Trend Prediction Insights section, then the loading time should not exceed 3 seconds.

A user receives an alert for an emerging trend through the InsightStream dashboard.

Given a trend has been predicted based on real-time metrics, when the prediction is made, then the user should receive an alert notification in real-time on their dashboard interface.

A user seeks help regarding the Trend Prediction Insights visualizations and accesses the help center from the dashboard.

Given a user clicks on the help icon within the Trend Prediction section, when they read through the help resources, then they should find comprehensive guidance on interpreting the visualizations and alerts provided.

The system administrator runs a performance test on the integrated dashboard with the Trend Prediction Insights activated.

Given the performance testing is conducted with a simulated high user load, when the results are aggregated, then the integration of Trend Prediction Insights should maintain a system uptime of 99.9% without errors.

Performance Metrics Tracking

"As a product owner, I want to track the performance of predictive analytics so that we can continuously improve the accuracy and relevance of our insights."

Description

This requirement involves tracking the performance of the Trend Prediction Insights feature itself, measuring its accuracy and effectiveness over time. By implementing a feedback mechanism that allows users to assess the relevance of the predictions and alerts, the development team can refine algorithms and improve the predictive capabilities of the system. This is crucial for ensuring continuous improvement and ensuring users have confidence in the insights provided. The tracking of metrics will help inform future developments and enhance the overall reliability of the feature.

Acceptance Criteria

User reviews weekly trend predictions from the Trend Prediction Insights feature to assess accuracy and relevance.

Given that the user accesses the Trend Prediction Insights dashboard, when they view the weekly trend predictions, then they can see a historical comparison of predictions versus actual outcomes, and feedback options are provided for users to rate the accuracy of the predictions.

The system automatically collects user feedback on trend prediction accuracy after each alert is generated.

Given that a predictive alert is generated, when the user receives the alert notification, then a feedback form is presented automatically, allowing users to rate the alert's relevance from 1 to 5 and provide comments.

The development team reviews the collected feedback to identify areas for algorithm improvement.

Given that feedback data from users has been collected for at least one month, when the development team reviews this data, then they can generate a report summarizing the average accuracy rating and specific comments for actionable insights.

The system adjusts prediction algorithms based on user feedback to enhance accuracy over time.

Given that the development team has implemented improvements based on user feedback, when the updated algorithms are deployed, then the accuracy of trend predictions should increase by a measurable percentage in the next evaluation period as indicated by user feedback.

Users access comparative metrics over time to see the evolution of prediction accuracy.

Given that the user is on the Trend Prediction Insights dashboard, when they navigate to the performance metrics section, then they should see a clear visualization of trend prediction accuracy over at least three quarters, with annotations for significant algorithm updates or user feedback influences.

Users can receive alerts if the prediction accuracy falls below a pre-defined threshold.

Given that the prediction accuracy for the Trend Prediction Insights features falls below 70%, when the threshold is breached, then users should receive an automated alert notification informing them of the issue and upcoming changes to improve accuracy.

Alert Response Workflow

The Alert Response Workflow feature streamlines the process of addressing alerts by providing users with a predefined action plan or customized workflows based on the type of alert received. This feature ensures that teams can quickly mobilize the right resources, respond effectively to issues, and implement solutions without wasting precious time, thereby minimizing potential disruptions.

Requirements

Predefined Alert Actions

"As a team lead, I want predefined actions for alerts so that my team can respond quickly and consistently to issues without wasting time deliberating on the best course of action."

Description

The Predefined Alert Actions requirement focuses on offering users a set of standardized responses for different types of alerts in the Alert Response Workflow. This functionality allows users to quickly select a pre-established course of action for common issues, enhancing response times and ensuring consistency in handling alerts. By minimizing the time spent in deliberation and maximizing efficiency, predefined actions make it easier for teams to address alerts with confidence and speed. Integration with AI-driven analytics will also enable the system to suggest the most effective responses based on historical data. This leads to improved operational efficiency and reduced downtime for the organization.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects a predefined action from the alert dashboard when a critical system alert is received.

Given the user receives a critical system alert, when they access the alert response workflow, then they should see a list of predefined actions relevant to the critical alert type, and they can successfully select and initiate one of the actions within 5 seconds.

A user receives an alert for a performance dip and utilizes the predefined action to troubleshoot the issue.

Given that a performance dip alert is triggered, when the user selects the predefined troubleshooting action, then the system should guide them through a predefined troubleshooting checklist within the response workflow, allowing completion within 10 minutes.

The system suggests the most effective predefined action based on historical data when an alert is generated.

Given the user receives a new alert, when the system analyzes historical data, then it should automatically suggest the top three predefined actions based on previously effective responses, and these suggestions should be displayed within 3 seconds.

Users can customize predefined actions for specific types of alerts in the workflow settings.

Given the user is accessing the alert response settings, when they choose to customize predefined actions, then they should be able to successfully add, edit, or remove at least one action and save their changes with no errors.

Team members collaborate on responding to an alert using predefined actions in the workflow.

Given multiple users are notified of an alert, when they access the alert response workflow, then at least three team members should be able to view and select predefined actions simultaneously without conflicts in the workflow log.

The system logs all actions taken on alerts for later review.

Given an alert has been responded to with a predefined action, when the user reviews the alert history, then all predefined actions taken should be logged with timestamps and user identifiers, ensuring that the log is accessible for audit purposes.

Custom Workflow Builder

"As an operations manager, I want a custom workflow builder so that I can create tailored response plans for specific alerts based on my team's unique needs."

Description

The Custom Workflow Builder requirement allows users to create personalized workflows tailored to specific alert scenarios within the Alert Response Workflow feature. This functionality empowers teams to develop and implement unique process flows that align with their operational needs. By enabling users to utilize a drag-and-drop interface, the Custom Workflow Builder simplifies the creation of complex response strategies, ensuring that the right resources and processes are mobilized efficiently. This adaptability enhances the overall effectiveness of the Alert Response Workflow, as it caters to various scenarios and customer needs, ultimately leading to faster resolution of issues and improved accountability.

Acceptance Criteria

User creates a custom workflow for a high-priority alert about a system outage.

Given the user is in the Custom Workflow Builder, when they select a high-priority alert and drag tasks into the workflow space, then the workflow should save successfully with all tasks visible in the dashboard.

User edits an existing custom workflow to add a new notification step for team members.

Given the user is editing an existing workflow, when they add a new notification step and click save, then the workflow should update to include the notification step and display the changes correctly in the dashboard.

User deletes a custom workflow no longer needed due to changes in alert management processes.

Given the user is viewing their list of custom workflows, when they select a workflow and click delete, then the workflow should be removed from the list and no longer affect any current alerts.

Multiple users collaborate in real-time to build a custom workflow for a compliance alert.

Given multiple users are in the Custom Workflow Builder, when one user makes a change to the workflow, then all users should see the updated workflow in real-time without needing to refresh.

User tests the efficiency of a custom workflow by simulating its execution during a dry run of an incident.

Given the user triggers a simulation of the custom workflow, when the workflow runs through all steps, then the time taken to complete each step should be tracked and reported accurately, meeting the predefined efficiency metrics.

User accesses the Custom Workflow Builder from a mobile device.

Given the user is logged into InsightStream on a mobile device, when they navigate to the Custom Workflow Builder, then the interface should be fully functional and responsive, allowing users to create and modify workflows seamlessly.

User receives a confirmation notification after successfully saving a new custom workflow.

Given the user has created a custom workflow and clicks the save button, when the save action completes, then the user should receive a confirmation notification stating 'Workflow saved successfully.'

Real-Time Alert Notifications

"As a team member, I want real-time notifications of alerts so that I can respond immediately and prevent potential issues from escalating."

Description

The Real-Time Alert Notifications requirement ensures that users receive immediate and actionable notifications when alerts are triggered in the system. This feature integrates with existing communication channels, such as emails, text messages, and in-app notifications, to ensure that the right personnel are informed without delay. By delivering these notifications in real-time, teams can act swiftly to mitigate issues before they escalate. The implementation of this feature not only improves responsiveness but also allows for better tracking and reporting of alert management, as all actions taken can be documented and analyzed for future improvements.

Acceptance Criteria

Real-Time Alert Notification for Critical System Failure

Given a critical system failure occurs, when the alert is triggered, then a notification is sent immediately to all relevant personnel via email, text message, and in-app notification.

Real-Time Alert Notification for Performance Degradation

Given a performance degradation alert has been triggered, when the notification is sent, then it includes a detailed report of the metrics that triggered the alert and is sent within 5 seconds to the assigned team members.

User Customization of Alert Notification Settings

Given a user accesses their alert settings, when they customize their notification preferences, then those preferences are saved and applied for all future alerts, with confirmation feedback provided immediately.

Tracking and Reporting of Alerts

Given alerts have been triggered, when the response team resolves the alert, then the actions taken are automatically logged in the system for reporting and analysis purposes.

Integration with Third-Party Communication Tools

Given a third-party communication tool is connected to InsightStream, when an alert is triggered, then notifications are successfully sent through that tool without any configuration errors.

Testing Performance of Real-Time Alert Notifications

Given a test alert is manually triggered in the system, when the alert notification is initiated, then the notification reaches users within 3 seconds in all configured channels.

Analytics and Reporting Dashboard

"As an analyst, I want an analytics and reporting dashboard for alert workflows so that I can identify trends and improve our response strategies based on data."

Description

The Analytics and Reporting Dashboard requirement is designed to provide teams with insights into their alert responses and workflows. By aggregating data on alert frequency, response times, and resolution efficiency, this dashboard empowers users to analyze trends and identify areas for improvement within their processes. The dashboard will be customizable to present relevant metrics based on user roles and needs, enabling teams to make data-driven decisions effectively. This feature enhances the overall value of the Alert Response Workflow by providing actionable insights that support continuous improvement efforts and optimize operational performance.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Analytics and Reporting Dashboard to review alert response metrics after a significant incident to analyze response effectiveness.

Given the user is logged in and has proper access rights, when they access the Analytics and Reporting Dashboard, then they should see a summary of alert responses including frequency, response times, and resolution efficiency.

User customizes the Analytics and Reporting Dashboard to display metrics relevant to their specific role and departmental needs.

Given the user is on the dashboard customization page, when they select their preferred metrics and save the changes, then the dashboard should reflect the selected metrics immediately without any errors.

A team leader reviews the historical alert response data to identify trends over the past quarter for team performance evaluation.

Given the user selects the time range for the last quarter, when they generate the report, then the report should accurately reflect alert response trends with appropriate visualization formats like charts or graphs.

User seeks to generate a report that summarizes alert responses along with actionable insights to present in a meeting.

Given the user clicks on the 'Generate Report' button, when the report is produced, then it should include total alerts, average response time, resolution rate, and recommended actions based on analyzed data.

A user shares the customized Analytics and Reporting Dashboard with team members to ensure everyone is looking at the same metrics.

Given the user selects the share function and enters team members' email addresses, when they initiate the share action, then the team members should receive an email with a link to the customized dashboard within 5 minutes.

The system integrates data from various sources into the Analytics and Reporting Dashboard for real-time analytics.

Given the user refreshes the dashboard, when the system aggregates data from all integrated sources, then the new insights should display within 30 seconds reflecting real-time data without any discrepancies.

Role-Based Access Control

"As a security officer, I want role-based access control for alert workflows so that I can ensure that sensitive data is only accessed by authorized personnel and maintain compliance with security protocols."

Description

The Role-Based Access Control (RBAC) requirement establishes controlled permissions for users interacting with the Alert Response Workflow feature. By implementing RBAC, the system ensures that only authorized personnel can create or modify workflows, access sensitive data, and respond to alerts. This functionality safeguards organizational integrity and builds accountability within the teams, as it delineates responsibilities based on roles. The ease of managing permissions through a user-friendly interface will enhance usability while ensuring compliance with internal policies and security protocols. Overall, this feature enriches the Alert Response Workflow by promoting secure and efficient teamwork.

Acceptance Criteria

User Access Validation for Alert Response Workflows by Role

Given a user with the 'Manager' role, when the user tries to create a new alert response workflow, then the system should allow the action to proceed. Given a user with the 'Viewer' role, when the user tries to modify an existing alert response workflow, then the system should deny the action and display an access denied message.

Audit Trail for RBAC Changes

Given the system is configured to log changes, when a user with 'Admin' role modifies access permissions for any role, then an audit entry should be created documenting the user's ID, the action taken, and the date/time of the change.

User Interface for Managing Roles and Permissions

Given an admin user is logged in, when the user accesses the Role Management interface, then the interface should display a list of all roles with options to add, edit, or delete roles and manage permissions associated with each role.

Access Control Testing for New Roles

Given a new role is created with limited permissions, when a user is assigned this new role, then the user should only have access to the specified workflows and should be restricted from accessing workflow creation or modification functions.

Role-Based Custom Alerts Functionality

Given a user with a custom role, when the user receives an alert, then the response options should adapt to the user's permissions, showing only the actions the user is allowed to take based on their role.

Integration Testing of External LDAP for User Roles

Given the system is integrated with an external LDAP for user authentication, when a user attempts to log in, then the system should correctly map the user's LDAP role to the corresponding InsightStream role and enforce permissions accordingly.

Testing Permission Hierarchies for RBAC

Given that roles can have hierarchical permissions, when a 'Team Lead' attempts to access the workflows of subordinates, then the system should grant access based on the designated hierarchy rules and permissions set.

AI-Driven Risk Assessment

This feature employs machine learning algorithms to evaluate the potential impact of emerging alerts and trends on business performance. By prioritizing risks and opportunities based on severity and relevance, users can make informed decisions regarding which alerts to address first. This intelligent prioritization helps users allocate resources effectively and focus on high-impact actions.

Requirements

Machine Learning Model Integration

"As a business analyst, I want the system to use machine learning to evaluate risks so that I can receive timely insights and prioritize actions based on data-driven predictions."

Description

This requirement focuses on integrating machine learning algorithms into the InsightStream platform to analyze historical data and develop predictive models that evaluate potential business risks. The integration will leverage existing data sources to train the models, ensuring that the assessments are accurate and relevant. By implementing this requirement, users will benefit from timely notifications of emerging risks, allowing them to prioritize their response strategies effectively.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the AI-Driven Risk Assessment feature to evaluate potential risks impacting business performance based on historical data.

Given the user has logged into InsightStream, when they navigate to the AI-Driven Risk Assessment section and input historical data, then the system must generate risk assessment metrics and provide suggestions on prioritizing alerts based on machine learning analysis.

The machine learning model analyzes historical data and produces risk evaluation outputs in a predefined format.

Given the machine learning model is properly integrated, when the model processes historical data, then it must output risk evaluations in a structured format, with at least 90% accuracy as validated by test cases against historical events.

A user receives timely notifications regarding emerging risks after the machine learning models have processed new data inputs.

Given that new data has been processed by the machine learning algorithms, when the system identifies emerging risks, then the user must receive notifications within 5 minutes, detailing risk severity and suggested actions.

Users review the dashboard that displays prioritized risks and opportunities based on the machine learning model's output.

Given the user has navigated to the risk dashboard, when they view the risk prioritization, then the dashboard must display at least 5 prioritized risks with full details including severity, potential impact, and suggested responses.

A user modifies input parameters for risk assessment and observes updates in predictions and priorities.

Given that the user modifies input parameters for risk assessment, when they apply the new parameters, then the system must reflect updates in risk predictions and priorities immediately on the dashboard.

Real-time Alert System

"As an operations manager, I want to receive real-time alerts regarding significant trends and risks so that I can act promptly to mitigate potential impacts on the business."

Description

The real-time alert system will notify users immediately when significant trends or potential risks are identified by the AI-driven risk assessment feature. This requirement will implement an alert mechanism that categorizes the alerts by severity, ensuring that users can focus on the most critical situations as they arise. Efficient communication of these alerts will enhance decision-making processes significantly.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives an alert when a significant risk is detected by the AI-driven risk assessment feature, allowing them to take immediate action on potential issues with their business operations.

Given the AI-driven risk assessment is functional, when a significant risk is detected, then the user should receive an immediate alert categorized by severity level (low, medium, high).

The user wants to filter alerts based on severity categories to prioritize high-impact risks during a busy period of data monitoring.

Given that alerts are categorized by severity, when the user applies filters, then the user should only see alerts that match their selected severity levels and the alert list should dynamically update.

A team manager needs to receive all alerts related to their department's operations to manage resources effectively and address issues promptly.

Given the alert system includes user preferences, when a relevant alert is generated, then it should be sent to the designated user(s) based on their department-specific settings, ensuring they are informed about significant trends affecting their operations.

Users expect that alerts sent via email should include detailed information about the detected risks to aid in decision-making.

Given an alert is triggered, when the alert is delivered through email, then the email should contain the severity of the risk, a brief description of the trend, and actionable recommendations for addressing the issue.

An administrator needs to ensure that the alert system can handle a high volume of alerts during peak operations without performance lags or failures.

Given the alert system is under load, when multiple alerts are triggered in a short time span, then the system should successfully deliver all alerts without delay or errors, maintaining performance standards.

The user wants to customize the alert thresholds to receive notifications only for critical risk levels relevant to their specific business strategies.

Given that users can customize alert thresholds, when a user sets a new threshold for alerts, then the alert system should respect these settings and only notify them when alerts surpass the specified thresholds.

A data analyst wants to review historical alerts to assess trends and make strategic decisions for future risk management.

Given the alert system retains historical alert data, when the user queries past alerts, then the system should return accurate historical data categorized by severity and timestamp for analysis.

User-Friendly Dashboard for Risk Insights

"As a department head, I want a customized dashboard that visualizes risk assessments so that I can easily interpret critical data and make informed decisions."

Description

This requirement aims to create a user-friendly dashboard that displays risk assessments and trends in an intuitive format. The dashboard will visualize data through graphs, charts, and other visual aids, making it easier for users to interpret the information quickly. Tailoring the dashboard layout to the specific needs of different departments will enhance the usability and effectiveness of the insights provided.

Acceptance Criteria

User navigates to the risk insights dashboard after logging into InsightStream to check for updated alerts and risk assessments for their department.

Given the user is on the dashboard page, when they select the 'Risk Insights' tab, then the dashboard should display relevant graphs and charts reflecting the latest risk assessments and trends specific to their department.

A user filters the risk insights dashboard by date to view risk assessments from the past month, seeking to understand trends and changes over time.

Given the user applies a date filter for the past month, when they click 'Apply Filter', then the dashboard should update and only display risk assessments and trends from that selected time frame.

A user wants to customize the layout of the dashboard to better suit their departmental preferences and display important information first.

Given the user has accessed the dashboard settings, when they drag and drop widgets to arrange their preferred layout and save the changes, then the dashboard should reflect the new layout upon reloading the page.

A manager is reviewing the dashboard to prioritize alerts based on their severity and relevance to the ongoing projects.

Given the dashboard is displaying risk alerts, when the user sorts the alerts by severity, then the most critical alerts should appear at the top of the list, allowing for efficient decision-making.

A user is accessing the risk insights dashboard on a mobile device to monitor updates while on the go.

Given the user opens the InsightStream application on a mobile device, when they navigate to the risk insights dashboard, then the dashboard should be responsive and display all charts and graphs correctly without loss of information or functionality.

A user needs to export the data displayed in the dashboard for further analysis in a detailed report.

Given the user is on the risk insights dashboard, when they click on the 'Export' button, then the system should generate a downloadable report in CSV format containing all visible data from the dashboard.

Risk Prioritization Algorithm

"As a risk officer, I want the system to prioritize identified risks based on their severity and potential impact so that I can allocate resources to the most critical areas."

Description

The development of a risk prioritization algorithm is essential for evaluating and ranking the identified risks, taking into account various factors such as severity, likelihood, and potential impact on the business. This algorithm will not only enhance the accuracy of risks identified but also prioritize them effectively for user action, allowing businesses to allocate resources where they are needed most.

Acceptance Criteria

The user accesses the AI-Driven Risk Assessment feature after an automated alert has been generated, seeking to understand which risks pose the highest threat to their business objectives based on the latest data analysis.

Given a set of identified risks, when the user accesses the risk assessment dashboard, then the system should rank the risks in descending order based on the calculated severity, likelihood, and impact scores within 2 seconds.

A user wants to evaluate the impact of a newly emerging trend that has been flagged as high severity and would like to see how it influences their ongoing projects.

Given a high severity alert is identified, when the user selects the alert for deeper analysis, then the system should provide a detailed impact report that includes specific metrics and predictive insights related to ongoing projects.

The business analyst needs to generate a report summarizing the top ten risks prioritized by the algorithm for the executive team.

Given the prioritization algorithm has processed the latest data, when the analyst requests a report, then the system should generate a document that lists the top ten risks with detailed descriptions, impact analysis, and recommended actions within 5 minutes.

A user conducts a review of risk prioritization after the integration of new data sources to ensure that the algorithm reflects current business environments accurately.

Given new data sources have been integrated, when the user triggers a refresh of the risk assessment metrics, then the system should update the prioritization list reflecting the latest risk evaluations without errors and within 2 minutes.

The user has received an email notification about a new risk that has exceeded their pre-set threshold and seeks to quickly assess its priority.

Given the user opens the risk assessment tool upon receiving a notification, when they view the newly flagged risk, then the system should display the risk prioritized at the top of the list, complete with a severity score and potential impact summary.

The operations manager is training a new team member on using the AI-Driven Risk Assessment feature and wants to demonstrate how risks are prioritized.

Given the user is in training mode, when they navigate through the risk assessment interface, then the system should provide guided prompts explaining risk prioritization criteria and examples on screen.

An executive needs to review the overall effectiveness of the risk prioritization algorithm performance over the past quarter.

Given a quarter-end review takes place, when the executive accesses the performance metrics report, then the system should display historical prioritization effectiveness with visual analytics indicating trends, accuracy, and resource allocation insights.

Automated Reporting Feature

"As a team leader, I want to receive automated reports on risk assessments so that I can understand the current risk landscape without spending excessive time on data compilation."

Description

An automated reporting feature will streamline the generation of risk assessment reports, allowing users to receive summaries and analyses of risk data without manual input. This functionality will save time and ensure that all stakeholders have access to up-to-date information, facilitating better communication and decision-making across the organization.

Acceptance Criteria

Automated generation of risk assessment reports for stakeholders every Monday morning based on the latest data from the previous week.

Given that the automated reporting feature is active, when the report is scheduled to generate at the specified time, then all stakeholders should receive the report via email without errors.

Users can customize the report content to focus on specific risks and trends relevant to their department.

Given that a user accesses the report customization settings, when they select specific risks and trends, then the automated report generated should only include the selected items, reflecting the user's choices accurately.

Automated reports should provide insights into the impact of identified risks on business performance over time.

Given that the automated reporting feature is scheduled to run, when the report is generated, then it should include a section analyzing the trends of risk impact on business performance over the last quarter.

Stakeholders can easily access the automated reports through a dedicated dashboard in InsightStream.

Given that the automated reporting feature is enabled, when a stakeholder logs into the InsightStream dashboard, then they should see a dedicated section for automated reports with easy access to the latest summary.

The system should allow users to provide feedback on the automated report for continuous improvement.

Given that a report has been generated, when the user views the report, then they should have the option to submit feedback which is stored for future reference.

The automated report functionality performs without delays even with high volumes of data input.

Given that the reporting system is under heavy usage, when a report is triggered, then it should generate the report within the established time limits without any significant delays.

Integration with External Data Sources

"As a strategic planner, I want the risk assessment tool to pull data from external sources so that I can better understand how external factors influence our business risks."

Description

This requirement entails integrating the InsightStream platform with external data sources such as market trends, competitor analysis, and social media sentiment. This integration will provide richer context for the AI-driven risk assessments, helping users understand risks in relation to external factors, thus enhancing the overall risk evaluation process.

Acceptance Criteria

Integration with external market trend data sources during risk assessment process.

Given that the InsightStream platform is integrated with external market trend data sources, when users initiate a risk assessment, then the platform successfully fetches and displays the latest market trends alongside the risk analysis dashboard.

Incorporation of competitor analysis data for enhancing risk evaluation.

Given that the competitor analysis data is provided, when the AI-driven risk assessment is run, then the system utilizes this data to adjust risk scores in real-time for more accurate prioritization.

User access to social media sentiment analysis as part of the risk evaluation.

Given that social media sentiment data is available, when a user accesses the risk assessment feature, then the platform displays sentiment metrics that impact the risk profile alongside the existing assessment results.

Validation of data accuracy from external sources integrated into InsightStream.

Given that external data sources are integrated, when the system performs a data sync, then it logs any discrepancies in the data and alerts the user to incorrect or missing external data, facilitating timely corrections.

User interface for selecting and configuring external data sources for risk assessments.

Given the need for users to configure data sources, when users attempt to integrate an external data source, then the platform provides a user-friendly interface that allows selection, configuration, and testing of data connections before they are finalized.

Real-time updates from external sources affecting risk assessments.

Given that external data sources provide live updates, when a relevant update occurs, then the InsightStream platform automatically refreshes the risk assessment data, reflecting current conditions without requiring user intervention.

Training materials for users to understand integration with external data sources.

Given the integration feature is complete, when the InsightStream application is launched, then training materials detailing how to connect and configure external data sources for risk assessment are accessible to users through the help menu.

Multi-Channel Notifications

Multi-Channel Notifications allow users to receive alerts through various channels, including email, SMS, and mobile app notifications. This flexibility ensures that users are promptly informed of critical updates wherever they are, enhancing responsiveness and allowing for swift decision-making in time-sensitive situations.

Requirements

Real-Time Alerts

"As a business analyst, I want to receive real-time alerts on critical data changes so that I can make informed decisions quickly and respond to business needs effectively."

Description

The Real-Time Alerts requirement enables the platform to provide instant notifications to users across multiple channels, including email, SMS, and mobile app alerts. This feature ensures that users are always informed of critical updates and changes in their analytics data, which is crucial for timely decision-making in fast-paced business environments. By integrating seamlessly into existing notification systems, this requirement will enhance user engagement and responsiveness, allowing businesses to act swiftly in addressing emerging trends and issues. The implementation will involve setting up a centralized notification management system that triggers alerts based on user-defined criteria and thresholds, ensuring users receive relevant updates without delay.

Acceptance Criteria

Receiving Critical Analytics Update via Email on Defined Threshold Breach

Given a user has defined a threshold for critical analytics data, when this threshold is breached, then an email notification is sent to the user's registered email address within 1 minute.

Mobile App Notification for Real-Time System Alerts

Given the user has the mobile app installed and notifications enabled, when a critical update occurs, then a push notification should be delivered to the mobile app within 30 seconds.

SMS Notification for Immediate Action Required Alerts

Given a user has opted in for SMS notifications, when a real-time alert requires immediate action, then an SMS should be sent to the user's mobile number within 1 minute of the alert trigger.

Centralized Notification Management Interface for Users

Given the user accesses the notification settings on the platform, when they update their notification preferences, then those changes should be saved and applied for all future alerts immediately.

User Engagement Metrics for Notification Effectiveness

Given the analytics dashboard tracks user interactions, when users receive notifications, then the platform should log metrics for user engagement within 24 hours of notification delivery.

Customizable Notification Channels for User Preferences

Given a user can select their preferred notification channels, when setting preferences, then they should have the option to choose any combination of email, SMS, and mobile notifications successfully.

Notification Delivery Status Tracking for Users

Given a user has received notifications, when they check their notification log, then they should see the delivery status (sent, delivered, failed) for each notification received.

Customizable Notification Settings

"As a user, I want to customize my notification settings so that I can receive alerts according to my preferences and avoid information overload."

Description

The Customizable Notification Settings requirement allows users to tailor their notification preferences based on channels, frequency, and types of updates they wish to receive. This feature provides users with the flexibility to choose how and when they are alerted, ensuring that notifications are relevant and non-intrusive. By enabling users to customize these settings, InsightStream enhances user satisfaction and engagement while minimizing notification fatigue. The implementation will include a user-friendly interface where users can easily manage their notification preferences, supported by backend services that ensure alerts are sent according to user specifications. This capability is vital for maintaining effective communication and ensuring that users are informed about the most significant updates.

Acceptance Criteria

User customizes notification settings through the platform's interface to receive alerts via email for critical updates, SMS for medium updates, and mobile app notifications for all types of updates.

Given a user is logged in, when they access the notification settings, then they should be able to select preferences for email, SMS, and app notifications for critical, medium, and low updates separately.

User adjusts the frequency of notifications, selecting options for immediate, daily digest, and weekly summaries based on their preferences.

Given the user is on the notification settings page, when they set the frequency for 'Daily Digest', then they should receive a single summary notification each day at a specified time.

User saves their customized notification preferences and verifies that the changes are correctly applied and stored in the system.

Given the user modifies their notification preferences, when they click 'Save', then their preferences should persist in the system and be retrievable upon the next login.

User wants to disable notifications for a specific type of update and confirmed that they don't receive alerts for that category thereafter.

Given the user has disabled notifications for 'Low Priority Updates', when an update of this type is generated, then the user should not receive any alerts for that specific update.

User tests the notification system after customizing settings, ensuring they receive alerts as per their selected preferences.

Given the user has set notifications for critical updates to be sent via SMS, when a critical update occurs, then the user should receive an SMS alert immediately after the update is generated.

User accesses a help section within the notification settings to understand how to customize their preferences.

Given the user navigates to the help section in notification settings, when they seek assistance, then they should find clear instructions or FAQs regarding notification customization options.

Delivery Status Tracking

"As a project manager, I want to track the delivery status of my notifications so that I can gauge their effectiveness and adjust my communication strategies accordingly."

Description

The Delivery Status Tracking requirement involves implementing tracking mechanisms to provide users with real-time updates on the status of their notifications. This feature allows users to see if their alerts have been successfully delivered, opened, or acted upon, adding an extra layer of transparency to the notification process. By offering visibility into notification effectiveness, users can adjust their strategies regarding what information they receive and how they act upon it. The implementation of this requirement will require developing a robust tracking system that captures and displays notification statuses through the user interface, ensuring users are well-informed about their communications with the platform.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives a notification regarding an important update via email and expects to track its delivery status in real-time.

Given a user has configured their notification preferences to include email, when the system sends out a notification, then the user should be able to see the notification's delivery status as 'Delivered' within 5 minutes on the dashboard.

A user checks the status of their SMS notification about a server downtime incident using the InsightStream dashboard.

Given a user has opted to receive SMS notifications, when they log into the dashboard after an SMS has been sent, then the SMS notification should show a status of 'Opened' if it was opened by the recipient within 15 minutes.

An admin wants to analyze the effectiveness of different notification channels for a recent marketing campaign.

Given that notifications were sent through multiple channels (email, SMS, mobile app), when the admin accesses the analytics report, then they should see a breakdown of delivery statuses (Delivered, Opened, Failed) for each channel in an easy-to-read format.

A user wants to confirm that a mobile app notification about a critical update was received and acted upon.

Given a user receives a mobile app notification, when they interact with the notification, then the delivery status should update to 'Acted Upon' within 2 seconds on the user's dashboard.

A user needs to receive alerts regarding their account status changes through multiple channels, ensuring they can track each notification's effectiveness.

Given a user has set up multi-channel notifications for account status changes, when the status changes occur, then the user should receive notifications on their chosen channels, and the dashboard should reflect the status of all notifications sent (Delivered, Opened) by the end of the day.

A user is concerned about a notification they sent and wants to track its delivery to multiple recipients.

Given a user has sent a notification to multiple recipients, when they check the status on the notification dashboard, then they should see individual delivery statuses for each recipient (Delivered, Opened, Failed) clearly displayed.

Multi-Language Support for Notifications

"As a user in a non-English speaking region, I want to receive notifications in my native language so that I can fully understand critical updates and respond appropriately."

Description

The Multi-Language Support for Notifications requirement ensures that users can receive alerts in their preferred languages. This feature is essential for global businesses operating in multilingual environments, supporting user engagement by making communication more accessible and understandable. Implementing this requirement will involve setting up a localization framework that allows notifications to be translated dynamically based on user preferences. This capability not only enhances user experience a global reach but also aligns with InsightStream's commitment to inclusivity and accessibility.

Acceptance Criteria

User sets their preferred language to Spanish in the account settings and receives a notification about a system update in Spanish.

Given the user has selected Spanish as their preferred language, When a system update notification is sent, Then the user receives the notification in Spanish.

A user who prefers notifications in French receives alerts via email when a new report is generated on the platform.

Given the user prefers French notifications, When the new report is generated, Then an email alert is sent to the user in French.

A global user receives an SMS notification about an upcoming maintenance window in German, based on their regional settings.

Given the user is located in a German-speaking region and has opted for SMS alerts, When the maintenance window is announced, Then an SMS alert is sent in German to the user.

A user switches their notification language from English to Italian in the settings and confirms receipt of a recent update in Italian.

Given the user has changed their notification language to Italian, When a recent update notification is sent, Then the user receives the notification in Italian and confirms receipt.

A user receives an urgent notification translated into their preferred language while traveling abroad, ensuring immediate understanding and reaction.

Given the user is traveling abroad and has preferred notifications in Portuguese, When an urgent alert is triggered, Then the notification is sent in Portuguese regardless of the user's location.

Admin tests the localization framework to ensure notifications are consistently translated across various channels.

Given the localization framework is implemented, When an admin sends test notifications in multiple languages, Then all notifications display correctly in the selected languages across email, SMS, and app channels.

A user accesses notification history and views previous alerts in their preferred language while managing their account on the platform.

Given the user selects their preferred language in account settings, When they access notification history, Then previous alerts are displayed in the selected language.

Integration with Third-Party Services

"As a team member, I want to receive my notifications in the applications I use daily, so that I can stay informed without disrupting my workflow."

Description

The Integration with Third-Party Services requirement allows InsightStream to connect with external communication platforms, such as Slack, Microsoft Teams, and CRM tools, enabling users to receive notifications in the applications they already use. This integration will ensure that notifications are delivered in the context where users manage their daily tasks, improving overall efficiency and reducing the need to switch between applications. The implementation will entail developing APIs and connectors to facilitate smooth data exchange and notification delivery across these platforms, as well as ensuring that users can customize their integration settings.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives notifications for critical updates through Slack integration while managing their tasks.

Given that a user has integrated InsightStream with Slack, when a critical update occurs, then the user should receive a notification in their designated Slack channel within 5 minutes.

User sets up email notifications for performance reports generated weekly.

Given that a user navigates to the notification settings page in InsightStream, when they select 'Email' as their notification channel for performance reports, then they should receive a confirmation message and an email every week with the performance report attached.

User customizes their notification preferences for SMS alerts regarding system downtime.

Given that a user accesses the customization settings for notifications, when they choose to receive SMS alerts for system downtime, then they should be asked to verify their phone number and receive a test SMS to confirm successful setup.

User integrates Microsoft Teams with InsightStream to receive project updates.

Given that a user has linked their Microsoft Teams account with InsightStream, when a project update is available, then the user should receive a notification in their Microsoft Teams chat immediately after the update is published.

User checks the notification history to see past alerts from connected services.

Given that a user navigates to the notification history section in the InsightStream dashboard, when they load the page, then they should see a chronological list of notifications received from all integrated third-party services within the last 30 days.

User opts out of receiving notifications from a specific third-party service.

Given that a user is in the notification settings, when they opt out of notifications from a third-party service (e.g., Slack), then they should see a confirmation message and no longer receive notifications from that service.

Alert Analytics Dashboard

The Alert Analytics Dashboard provides users with insights into alert history, trends, and response effectiveness. By analyzing the frequency and impact of alerts over time, this feature enables users to refine their alert criteria, improve responses, and ultimately enhance their overall predictive strategy. This feedback loop supports continuous improvement and smarter decision-making.

Requirements

Alert Frequency Analysis

"As a system administrator, I want to analyze alert frequency over time so that I can adjust the alert criteria and minimize false positives that disrupt my team's workflow."

Description

This requirement focuses on creating a detailed analysis tool that tracks the frequency of alerts generated by the system. It will aggregate data over customizable time frames and visualize trends in alert occurrence. This functionality will enable users to identify patterns in alerts, optimizing criteria for when alerts are triggered. By improving the accuracy of alerts, users can ensure that they are not inundated with unnecessary notifications, enabling them to focus on critical events that require immediate attention. This analysis tool will also support proactive management by allowing users to predict future alert patterns based on historical data, enhancing overall operational effectiveness.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Alert Frequency Analysis tool to view alert trends over the past month.

Given the user has access to the Alert Frequency Analysis tool, When the user selects a time frame of one month, Then the system should display a graphical representation of alert frequency for that month, including the number of alerts triggered each day.

User customizes the alert frequency analysis time frame to a specific range.

Given the user is on the Alert Frequency Analysis page, When the user inputs a custom date range for analysis, Then the system should adjust and display the alert frequency data for only the selected date range without errors.

User wants to identify patterns in alert data to improve alert criteria.

Given the user has visualized the alert frequency for a specific time frame, When the user analyzes the displayed data, Then the system should provide insights or suggestions based on past alert patterns to help refine alert criteria.

User assesses the effectiveness of alerts over a set period.

Given the user has selected a specific time range, When the user clicks on the 'Analyze Response Effectiveness' button, Then the system should generate a report highlighting alert response times, outcomes, and missed alerts during that period.

User wants to visualize future alert patterns based on historical data.

Given the user has accessed the predictive analysis functionality, When the user requests predictions for the next month, Then the system should generate and display forecasted alert trends based on historical data.

User seeks to understand the impact of alerts on operations.

Given the alert frequency data is displayed, When the user navigates to the impact analysis section, Then the system should provide metrics showing how alerts correlated with operational efficiency over the selected time frame.

User experiences system performance issues while accessing the analysis tool.

Given the system is under load from multiple users, When any user tries to access the Alert Frequency Analysis tool, Then the system should maintain performance with a response time of less than 2 seconds for data retrieval.

Impact Measurement Dashboard

"As a business analyst, I want to measure the impact of alerts on our KPIs so that I can make data-driven decisions about their prioritization and management."

Description

This requirement entails creating an Impact Measurement Dashboard that evaluates the effectiveness and impact of alerts on business operations. The dashboard will illustrate how each alert affects key performance indicators (KPIs) over time, allowing users to assess which alerts yield the highest value. Incorporating dynamic visualizations and real-time updates, this feature will enable users to measure the reaction actions taken in response to alerts, ensuring that the analytics platform provides insights into the return on investment of alert responsiveness. This will empower businesses to make informed decisions on refining their alert systems for greater efficiency.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Impact Measurement Dashboard to evaluate alert effectiveness.

Given the user is authenticated and has access to the Impact Measurement Dashboard, when they open the dashboard, then they should see a visual representation of the KPIs affected by each alert over time, including detailed data points for analysis.

User interacts with the dashboard filters to assess specific alerts.

Given the user is utilizing the Impact Measurement Dashboard, when they apply filters for specific alert types or date ranges, then the dashboard should update to reflect only the relevant data and KPIs for the selected criteria.

User generates a report based on the alert impact analysis.

Given the user has designed their custom view in the Impact Measurement Dashboard, when they choose to generate a report, then a downloadable report should be created that includes the selected KPIs, visualizations, and analytical insights pertaining to the alert impacts.

User evaluates the ROI associated with alert responsiveness.

Given the user has accessed the Impact Measurement Dashboard, when they analyze the generated data, then they should be able to see a calculated ROI metric based on the performance improvements linked to specific alerts over a chosen timeframe.

User receives real-time updates on alert effectiveness.

Given that a new alert has been triggered, when the user views the Impact Measurement Dashboard, then they should see an updated display reflecting the latest alert's impact on KPIs without needing to refresh the page.

User identifies trends in alert performance over time.

Given the user is analyzing long-term data within the Impact Measurement Dashboard, when they view the trends graph, then they should be able to identify upward or downward trends in KPI performance attributable to specific alerts over the desired period.

Custom Alert Threshold Configurations

"As a department manager, I want to set custom alert thresholds that match our team's operational requirements so that we can respond more effectively to relevant alerts without being overwhelmed by non-critical notifications."

Description

This requirement introduces the capability for users to define custom configurations for alert thresholds according to their specific business needs. By allowing users to adjust parameters for generating alerts, this feature fosters a more tailored experience that aligns with varying departmental needs and operational strategies. The system will provide users with an intuitive interface to set, test, and refine alert thresholds, offering suggestions based on machine learning models trained on historical data. This adaptability not only enhances user satisfaction but also optimizes operational responses to alerts, thereby reducing response times.

Acceptance Criteria

User defines a custom alert threshold for high sales activity in their department.

Given the user is on the Alert Analytics Dashboard, when they select 'Add Custom Threshold', then they can input parameters for high sales and save the configuration successfully.

User tests the effectiveness of a newly set alert threshold for low inventory levels.

Given a user has set a custom threshold for low inventory levels, when inventory drops below this threshold, then a notification alert is triggered and logged in the alert history.

User refines existing alert thresholds based on the recommendations provided by the machine learning model.

Given the user is viewing suggested thresholds based on historical data, when they choose to accept a recommended threshold, then the system updates the alert parameters accordingly without errors.

User reviews the impact of alert threshold modifications on operational response times.

Given the user navigates to the alert history section, when they filter by custom thresholds, then they can see the average response times before and after threshold adjustments over a defined period.

User integrates feedback from alert performance metrics into their custom threshold settings.

Given the user has access to alert performance metrics, when they analyze the data, then they can make informed adjustments to their custom alerts, reflecting clear changes in the metrics.

Automated Response Suggestions

"As a response team member, I want automated suggestions for responding to alerts so that I can act quickly and effectively without second-guessing the best course of action."

Description

This requirement focuses on generating automated response suggestions based on alert analysis. Utilizing AI and machine learning algorithms, the system will analyze previous responses to similar alerts and suggest optimal actions for future alerts. By equipping users with tailored recommendations for actions, such as escalations, investigations, or user notifications, the feature enhances the efficiency and consistency of the response process. This will also reduce decision-making time and increase the likelihood of timely and effective responses to critical alerts.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives an alert on the Alert Analytics Dashboard indicating a significant system performance issue.

Given the user views the alert, when the system analyzes past responses to similar alerts, then the user should receive at least three automated response suggestions tailored to the specific alert characteristics.

A user is reviewing their alert history on the Alert Analytics Dashboard to optimize response strategies.

Given the user accesses the alert history, when they request response suggestions for previous alerts, then the system should provide a list of suggested actions for each alert based on prior responses.

An IT manager needs to respond to a critical security alert in a timely manner.

Given a critical security alert is triggered, when the system generates response suggestions, then the user should see recommended actions that include 'escalate,' 'investigate,' and 'notify users' alongside estimated response times for each action.

The analytics dashboard indicates a decreasing response effectiveness over time due to similar alerts being handled differently.

Given the user examines response effectiveness metrics, when they enable automated suggestions for future alerts, then the system should correlate past suggestions with effective responses and adjust future recommendations accordingly.

A system administrator is training new team members on how to react to alerts effectively using the Alert Analytics Dashboard.

Given the training module is initiated, when new team members interact with the dashboard, then they should be able to understand and utilize automated suggestions for alerts presented on the dashboard without additional guidance.

The user needs to compare the effectiveness of different automated response suggestions for a category of frequent alerts.

Given the user selects a category of alerts, when they request effectiveness output for automated suggestions, then the dashboard should display the success rates and user feedback for each suggested action.

Alert Historical Data Export

"As a compliance officer, I want to export alert historical data so that I can prepare reports for regulatory requirements and internal reviews."

Description

This requirement involves developing a feature that allows users to export historical alert data into various file formats for further analysis or reporting purposes. Users will have the option to export selected date ranges, types of alerts, or summaries of key metrics. This functionality will support compliance needs, data backup, and further analysis in external tools or for presentations. It will enhance the platform's utility by giving users control over their data and facilitating greater integration with other business intelligence processes.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates an export of historical alert data for the past month in CSV format to analyze response trends.

Given the user selects a date range for the past month and specifies CSV as the format, when the user clicks the 'Export' button, then a CSV file containing all historical alert data for the selected time frame is generated and downloaded successfully.

User filters alert data by alert type before exporting to ensure only relevant alerts are included in the report.

Given the user selects specific alert types from the filter options, when the user exports the data, then the exported file contains only the data corresponding to the selected alert types.

User requires a summary report of key metrics related to alert trends for a presentation.

Given the user chooses to export a summary report, when the user selects the desired key metrics and specifies the date range, then a summarized report is generated indicating total alerts, average response time, and percentage of alerts resolved.

User attempts to export historical alert data and encounters an error due to a network issue.

Given the user attempts to export data while facing network interruption, when the export process fails, then the user is notified with an error message and provided with options to retry or save the export settings for later.

User wishes to export historical alert data to a PDF format for easy sharing with stakeholders.

Given the user selects PDF as the desired export format, when the export is initiated, then a well-formatted PDF document containing the historical alert data is generated and downloaded, ensuring clarity and presentation quality.

User checks if they can export more than 1000 records of alert data at once without system failure.

Given the user selects a date range that yields more than 1000 records, when the user initiates the export, then the system successfully exports all records without crashing and completes the export within an acceptable time frame (e.g., less than 2 minutes).

User wants to ensure compliance with data protection regulations while exporting alert data.

Given the user accesses the data export feature, when the user exports alert data, then the export process must include a confirmation prompt indicating adherence to data protection policies, and only authorized data is exported based on user permissions.

Collaboration Alert Sharing

Collaboration Alert Sharing enables users to share predictive alerts with team members directly through the Collaboration Hub. With this feature, teams can discuss and strategize responses collectively, ensuring that everyone is aligned and equipped to tackle the challenges posed by alerts, fostering a collaborative culture in managing business performance.

Requirements

Real-time Alert Notifications

"As a team member, I want to receive real-time notifications for predictive alerts so that I can quickly respond to potential issues and collaborate more effectively with my colleagues."

Description

The Real-time Alert Notifications requirement involves implementing a system that sends immediate notifications to users when predictive alerts are generated within the Collaboration Hub. These notifications should be push-based to ensure users can receive updates via their preferred communication channels (e.g., email, mobile app, or desktop notifications). This functionality is critical for enabling timely responses to emerging issues and allows team members to act swiftly on potential challenges. The integration must ensure seamless interaction with existing notification infrastructure and maintain a user-friendly setup, allowing users to customize their alert settings based on priority and relevance. The expected outcome includes improved response times to alerts and enhanced team collaboration on urgent matters.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives a real-time notification through their preferred channel when a predictive alert is generated in the Collaboration Hub.

Given a user has set their notification preferences, when a predictive alert is generated, then the user must receive a notification through their selected channel (email, mobile app, or desktop notification).

User can customize their alert settings for different types of predictive alerts in the Collaboration Hub.

Given a user has access to alert customization settings, when the user selects alert priorities, then the system must save and apply these settings to future predictive alerts.

Team members can view and respond to predictive alerts shared in the Collaboration Hub.

Given a predictive alert has been shared in the Collaboration Hub, when team members access the collaboration space, then all members must see the alert and be able to add comments or responses.

Users can test their notification settings to ensure they function as expected before alerts are generated.

Given a user is on the notification settings page, when the user initiates a test notification, then they must receive a test notification within 5 minutes confirming their settings are active.

The notification system does not overwhelm users with multiple alerts in a short time.

Given that multiple predictive alerts are generated in a brief period, when the alerts are sent, then the system must summarize those alerts into a single notification to prevent clutter.

Users are notified when they miss an alert due to system downtime.

Given that the system was down during the generation of predictive alerts, when the system comes back online, then the users must receive a cumulative notification of any alerts generated during the downtime.

Collaborative Discussion Threads

"As a user, I want to create and participate in discussion threads for each predictive alert so that I can easily engage with my colleagues and contribute to our response strategies."

Description

The Collaborative Discussion Threads requirement entails the creation of a feature where users can initiate threaded discussions around specific predictive alerts within the Collaboration Hub. This allows team members to post comments, questions, and solutions in a structured manner, ensuring that all relevant information regarding an alert is centralized and easily accessible. The feature must support tagging individuals, attaching relevant documents, and linking to data visualizations directly from the dashboard. This functionality enhances collaborative efforts, as it provides a dedicated space for teamwork that streamlines communication and decision-making processes. Expected outcomes include better engagement in discussions, improved tracking of responses, and a comprehensive view of team strategies toward alerts.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates a discussion thread on a predictive alert in the Collaboration Hub.

Given a predictive alert is triggered, when the user selects the option to create a discussion thread, then a new thread should be created under the relevant alert in the Collaboration Hub with the user's name as the initiator.

Team members post comments in an existing discussion thread about a predictive alert.

Given a discussion thread exists for a predictive alert, when team members post comments, then those comments should be displayed in chronological order within the thread and be visible to all users with access to the alert.

User tags individuals in a discussion thread related to a predictive alert.

Given a user is in a discussion thread, when they tag another user using '@username', then the tagged user should receive a notification and the tag should be visibly linked within the comment.

User attaches relevant documents to a discussion thread in the Collaboration Hub.

Given a user is creating or editing a discussion thread, when they attach a document, then the document should be uploaded successfully and a link to the document should be shown in the thread.

User links data visualizations to a discussion thread about a predictive alert.

Given a discussion thread exists, when the user links a data visualization from the dashboard, then the visualization should be displayed as an embedded link or thumbnail within the thread.

Users can view the history of comments made in a discussion thread.

Given a discussion thread with multiple comments, when a user accesses the thread, then they should be able to view all past comments along with timestamps and user names.

User can filter discussion threads by alert type or date.

Given a user is in the Collaboration Hub, when they apply filters to view discussion threads, then the interface should update to display only threads that match the selected filters for alert type or date range.

Alert Customization Settings

"As a user, I want to customize my alert preferences so that I only receive notifications that are relevant to my specific needs and projects."

Description

The Alert Customization Settings requirement focuses on providing users with the ability to customize the types of predictive alerts they receive and how they receive them within the Collaboration Hub. Users should be able to set preferences based on departments, project relevance, or even individual metrics they are tracking. This feature enhances user satisfaction by allowing tailored experiences and ensures that users only receive alerts they deem important. The implementation must include intuitive interfaces for setting preferences and a robust backend capable of filtering alerts based on user-defined criteria. The expected outcome is a more focused approach to alert management that minimizes information overload and maximizes relevance to user roles.

Acceptance Criteria

User Configures Alert Preferences for Marketing Department

Given a user is logged into InsightStream, when they navigate to the Alert Customization Settings, then they should be able to set their preferences to only receive alerts related to the Marketing Department.

User Receives Customized Alerts Based on Selected Metrics

Given a user has selected specific metrics in their Alert Customization Settings, when a predictive alert is generated for one of those metrics, then that alert should be sent to the user via their chosen notification method (email, in-app notification, etc.).

User Successfully Edits Alert Preferences

Given a user wants to change their existing alert preferences in the Collaboration Hub, when they edit their preferences and save the changes, then the system should confirm the successful update and reflect the new preferences immediately.

User Borrows Alert Settings from a Team Member

Given a user wants to use the alert settings of a co-worker, when they request to copy those settings, then the system should provide a confirmation that the settings have been replicated in their account.

User Filters Alerts by Relevance and Department

Given a user accesses the Collaboration Hub, when they apply filters to their alert settings, then only alerts that match the selected criteria (department, project relevance) should be displayed in their notification center.

User Receives Confirmation for Alert Settings Changes

Given a user modifies their alert settings, when they save their changes, then the system should send a confirmation message indicating that their preferences have been successfully updated.

Report Generation from Alerts

"As a team leader, I want to generate reports from our predictive alerts so that I can assess our response strategies and share them with upper management effectively."

Description

The Report Generation from Alerts requirement will introduce functionality that allows users to generate automated reports based on the predictive alerts shared within the Collaboration Hub. This feature enables teams to create performance reports detailing alerts, discussions, and outcomes, which can be easily shared with stakeholders. Users should be able to select parameters to focus on specific alert types, timeframes, or team responses, ensuring that the reports meet their informational needs. Integration with existing reporting tools and formats (PDF, CSV) will be necessary to allow easy distribution and analysis of the reports. The expected outcome is to streamline the reporting process and enhance accountability for alert responses, providing valuable insights into team performance.

Acceptance Criteria

Users access the Collaboration Hub after receiving a predictive alert and want to generate a performance report detailing the alert's context, team discussions, and responses.

Given that a predictive alert has been received, when the user selects the option to generate a report, then the system should provide a report containing details of the alert, discussions, and responses, outputting in a format chosen by the user (PDF or CSV).

A user needs to generate a report focusing on a specific type of alert received over the last month to evaluate team performance and decision-making.

Given that the user selects specific parameters for the report (alert type and timeframe), when the user initiates the report generation process, then the output should only include alerts of the selected type from the specified timeframe, ensuring data relevance.

The team lead wants to review the generated report before distributing it to stakeholders to ensure accuracy and completeness of information included.

Given that a report has been generated, when the team lead accesses the report preview, then they should be able to review all details and data visualizations within the report, allowing for edits or comments before distribution.

A user attempts to share a report generated from the Collaboration Hub with stakeholders via email integration.

Given that the report has been successfully generated, when the user selects the option to share via email, then the system should send the report as an attachment to the specified email addresses, ensuring successful delivery confirmation.

Support team members need guidance on generating reports, requiring documentation and in-app help features to assist them in utilizing the alert report functionality.

Given that a user is in the process of generating a report, when they request help through the in-app help feature, then the system should provide relevant documentation and guidance tailored to the report generation process.

A user wishes to export a report for offline analysis and review, ensuring compatibility with common data analysis tools.

Given that a report has been generated, when the user selects the export option, then the system should allow exporting in both PDF and CSV formats without loss of data integrity.

Analytics Dashboard Integration

"As a user, I want predictive alerts to be visualized on my analytics dashboard so that I can quickly understand trends and make informed decisions based on that data."

Description

The Analytics Dashboard Integration requirement is aimed at ensuring that predictive alerts are visually represented in the analytics dashboard of InsightStream. Users should have the capability to visualize alert trends alongside other data metrics directly on their dashboards. This integration involves designing visual components such as charts and graphs that update in real-time based on incoming alerts. Importance is placed on responsive design to ensure optimal display across devices, as many users access the platform through various screens. The expected outcome is a comprehensive view of alert data, contributing to informed decision-making and strategic planning based on visualized analytics.

Acceptance Criteria

Real-time alert visualization on the analytics dashboard during business hours.

Given that I am logged into the InsightStream platform and on the analytics dashboard, When a predictive alert is triggered, Then the alert should be displayed in the dashboard within 5 seconds, visually represented as a distinct chart or graph that updates in real-time.

User interaction with alert data on the analytics dashboard.

Given that there are multiple predictive alerts displayed on the analytics dashboard, When I click on an alert chart or graph, Then I should be redirected to a detailed view of that specific alert, showing its historical data and predictive insights.

Accessing the analytics dashboard on different devices.

Given that I am using the InsightStream platform on a mobile device or tablet, When I view the analytics dashboard, Then the layout should adjust responsively to fit the screen size while retaining the clarity and accessibility of the visual components.

Collaboration functionality for alert sharing with team members.

Given that I am viewing an alert on the analytics dashboard, When I initiate a 'Share' action, Then the selected alert should be shared with my team in the Collaboration Hub, including relevant discussion points and visibility of alert trends.

Snapshot feature for alerts on the dashboard.

Given that I have multiple alerts on the analytics dashboard, When I take a snapshot of the dashboard, Then I should be able to save and retrieve the snapshot with a timestamp to review later, ensuring all visual components are included.

User feedback on alert visualizations after implementing the feature.

Given a representative sample of users after the feature release, When I collect feedback regarding their ability to interpret alert visualizations, Then at least 80% of users should report that the visualizations enhance their understanding and decision-making based on the alerts.

One-Tap Metrics Access

One-Tap Metrics Access allows users to view their most critical KPIs with a single touch. This feature simplifies navigation and ensures that users can quickly grasp essential performance indicators without sifting through data, making it easier to stay informed and responsive to changing business conditions.

Requirements

Real-Time KPI Updates

"As a business analyst, I want to see real-time updates on my KPIs so that I can make timely decisions based on the most current data available."

Description

The Real-Time KPI Updates requirement enables the One-Tap Metrics Access feature to display live data for key performance indicators (KPIs). This functionality is essential for providing users with immediate insights into their business metrics, allowing for quick and informed decision-making. The real-time aspect will integrate seamlessly with InsightStream’s data aggregation capabilities, ensuring that the most current data is reflected in the dashboards. By offering up-to-the-minute updates, users can respond swiftly to changing business conditions, maximizing operational efficiency and competitiveness.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the One-Tap Metrics Access feature from the main dashboard on a mobile device to review the latest sales performance metrics.

Given the user is on the mobile dashboard, when they tap the One-Tap Metrics Access button, then the KPI metrics displayed must reflect real-time data updated within the last minute.

A manager wants to monitor customer service KPIs during peak hours using the One-Tap Metrics Access feature from a desktop computer.

Given the manager is on the desktop dashboard, when they click on the One-Tap Metrics Access button, then the KPIs for customer service must be visible and updated in real-time without needing to refresh the page.

A user receives an alert on their mobile device indicating a significant change in KPIs, and they tap the notification to access the One-Tap Metrics Access feature.

Given the user is notified of a KPI alert, when they tap the notification, then they should be taken directly to the One-Tap Metrics Access with the corresponding KPI metrics reflecting the most recent data.

A user is logged in and switches between different departments using the One-Tap Metrics Access feature to view department-specific KPIs.

Given the user has access rights to multiple departments, when they switch department views in the One-Tap Metrics Access, then the KIPs displayed must reflect real-time updates specific to the selected department.

The finance department is tracking budget variances using the One-Tap Metrics Access feature during a live presentation.

Given the finance team is presenting in a meeting, when they use the One-Tap Metrics Access, then their KPI metrics for budget variances must be updated in real-time to reflect the latest financial data.

A user customizes their One-Tap Metrics Access dashboard to include specific KPIs relevant to their role.

Given the user has customized their dashboard, when they access the One-Tap Metrics Access feature, then the relevant KPIs must be displayed and reflect real-time updates based on those customizations.

Customizable Metric Selection

"As a departmental manager, I want to customize which KPIs appear in my One-Tap Metrics Access so that I can focus on the metrics that are most relevant to my team’s goals."

Description

The Customizable Metric Selection requirement allows users to tailor the specific KPIs displayed through One-Tap Metrics Access. This feature enhances user experience by enabling individuals to select metrics that are most relevant to their roles and responsibilities. Integration with the existing dashboard customization platform will be necessary, allowing users to choose from a list of predefined metrics or add their custom metrics. This personalization ensures that users are focused only on the data that matters to them, improving engagement and usability of the platform.

Acceptance Criteria

As a sales manager, I want to customize the One-Tap Metrics Access to only show sales-related KPIs so that I can quickly access the most relevant performance indicators for my role without distraction.

Given I am logged into the InsightStream dashboard, when I navigate to the customization settings for One-Tap Metrics Access, then I should be able to select from a list of predefined sales KPIs and save my selection successfully.

As a marketing analyst, I want the ability to add a custom KPI to my One-Tap Metrics Access dashboard, ensuring that I can track metrics specific to my campaigns efficiently.

Given I am in the customization settings, when I input a custom metric into the provided field and save the changes, then the custom KPI should be displayed in my One-Tap Metrics Access layout without errors.

As an operations manager, I want to ensure that the metrics I select for One-Tap Metrics Access are accurately reflecting the latest data from the underlying systems, providing me with real-time insights.

Given I have selected specific KPIs for my One-Tap Metrics Access, when I refresh the dashboard, then the displayed metrics should reflect the most recent data updates from the integrated data sources.

As a user, I want to reset my One-Tap Metrics Access to default settings in case I want to start over with my selections of KPIs, ensuring I have the flexibility to change my metrics whenever needed.

Given I am in the customization settings, when I choose the option to reset to default settings, then all selected metrics should revert to the pre-defined default metrics without saving any previous selections.

As a team leader, I want to ensure that the customization of One-Tap Metrics Access is intuitive and user-friendly for all team members, facilitating quick adoption of this feature.

Given I am a new user experiencing the dashboard for the first time, when I access the customization settings for One-Tap Metrics Access, then I should be able to easily navigate and understand the options without requiring additional support documentation.

As a data analyst, I want to verify that any changes made to my metric selection for One-Tap Metrics Access are correctly logged and reflected in my user account settings for consistency across sessions.

Given I have made changes to my One-Tap Metrics Access selections, when I log out and log back in, then my previous selections should be preserved and displayed accurately upon re-entry into the dashboard.

As a user, I want to ensure that One-Tap Metrics Access updates seamlessly without affecting the performance of the overall dashboard functionality, allowing for smooth user experience.

Given the One-Tap Metrics Access feature is being updated with new KPIs, when I interact with other functionalities of the dashboard during the update, then the performance of the dashboard should remain stable and responsive without noticeable lag.

Mobile Accessibility for Metrics

"As a sales manager, I want to access my KPIs on my mobile device so that I can stay informed about performance while I am away from my desk."

Description

The Mobile Accessibility for Metrics requirement aims to ensure that users can access One-Tap Metrics via mobile devices. This functionality is critical for supporting on-the-go business operations and provides users with the flexibility to monitor their KPIs regardless of their location. The integration will involve optimizing the dashboard and One-Tap Metrics Access for mobile screens, ensuring usability and responsiveness. By enabling mobile access, InsightStream enhances its value proposition for busy professionals who need instant insights while traveling.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses One-Tap Metrics from a mobile device while on a business trip.

Given the user is logged into InsightStream on a mobile device, when they tap the One-Tap Metrics icon, then the user should be presented with a responsive dashboard displaying the critical KPIs relevant to their role.

User adjusts the mobile dashboard layout to view additional KPIs.

Given the user is on the One-Tap Metrics dashboard, when they select to customize the dashboard layout, then the user should be able to add or remove KPIs and save their preferences for future access.

User views a real-time KPI update on a mobile device during a meeting.

Given the user is accessing the One-Tap Metrics dashboard on their mobile device, when a KPI data point updates in real-time, then the updated value should reflect instantly on their dashboard without requiring a page refresh.

User experiences slow loading times when accessing metrics on mobile.

Given the user attempts to access the One-Tap Metrics from a mobile device, when the user is connected to a standard mobile network, then the dashboard should load within 3 seconds to ensure optimal performance.

User without internet access tries to access One-Tap Metrics.

Given the user is outside of service range or has disabled mobile data, when they attempt to access the One-Tap Metrics, then a message should display indicating that connection is required to view metrics.

User wants to receive push notifications for KPI alerts via the mobile app.

Given the user has enabled notifications in the InsightStream app settings, when a significant change in a KPI occurs, then the user should receive a push notification alerting them of the change immediately.

Notification Alerts for Metric Changes

"As an executive, I want to receive alerts when my KPIs change significantly so that I can take timely actions based on the latest data trends."

Description

The Notification Alerts for Metric Changes requirement involves implementing a system that sends users alerts when significant changes occur in their selected metrics. This feature will notify users via email or in-app notifications, allowing them to stay updated on performance fluctuations without needing to constantly check the dashboard. This proactive approach to data monitoring is essential for enabling users to react promptly to business changes and enhances the user experience by not overwhelming them with too much information at once.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives a notification alert via email when a selected KPI threshold is exceeded, ensuring timely awareness of performance changes.

Given the user has set a threshold for a KPI, When the KPI changes and exceeds the threshold, Then the user receives an email notification within 5 minutes of the change.

User receives in-app notifications for changes in their selected metrics while using the InsightStream platform.

Given the user has the InsightStream application open, When a significant change occurs in a selected metric, Then the user receives an in-app notification immediately after the change is detected.

User is able to customize which metrics trigger alerts and set corresponding thresholds for each metric.

Given the user accesses the alert settings, When they select a metric and define a threshold, Then the system successfully saves the settings without error, allowing customized alerts for chosen metrics.

User can view a history of past notification alerts to assess the trend of their KPIs over time.

Given the user accesses the notification history section, When they view the historical data, Then the user sees a chronological list of all notifications received, including the date, time, and metrics affected.

User can disable specific metric alerts without affecting others to refine their notification preferences.

Given the user is in the notification settings, When they choose to disable an alert for a specific metric, Then the system successfully disables the alert for that metric while keeping other alerts active.

User receives a summary report of all notifications related to metric changes at the end of each week.

Given the user has opted in for weekly summaries, When the week ends, Then the user receives an email summary detailing all metric changes and alerts from that week.

Integration with Third-Party Tools

"As a project manager, I want to integrate my project management tool with InsightStream so that I can have all relevant performance data in one place for better analysis."

Description

The Integration with Third-Party Tools requirement will allow users to connect their One-Tap Metrics Access with external applications and software, such as CRM systems, marketing platforms, and project management tools. This integration will enhance the functionality of InsightStream by pulling in data from various sources, providing a more comprehensive view of a business's performance. Users will benefit from having all critical data integrated into one platform, simplifying analysis, and decision-making processes.

Acceptance Criteria

Ability to connect One-Tap Metrics Access to a CRM system.

Given the user is logged into InsightStream, when they navigate to the One-Tap Metrics Access section, then they should see an option to connect to their preferred CRM system and complete the integration successfully.

Data synchronization between One-Tap Metrics Access and integrated project management tools.

Given the user has integrated project management tools, when they access One-Tap Metrics Access, then the displayed metrics should reflect real-time data pulled from those tools without lag.

User authentication during third-party tool integration.

Given the user attempts to connect a third-party application, when they provide authentication details, then the system must validate those details and successfully connect to the external application.

View key performance indicators from multiple integrated sources in One-Tap Metrics Access.

Given the user has integrated various tools, when they access One-Tap Metrics Access, then they should see a comprehensive dashboard with KPIs aggregated from all connected sources.

Error handling during the connection process with third-party tools.

Given the user attempts to connect a third-party application and an error occurs, when the error is displayed, then the user should receive a clear error message with possible solutions.

Customization of KPIs displayed in One-Tap Metrics Access after integration.

Given the user has connected one or more third-party tools, when they access the customization options, then they should be able to select which KPIs to display in the One-Tap Metrics Access view.

Review of historical data from integrated tools through One-Tap Metrics Access.

Given the user has integrated external applications, when they access historical metrics, then they should be able to view data trends over a specified time period from all connected sources.

User Feedback Loop for Enhancements

"As a product owner, I want to collect user feedback on the One-Tap Metrics Access feature so that we can continuously improve its functionality and relevance to our users."

Description

The User Feedback Loop for Enhancements requirement establishes a systematic approach for gathering user feedback on the One-Tap Metrics Access feature. This feedback will be used to inform future improvements and ensure the feature continues to meet user needs. The process will include surveys, direct user interviews, and analytics on feature usage. By actively engaging users in the enhancement process, InsightStream can adapt to changing user expectations and improve overall satisfaction with the product.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the One-Tap Metrics Access feature for the first time and provides initial feedback on its usability and content.

Given a new user of InsightStream, when they access the One-Tap Metrics Access for the first time, then they should be prompted to complete a brief feedback survey on its usability and relevance of displayed metrics.

A user navigates the One-Tap Metrics Access and identifies a metric that needs more context or additional data points.

Given a user viewing their KPIs through One-Tap Metrics Access, when they select a specific metric, then they should have the option to provide feedback on the metric's adequacy and suggest additional data they would find helpful.

A user completes a quarterly feedback survey specifically targeting the One-Tap Metrics Access feature.

Given a user receives a quarterly feedback survey, when they respond to questions about the One-Tap Metrics Access feature, then their feedback should be recorded and categorized for analysis to guide future enhancements.

A product manager reviews the analytics from the One-Tap Metrics Access feature usage to identify common user pain points.

Given the feature usage analytics, when the product manager examines the collected data, then they should identify at least three recurring issues or suggestions made by users regarding the One-Tap Metrics Access feature.

User engagement strategies are established based on feedback collected from users regarding the One-Tap Metrics Access.

Given the feedback collected from users, when strategies for user engagement are developed, then at least two actionable improvements should be derived from the feedback to enhance the One-Tap Metrics Access experience.

Users report satisfaction levels with the One-Tap Metrics Access feature after enhancements have been implemented based on prior feedback.

Given a follow-up user survey conducted after implementing enhancements, when users report their satisfaction specifically about the One-Tap Metrics Access feature, then at least 75% of respondents should indicate that they are satisfied or very satisfied with the improvements made.

A bi-annual review of user feedback is conducted to assess the effectiveness of the User Feedback Loop process.

Given a comprehensive review of user feedback every six months, when the review is conducted, then a report should be generated summarizing key findings and actionable recommendations based on user input related to the One-Tap Metrics Access feature.

Customizable Notification Settings

Customizable Notification Settings enable users to personalize their alert preferences directly from the app. Users can select which metrics trigger notifications and adjust frequency, ensuring they receive the most relevant information without becoming overwhelmed by alerts, thereby enhancing focus and decision-making.

Requirements

Notification Metric Selection

"As a business analyst, I want to select which metrics to receive notifications for so that I can focus on the most relevant business changes and make timely decisions."

Description

The Notification Metric Selection requirement allows users to choose specific metrics that will trigger notifications. This can include various performance indicators such as sales figures, website traffic, or user engagement metrics. By enabling users to customize which metrics are monitored, the feature ensures that notifications are relevant and cater to users’ specific needs, ultimately reducing alert fatigue and improving response to critical changes in data. The feature will integrate seamlessly with the existing dashboard, providing an intuitive interface for users to manage their metrics. This targeted approach enhances the effectiveness of notifications, supporting better decision-making processes.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects specific metrics to receive notifications from the metrics management section within the InsightStream app.

Given a user is logged into the InsightStream app, When the user navigates to the metrics management section, Then they should be able to select at least three different metrics from a presented list of available metrics to trigger notifications.

User adjusts the frequency of notifications for selected metrics in the notification settings.

Given a user has selected metrics for notifications, When the user accesses the notification frequency settings, Then they should be able to choose from at least four different frequency options (e.g., instant, hourly, daily, weekly) for each selected metric.

User saves their notification metric selections and frequency preferences successfully.

Given a user has selected metrics and set notification frequencies, When the user clicks the 'Save' button, Then they should receive a confirmation message indicating that their preferences have been saved successfully.

User receives notifications based on their selected metrics and frequency settings during operational hours.

Given a user has set up notification preferences, When the metrics meet the predefined criteria during operational hours, Then the user should receive notifications according to the selected frequency options as configured.

User can deselect metrics from their notification settings within the app.

Given a user is in the metrics management section, When the user deselects any previously selected metric and saves changes, Then the deselected metric should no longer trigger notifications and this change should be reflected in the metrics management section.

User views a log of all notifications received for selected metrics in the InsightsStream app.

Given a user has selected metrics for notification, When the user navigates to the notification history section, Then they should see a chronological list of all notifications received, including the date, time, and content of each notification.

Notification Frequency Settings

"As a marketing manager, I want to set the frequency of notifications so that I can manage my time effectively and only receive alerts when necessary."

Description

The Notification Frequency Settings requirement enables users to define how often they want to receive alerts on the selected metrics. Users can choose from options such as real-time, hourly, daily, or weekly updates, ensuring flexibility based on their workload and personal preference. This capability addresses different user needs and work styles, allowing for tailored communication methods. It will integrate with the existing alert system and provide an easy-to-use interface for frequency selection. This customization not only enhances user satisfaction but also optimizes the time spent reviewing alerts, ensuring that users are informed without being overwhelmed.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects a frequency of 'real-time' notifications for selected metrics in the settings interface.

Given the user is logged into InsightStream, when they navigate to the Notification Settings and select 'real-time' for the chosen metrics, then the settings should save successfully and the confirmation message should appear.

User changes the notification frequency setting from 'daily' to 'weekly' without any errors in the app.

Given the user is in the Notification Settings, when they change the frequency from 'daily' to 'weekly' and save the changes, then the updated frequency should reflect in the notification preview and save without errors.

User opts for 'hourly' updates and receives notifications according to the selected time period.

Given the user has selected 'hourly' updates for specific metrics, when those metrics generate alerts, then the user should receive notifications at least once every hour, consistent with the metrics that triggered the alerts.

User receives a notification when metrics exceed predefined thresholds based on selected frequency settings.

Given the user has set notification thresholds for certain metrics, when those metrics exceed the thresholds, then the user should receive a notification as per the selected frequency (real-time, hourly, daily, or weekly).

User visits the Notifications Log to review received notifications based on their frequency settings.

Given the user has set their notification frequency preferences, when they access the Notifications Log, then they should see a history of alerts that corresponds with the frequency selected and within the defined period.

User interface intuitiveness allows for easy adjustments to notification settings.

Given the user is using the Notification Settings interface, when they attempt to adjust notification preferences, then navigation should be straightforward, and fields should be labeled clearly to reduce confusion.

User Interface for Notification Management

"As a product user, I want an easy-to-use interface to manage my notification settings, so that I can customize my alerts without confusion."

Description

The User Interface for Notification Management requirement will provide an intuitive and user-friendly interface where users can easily manage their notification settings. This feature will present a clear layout for selecting metrics, setting frequencies, and viewing active notifications. The interface will be designed to minimize cognitive load, making it straightforward for users to navigate. It will include tooltips and guidance to help users understand each setting's impact, enhancing their ability to customize notifications effectively and efficiently. This will foster user engagement and satisfaction, making the notification settings system an integral part of the InsightsStream platform.

Acceptance Criteria

User opens the notification settings panel to customize their alert preferences for the first time.

Given the user is on the notification settings page, when they select a metric from the list to receive alerts for, then that metric should be highlighted and marked as selected in the user interface.

User wants to change the frequency of notifications they receive for a specific metric.

Given the user has selected a metric, when they choose a frequency from the dropdown menu, then the new frequency should be saved and displayed in their notification settings summary.

User accesses the tooltips for guidance on how to customize their notification preferences.

Given the user hovers over a tooltip icon next to a setting, when they view the tooltip, then it should provide clear and concise information about that setting and its implications for their notifications.

User finalizes their notification settings and wants to ensure the changes take effect immediately.

Given the user has made changes to their notification preferences and clicks 'Save', when they exit the notification settings, then a confirmation message should appear indicating that their settings have been successfully updated.

User has selected multiple metrics and wants to review all active notifications they have set.

Given the user has selected multiple metrics, when they view the active notifications section, then it should display a comprehensive list of all selected metrics along with their corresponding notification settings and frequencies.

User wants to receive alerts only during specific hours of the day.

Given the user has specified certain hours for receiving notifications, when they update those settings and save, then the system should only send alerts during the specified time periods and not outside of them.

Integration with Existing Data Sources

"As a data engineer, I want the notification settings to integrate with existing data sources so that I can ensure accurate and timely alerts based on the most current information."

Description

The Integration with Existing Data Sources requirement ensures that the notification feature can access various data inputs, including user-defined metrics from internal databases, APIs, and other analytical tools within InsightStream. This integration is crucial for the accuracy and effectiveness of the notifications, as it will allow users to receive alerts based on real-time and relevant information sourced directly from their interconnected systems. By providing seamless integration, the feature enhances the functionality and applicability of notifications, reinforcing the platform's overall value proposition.

Acceptance Criteria

User configures notification settings for selected metrics from their data sources.

Given a user is logged into InsightStream, when they navigate to the notification settings page, they should be able to select specific metrics from their integrated data sources to trigger notifications. Then, the system must save these settings and show a confirmation message.

User sets a frequency for receiving notifications based on selected metrics.

Given a user has selected metrics for notifications, when they choose a frequency from options such as 'Immediately', 'Hourly', 'Daily', then the system should store these preferences for future alerts and reflect them in the user interface.

User tests the notification system after setting their preferences.

Given a user has configured their notification settings, when the metrics reach the specified thresholds, then the user should receive notifications via their preferred method (email or in-app alert) that include their defined metrics and threshold details.

User updates their notification settings after receiving an alert.

Given a user received a notification, when they go back to the notification settings and modify the thresholds or metrics, then the system should successfully update the settings without errors and reflect the changes immediately in the notification summary.

User checks the notification history to view past alerts.

Given a user has been receiving notifications, when they access the notifications history page, then they should see a list of previous notifications with accurate timestamps and details of the triggered metrics according to their settings.

User integrates additional data sources into their notification settings.

Given a user is on the notification settings page, when they add a new data source from the available list, then the system should allow them to select new metrics from this data source for notifications, and save these settings accordingly.

User deactivates notifications temporarily for a specific metric.

Given a user wishes to pause notifications for a particular metric, when they select the ‘Deactivate’ option next to that metric, then the system should prevent further alerts for it until the user reactivates the notification.

Custom Alert Templates

"As a team leader, I want to create custom alert templates for my notifications so that my team receives clear and actionable instructions with each alert."

Description

The Custom Alert Templates requirement enables users to create predefined alert templates that can be reused across different metrics and settings. This feature allows users to compose messages that provide context or specific actions to take when a notification is triggered. By allowing for customization, users can better communicate alerts to their teams or stakeholders, ensuring clarity and actionability. Templates will be editable and can include variables tied to the specific metrics being monitored, thereby enhancing operational efficiency as teams engage with insights generated from the platform.

Acceptance Criteria

User creates a custom alert template for sales metrics to notify the sales team of target achievement.

Given a user is logged into InsightStream, When they navigate to the Custom Alert Templates section and create a new template with the metric 'Sales Target Achieved', Then the template should be saved with the title 'Sales Achievement Notification' and include a predefined message suggesting actions to take.

A user edits an existing alert template to update the notification message associated with website traffic metrics.

Given a user has an existing alert template titled 'Website Traffic Update', When they select the template to edit it and change the notification message to 'Traffic has decreased by more than 20%', Then the updated template should be saved and reflected in the Custom Alert Templates list.

The user sets up multiple custom alert templates for different departments, ensuring they can trigger notifications at different frequencies.

Given a user creates three custom alert templates for 'Marketing', 'Sales', and 'Support', When they configure the 'Marketing' alert to trigger daily, 'Sales' to trigger weekly, and 'Support' to trigger monthly, Then the notification frequency for each template should be correctly set and displayed in the alert templates overview.

The user tests a custom alert template to ensure it triggers an actual notification when conditions are met.

Given a user has configured a custom alert template for 'Server Downtime', When the server goes down and the alert conditions are triggered, Then the system should send a notification to the user indicating 'Server is down - immediate action required' using the custom alert template specified.

A user adds dynamic variables to a custom alert template for real-time data display.

Given a user is editing a custom alert template, When they include variables for 'Current Revenue', 'Last Updated', and 'Forecasted Growth', Then the alert message should dynamically reflect the latest data from those variables when triggered.

Offline Data Accessibility

Offline Data Accessibility allows users to download key reports and dashboards for use without an internet connection. This feature ensures that users can access important analytics on the go, making it easier for them to monitor performance and make informed decisions even in low-connectivity environments.

Requirements

Downloadable Reports

"As a business analyst, I want to download key reports so that I can access important analytics even when I am offline and keep track of performance without relying on an internet connection."

Description

The Downloadable Reports requirement enables users to download key performance reports in various formats (PDF, Excel, CSV) for offline usage. This functionality is critical as it allows users to maintain access to essential information irrespective of their internet connectivity. The integration of this feature into InsightStream ensures that business leaders and decision-makers can always refer to the most recent reports, fostering timely and informed decisions, especially in remote or low-broadband environments. Users should also be able to select different metrics and timeframes for download to suit their specific analytical needs, enhancing the customizability and relevance of the information they access offline.

Acceptance Criteria

User downloads a key performance report while in a remote location with no internet connectivity, needing access to recent data for an upcoming meeting.

Given a user is logged into the InsightStream platform and has selected a report to download, when they select the download format (PDF, Excel, or CSV) and time frame, then the report should be successfully downloaded to their device without an internet connection.

A user customizes the metrics they want to analyze by selecting specific data points to include in their offline report.

Given a user is on the report generation page, when they select specific metrics and a time frame from the available options, then the system should generate a downloadable report that accurately reflects the selected criteria.

The user attempts to download a report in multiple formats to ensure flexibility and accessibility of data.

Given a user selects a report on the InsightStream dashboard, when they choose to download the report in different formats (PDF, Excel, CSV), then the system should generate and provide links to download each selected format successfully.

A business leader needs to access their last quarter performance report while on a business trip with intermittent internet connectivity.

Given a user has previously downloaded the last quarter performance report, when they access the report without internet, then they should be able to view the report seamlessly on their device.

The user encounters an error while attempting to download a report and seeks assistance.

Given a user attempts to download a report but receives an error message, when they click on the help or support link provided, then they should be redirected to a support page with troubleshooting steps relevant to download issues.

Offline Dashboard Access

"As a project manager, I want to download my customizable dashboards so that I can review key performance indicators anytime and anywhere, even without an internet connection."

Description

This requirement allows users to download entire customizable dashboards for offline viewing. It plays a vital role in ensuring that users can make informed decisions based on the latest visual data representations without needing constant internet access. Offline Dashboard Access will provide snapshots of important insights that can be utilized during meetings, travel, or in environments where connectivity is intermittent. The implementation should ensure that data reflects the state of the system at the time of download, including dynamic elements that may be crucial for in-depth analysis. This reinforces the accessibility and usability of InsightStream while safeguarding user experience in varied settings.

Acceptance Criteria

User is in a meeting and needs to present data but has no internet connection, requiring them to download the customizable dashboard prior to the meeting.

Given the user is logged into the InsightStream platform, when they select the option to download the dashboard, then the dashboard should be downloaded successfully and available for offline access within 5 minutes.

A user frequently travels to areas with poor internet connectivity and wishes to have access to vital analytics for informed decision-making, leading to the need for offline dashboard functionality.

Given the user has previously customized a dashboard, when the user downloads it, then the downloaded dashboard should reflect all filters and settings applied at the time of download.

During a business trip, the user requires access to multiple dashboards for different departments but faces time constraints.

Given the user can download multiple dashboards, when the user initiates multiple downloads at once, then all selected dashboards should be downloaded without errors and be accessible offline.

A user needs to present data from a downloaded dashboard without an internet connection and must ensure the data is up-to-date at the time of download.

Given that the user has an active dashboard ready for download, when they download the dashboard, then the data within the dashboard should be timestamped to reflect the last synchronization time before download.

An executive needs to review key performance metrics while traveling to an area with poor connectivity and requires assurance that the data is accurate for decision-making.

Given the user downloads a dashboard with dynamic elements, when they view the downloaded dashboard offline, then all dynamic elements should display static values as of the time of download without errors.

The user is advising a client during a site visit and needs rapid access to detailed insights from several dashboards.

Given that the user has downloaded a dashboard, when they access the downloaded dashboard offline, then all interactive features should be available and function correctly without internet access.

Automatic Syncing Features

"As a decision-maker, I want any offline changes to be synced automatically when I regain internet access to ensure all my data is consistent and up-to-date across the platform."

Description

The Automatic Syncing Features requirement ensures that downloaded reports and dashboards automatically sync with the cloud-based platform when an internet connection is restored. This functionality is crucial for maintaining up-to-date data accuracy across all platforms and devices used by the team. Implementing this feature means that any changes made offline, including notes or modifications to key reports, are seamlessly integrated back into InsightStream once connectivity is re-established. This not only enhances user productivity but also prevents data loss and discrepancies, ensuring a cohesive work environment even under varying connectivity conditions.

Acceptance Criteria

User downloads a key report for offline access prior to travelling to a location with poor connectivity and later makes detailed modifications to the report while offline.

Given the user has downloaded the report, When they make changes while offline, Then the changes should automatically sync to InsightStream once the internet connection is restored, and the user should receive a notification confirming the sync.

A user accesses an offline dashboard, updates the metrics, and then returns to an area with stable internet connectivity.

Given the user has made updates to the offline dashboard, When the user reconnects to the internet, Then the updated dashboard data should reflect accurately in the cloud-based version without any data loss or discrepancies.

An admin user schedules reports to be downloaded automatically for offline access at specific intervals, ensuring data is current when accessed.

Given the admin has set a schedule for the reports to be downloaded, When the scheduled time is reached, Then the system should automatically download the latest reports and confirm the download through an alert notification to the user.

A team collaborates on a report, with some members working online and others offline, integrating inputs from both environments.

Given that some team members update the report offline while others update it online, When the offline members connect to the internet, Then all updates from both online and offline members should be merged accurately in the report without any conflicts.

A user experiences network issues while accessing InsightStream and needs to assess recent analytical data for decision-making.

Given the user has recently accessed IS and has an existing offline dashboard, When the network is restored, Then the user should receive an automatic notification regarding data syncing status and last updated timestamps for clarity on changes.

A user initiates the offline report viewing process but encounters an error while trying to sync data after modifications made offline.

Given the user has encountered an error while trying to sync, When they attempt to sync data, Then a clear error message should explain the issue and guide the user on how to retry the sync process.

An IT admin reviews the performance of automatic syncing features across multiple user accounts to identify potential improvements or issues.

Given the admin accesses the system logs, When analyzing the sync performance reports, Then the system should provide comprehensive data on successful syncs, failures, and potential reasons behind any discrepancies across all users' accounts.

User Configurable Sync Preferences

"As a user with limited bandwidth, I want to configure my sync preferences so that I only sync essential reports during peak data usage times, ensuring I manage my connectivity efficiently."

Description

This requirement enables users to configure their sync preferences, determining what data gets synced and when. It is essential for accommodating different user needs and ensuring that individuals can manage their data according to their workflow preferences. Empowering users with the ability to choose specific reports or dashboards for syncing allows for personalized use of InsightStream, leading to improved user satisfaction. This can also help in limiting data usage for those in bandwidth-restricted environments, as users may only want to sync critical information during certain times, thus optimizing both performance and resource management.

Acceptance Criteria

User configures sync preferences to download weekly sales performance reports for offline access during travel.

Given the user has access to the sync preferences settings, when they select the option to sync 'Weekly Sales Performance Reports', then the system should successfully download and store the selected report for offline access within 5 minutes.

User sets specific sync times to download only critical dashboards during low bandwidth hours.

Given the user is in the sync preferences section, when they set the sync time to '2 AM' for 'Critical Dashboards', then the system should initiate the sync process at the specified time without user intervention and notify the user upon completion.

User deselects certain reports from syncing to reduce data usage.

Given the user is in the sync preferences menu, when they deselect 'Daily Marketing Reports' and save changes, then the system should not include these reports in any future sync operations, ensuring data usage is minimized.

User is notified of any sync failures and can retry the operation.

Given the user has configured their sync preferences, when a sync operation fails due to connectivity issues, then the user should receive a notification alerting them of the failure and providing an option to retry the sync within the next 10 minutes.

User customizes sync settings to include both data types and sync frequency.

Given the user is configuring the sync preferences, when they select 'Real-Time Data' and set the frequency to 'Hourly', then the system should successfully apply these settings and provide a visual confirmation of the active settings.

User reviews their sync preferences to ensure all desired reports are configured correctly.

Given the user accesses the sync preferences page, when they view their current settings, then all selected reports and syncing times should be displayed accurately and match the user's previous configurations.

Data Encryption for Offline Storage

"As a security officer, I want all offline data to be encrypted so that sensitive information remains secure and protected even when accessed away from the InsightStream platform."

Description

Data Encryption for Offline Storage is a requirement that ensures all downloaded reports and dashboards are securely encrypted to protect sensitive business data when stored on local devices. Given the potential risks associated with offline access, implementing this feature is critical for compliance and safeguarding confidentiality. Users should have peace of mind knowing that their data is secure, even in situations where their devices may be lost or compromised. The encryption process must be user-friendly, ensuring minimal disruption to the user experience while maintaining robust security standards.

Acceptance Criteria

User downloads a report while online and stores it on their local device for offline access.

Given a user is logged into InsightStream, when they download a report, then the report must be encrypted using AES-256 encryption before being stored locally.

User attempts to access a downloaded report without an internet connection.

Given the user has downloaded an encrypted report, when they try to open it offline, then they must be able to view the report without needing to connect to the internet, provided they meet any necessary decryption requirements.

User receives a notification after successful download of an encrypted report.

Given a user downloads a report, when the download is complete, then the user receives a notification indicating that the report has been successfully encrypted and stored.

User tries to download multiple reports at once and stores them for offline access.

Given a user initiates multiple report downloads simultaneously, when all downloads are complete, then each report must be individually encrypted and stored on the local device.

User needs to ensure reports can be securely deleted from local storage.

Given a user has downloaded an encrypted report, when they delete the report from their local device, then the data must be permanently removed, ensuring it cannot be recovered.

User wants to check the encryption status of a downloaded report.

Given a user accesses their list of downloaded reports, when they select a report, then they should see a clear indication that the report is encrypted along with the encryption method used.

Interactive Data Visualization

Interactive Data Visualization transforms static data into dynamic graphs and charts that users can manipulate on their mobile devices. This feature enhances engagement by allowing users to explore trends and patterns directly within their analytics, fostering a deeper understanding of data and its implications.

Requirements

Dynamic Graph Manipulation

"As a data analyst, I want to manipulate graphs on my mobile device so that I can explore trends and insights quickly and intuitively during meetings."

Description

The Dynamic Graph Manipulation requirement allows users to interact with data visualizations on their mobile devices through touch gestures such as pinch, swipe, and tap. Users can zoom in/out on graphs, select specific data points, and filter information dynamically. This feature enhances user engagement and understanding of data by enabling real-time exploration of trends, making complex datasets easier to navigate and interpret. It integrates seamlessly into the InsightStream platform, allowing users to derive actionable insights through intuitive manipulation of visual data.

Acceptance Criteria

User interacts with a data visualization on their mobile device during a team meeting to present sales trends.

Given the user is viewing a sales trend graph on their mobile device, when the user performs a pinch gesture, then the graph should zoom in or out smoothly without losing clarity.

User filters out specific product sales data to focus on a particular category during monthly reporting.

Given the user is accessing the data visualization, when the user taps on a specific product category filter, then the application should update the graph in real-time to only display data relevant to that category without delays.

User explores customer demographic data dynamically to analyze the impact on sales.

Given the user has loaded the demographic data visualization, when the user swipes across the graph, then the relevant data points should be highlighted and displayed in a side panel with detailed information.

User attempts to select and compare data points to assess growth trends over the past quarter.

Given the user is viewing the growth trend graph, when the user taps on two different data points, then the application should display a comparison line and detailed metrics for those points side-by-side.

User wants to adjust the time frame of the data visualization to view different periods of performance.

Given the user is interacting with the time frame selector, when the user swipes to adjust the time frame, then the graph should reflect the new time period immediately and accurately.

User engages with the visualization to explore seasonal sales patterns for strategic planning.

Given the user selects the seasonal view option, when the user interacts with the visualization, then the graphs should dynamically adjust to show historical seasonal data clearly and interactively.

User wants to access help features while using dynamic graph manipulation.

Given the user is in the interactive data visualization environment, when the user taps on the help icon, then a tutorial overlay should appear, guiding them through available touch gestures and functionalities.

Trend Highlighting

"As a business owner, I want important trends to be highlighted in my data visualizations so that I can make informed decisions without missing critical insights."

Description

The Trend Highlighting requirement adds functionality that automatically identifies and highlights significant trends or patterns within the visualized data. Using AI algorithms, this feature will analyze datasets in real-time and provide visual cues, such as color changes or annotations, to draw attention to noteworthy insights. This capability enhances users' ability to pinpoint essential information quickly, enabling faster decision-making and strategic planning. The integration with existing analytics will provide a user-friendly layer on top of the already rich data landscape of InsightStream.

Acceptance Criteria

User opens the InsightStream application on their mobile device to analyze sales data for the last quarter.

Given that the user is viewing the sales data dashboard, when significant trends are present in the data, then the trends should be visually highlighted with color changes or annotations for easy identification.

A user wants to understand customer purchase patterns over the last six months and accesses the interactive data visualization feature on their tablet.

Given that the user has selected a time range, when they view the trends, then all notable patterns within the selected date range should automatically be highlighted using predefined thresholds for significant changes.

During a team meeting, a user presents sales data using the InsightStream dashboard to showcase overall performance.

Given that the user is presenting the data, when significant trends appear, then visual cues (e.g., arrows or markers) should dynamically appear during the presentation to guide audience focus on critical insights.

A manager wants to track the performance of different product lines, utilizing the AI capabilities of InsightStream.

Given that the manager selects multiple product lines for comparison, when the data is analyzed, then the system should highlight any trends indicating improved or declining performance across the selected product lines in real-time.

A small business owner reviews the quarterly results through her mobile device, seeking quick insights.

Given that the owner accesses the quarterly results, when the data loads, then all significant upward or downward trends should be visually distinct and stored in an exportable report format.

An analyst runs automated reports at the end of the month to present to stakeholders.

Given that the report generation is triggered, when it completes, then the report should include highlighted trends alongside the usual data points, enabling stakeholders to focus on significant changes quickly.

Customizable Visualization Options

"As a department head, I want to customize how my data is visualized so that it is presented in a way that best fits my team’s analytical needs."

Description

The Customizable Visualization Options requirement provides users with the ability to select from various graph styles and visual formats (e.g., bar charts, line graphs, pie charts) tailored to their preferences or departmental needs. This feature enhances user experience by allowing for personalized data representation that aligns with specific analytical goals, ensuring that users can interpret data effectively according to their context. Implementing this capability will facilitate deeper engagement with the platform and empower users to create reports that reflect their unique insights.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects a bar chart visualization for monthly sales data on their mobile device.

Given the user is on the analytics dashboard, when they select 'Bar Chart' from the visualization options, then the sales data should display correctly in a bar chart format without any errors.

User changes the visualization from a pie chart to a line graph for customer engagement metrics.

Given the user has an existing pie chart for customer engagement, when they choose 'Line Graph' from the visualization types, then the data should successfully transition to a line graph without losing any data points.

User attempts to save their personalized visualization settings for future reports.

Given the user has customized their visualization settings, when they click 'Save Settings', then their preferences should be applied on subsequent visits and able to be modified again without issues.

User views the interactive data visualization for key performance indicators on their tablet.

Given the user accesses the interactive dashboard, when they select the KPI visualization, then all related graphs should be interactive, allowing users to zoom in and filter data seamlessly.

User struggles to interpret complex data represented in a single visualization.

Given the user has access to multiple visualization options, when they review the analytics, then they should be able to switch to a simpler visualization style that effectively conveys the necessary insights without losing data context.

User shares their customized dashboard visualization with team members.

Given the user has a customized dashboard, when they share the link with their team, then all recipients should view the same visualizations in the same format as intended, reflecting the original user’s customizations.

Real-time Data Updates

"As a marketing manager, I want to see real-time updates in my data visualizations so that I can react promptly to market changes and optimize campaigns immediately."

Description

The Real-time Data Updates requirement ensures that visualizations reflect the most current data inputs as they are received, minimizing latency and maximizing the accuracy of analysis. By integrating continuous data streams into the platform, users will see updates in real-time, allowing for immediate responses to changing data landscapes. This necessity is critical for users who rely on up-to-the-minute information for making strategic decisions and optimizing operations, enhancing the overall value of the InsightStream platform.

Acceptance Criteria

Real-time updates during user interaction with visualizations

Given a user is viewing an interactive data visualization, when new data is received, then the visualization should update within 5 seconds with the current data reflecting the latest input without requiring a manual refresh.

System response to rapid data inflow

Given there is a rapid influx of new data inputs, when the system processes these inputs, then the visualizations should update in real-time without exceeding a latency of 2 seconds on average over a one-minute period.

Mobile access to real-time data visualizations

Given that a user is accessing the platform on a mobile device, when they open a specific data visualization, then the visualization must display the most recent data accurate to within one minute of the actual data input time.

User notifications for significant data changes

Given that a significant change in data occurs, when a user is currently viewing the associated visualization, then they should receive an instant notification alerting them to the change and prompting a visual refresh.

Integration testing with multiple data sources

Given the system integrates multiple data sources, when new data is streamed in from any source, then all relevant visualizations impacted by that data source should reflect updates in real-time.

User settings for real-time update preferences

Given a user has specific preferences for data update intervals, when they adjust these settings, then the platform should respect these preferences by updating visualizations accordingly, either in real-time or at user-defined intervals.

Performance testing under heavy data load

Given that the system is subjected to a heavy data load, when visualizations are accessed, then the platform should maintain performance with no degradation in update speeds, ensuring real-time data representation is preserved.

Exportable Visualization Reports

"As a project manager, I want to export my visualized data so that I can share comprehensive reports with my team and stakeholders more effectively."

Description

The Exportable Visualization Reports requirement allows users to generate and download visualizations in various formats (e.g., PDF, PNG, Excel) for offline sharing and presentations. This feature is essential for facilitating collaboration and communication within teams and with external stakeholders, ensuring that insights derived from the data visualizations can be easily shared and utilized beyond the InsightsStream platform. Exporting capabilities streamline workflows, making it convenient for users to report findings to decision-makers efficiently.

Acceptance Criteria

User wants to generate a PDF report of their data visualizations for an upcoming team meeting to present insights.

Given a user has selected specific visualizations on their dashboard, when they click on the 'Export' button and select 'PDF', then a high-quality PDF report should be generated and downloadable within 30 seconds.

A manager needs to share visualization charts with an external stakeholder via email.

Given that a user has chosen visualization charts to export, when the user selects 'Email' as the export option, then an email with the charts attached should be sent to the specified email address successfully.

A data analyst wants to download a PNG version of a live visualization for use in a presentation.

Given that the analyst is viewing a live visualization on their mobile device, when they select the 'Export' option for PNG format, then the visualization should be downloaded to the mobile device's image gallery without any loss in quality.

A user plans to use an Excel report of their visualization data for deeper analysis.

Given a user selects a data visualization and then chooses the 'Export' option for Excel, when they download the report, then the Excel file should contain accurate data reflecting the visualization, with no discrepancies.

A team leader requires a visual report to prepare for a quarterly review meeting.

Given multiple visualizations have been created for the quarter, when the team leader selects the 'Export All' option, then a comprehensive report should be compiled and downloaded in a user-chosen format (PDF, PNG, Excel) reflecting all selected data coherently.

A user wants to ensure that exported reports maintain the branding of their company.

Given a user exports a visualization, when the report is generated, then it should include the company logo and branding elements as specified in user settings, ensuring consistency with company materials.

Interactive Tooltips and Annotations

"As a user, I want to see detailed information when I hover over data points in my graphs so that I can quickly grasp the significance of the data without cluttering the visualization."

Description

The Interactive Tooltips and Annotations requirement introduces contextual tooltips that appear when users hover over data points in graphs. These tooltips will provide additional metrics, explanations, or insights related to that specific data point, enhancing user understanding and interaction with the visualized data. This requirement aims to create a more informed user experience within InsightStream, ensuring users have access to pertinent details without overwhelming them with information. By integrating this capability, users can gain deeper insights without additional clicks or navigation.

Acceptance Criteria

User Hovers Over a Data Point in a Line Chart

Given a user interacting with a line chart, when the user hovers over a specific data point, then a tooltip displaying additional metrics (e.g., value, date, and percentage change) related to that point should appear within 1 second.

User Views Tooltips on Mobile Device

Given a user viewing a line chart on a mobile device, when the user taps and holds a data point, then a tooltip should display additional information (e.g., insights or explanations) about that data point without any overlap with other interface elements.

User Interaction Consistency

Given multiple visualizations in the dashboard, when users interact with data points in any of the graphs, then the tooltip behavior (appearance time and usability) should remain consistent across all visualizations throughout the platform.

Tooltips Provide Contextual Information

Given that a user hovers over a data point, when the tooltip appears, then it must include at least three different pieces of information relevant to that data point (e.g., metric, explanation, and last updated time) to enhance user understanding.

User Dismisses Tooltips Easily

Given a tooltip is displayed after hovering over a data point, when the user moves the mouse away from the data point or clicks outside the tooltip, then the tooltip should disappear immediately, ensuring a seamless user experience.

Tooltip Accessibility Compliance

Given the implementation of tooltips in the application, when an accessibility audit is conducted, then all tooltips must meet WCAG 2.1 AA standards for visibility and readability to ensure inclusivity for all users.

Smart Insights Summary

Smart Insights Summary provides concise, actionable insights based on the user’s data and alerts. This feature distills complex analytics into easy-to-digest summaries, helping users make quick, informed decisions without needing to analyze extensive datasets, thus streamlining the decision-making process.

Requirements

Automated Insight Generation

"As a business analyst, I want automated insights generated from my data so that I can make timely decisions without manually analyzing extensive datasets."

Description

The Automated Insight Generation requirement focuses on enabling the Smart Insights Summary feature to automatically generate insights based on the data collected from various integrated sources within InsightStream. This functionality will analyze trends, patterns, and anomalies in the data to produce concise summaries that highlight key findings for users. The benefit of this requirement is to minimize the time users spend sifting through large datasets to extract meaningful insights, ensuring that the information presented is relevant and actionable. By automating the generation of insights, users can make informed decisions quickly, enhancing overall productivity and efficiency within the organization.

Acceptance Criteria

As a user receives alerts from the InsightStream platform about unexpected trends in their data, I want the Smart Insights Summary feature to automatically generate insights that highlight the key details of these trends, enabling me to quickly understand the implications of the changes and make timely decisions.

Given that a user receives an alert for unexpected trends, when the Smart Insights Summary is triggered, then the system should generate a summary that includes at least three key insights and their related data points within 30 seconds.

When a user accesses their dashboard on InsightStream, I want the Smart Insights Summary feature to refresh automatically and provide updated summaries based on the most recent data inputs, ensuring that the insights reflect the current state of the business.

Given that a user navigates to the dashboard, when the page is refreshed, then the Smart Insights Summary should automatically update its content to reflect any new data sources and trends detected in the last 5 minutes.

As a data analyst reviews the automated insights generated by the Smart Insights Summary feature, I want to allow the user to provide feedback on the relevance and accuracy of the generated insights to improve future summaries.

Given that a user has reviewed an automatically generated insight, when they select the feedback option, then they should be able to rate the insight's relevance on a scale of 1 to 5 and submit comments, with an expected processing time of less than 2 seconds for confirmation.

When I receive a summary from the Smart Insights Summary feature, I want to ensure that the insights provided are not only accurate but also actionable by including specific recommendations based on the data trends analyzed.

Given that the Smart Insights Summary generates a report, when I review the report, then at least 50% of the insights should include actionable recommendations clearly outlined for the user.

As a manager accessing the insights during a critical meeting, I want the Smart Insights Summary feature to enable the export of summaries into presentation-friendly formats, so I can easily share them with my team.

Given that a user wants to export the Smart Insights Summary, when they select the export option, then the system should provide at least two formats (PDF and PowerPoint), and the export should be completed within 15 seconds.

Users need to understand the context behind the automated insights generated by the Smart Insights Summary feature, so they can see how the data sources interconnect, which will help in building trust in the automated process.

Given that a user views the Smart Insights Summary, when they click on any insight, then they should be able to access a detailed page that shows the source data and how it contributed to that particular insight, with a loading time of no more than 3 seconds.

Customizable Summary Templates

"As a department manager, I want to customize the insights summary templates so that I can focus on the data that is most relevant to my team’s objectives."

Description

The Customizable Summary Templates requirement allows users to tailor the format and content of the Smart Insights Summary according to their specific needs or preferences. This feature includes a user-friendly interface where users can select which data points to include in their summaries and how to visually present that information (e.g., graphs, charts, or bullet points). This customization enhances the user's experience by ensuring that the insights are relevant to their unique business context. By providing flexibility in presenting data, users can focus on the metrics that matter most to them, leading to more effective decision-making outcomes.

Acceptance Criteria

User Customizes Summary Template for a Monthly Sales Report

Given a user is logged in and has access to the Smart Insights Summary feature, when they navigate to the Customizable Summary Templates section and select 'Monthly Sales Report', then they should be able to add, remove, or reorder data points in the summary, and save their changes successfully.

User Chooses Data Display Formats for Summary Insights

Given a user is in the Customizable Summary Templates section, when they select their desired data points for the Smart Insights Summary, then they must be able to choose from at least three different display formats (e.g., table, graph, chart), and the selected format should be reflected in the preview before saving.

User Applies Custom Template to Generate a Summary

Given a user has set up a customizable summary template, when they apply this template to generate a Smart Insights Summary, then the summary should display the selected data points in the chosen formats accurately and reflect the current data without errors.

User Edits an Existing Summary Template

Given a user has previously saved a customizable summary template, when they access the template for editing, then they should be able to modify data selections or display formats, and the changes should be saved without losing previous information.

User Receives Confirmation of Saved Template Changes

Given a user has made changes to their customizable summary template, when they save these changes, then a confirmation notification should appear, and the updated template should be available in their saved templates list.

User Deletes a Custom Summary Template

Given a user has multiple custom summary templates saved, when they choose to delete one, then they should receive a confirmation prompt, and upon confirming the deletion, the template should no longer appear in their list of saved templates.

User Accesses Help Documentation for Template Customization

Given a user is in the Customizable Summary Templates section, when they click on the help icon, then they should be presented with relevant documentation or a tutorial on how to customize their summary templates effectively.

Real-time Notification Alerts

"As a product manager, I want to receive real-time alerts on significant data trends so that I can address important issues as they arise and keep projects on track."

Description

The Real-time Notification Alerts requirement involves integrating an alert system that notifies users immediately when significant trends or anomalies are detected in their data streams. This feature will ensure that users are informed in real-time about critical insights that may require immediate attention. Notifications can be sent via the platform's interface or as push notifications to mobile devices. Implementing this requirement enhances the proactive capabilities of users, enabling them to act promptly on insights rather than waiting for periodic reports. Timely alerts serve to improve responsiveness and agility in data-driven decision-making processes.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives real-time notifications for significant data trends while reviewing the dashboard.

Given a user is actively using the InsightStream dashboard, when a significant trend is detected in their data, then the user should receive a real-time notification within one minute of the trend being identified.

Users receive push notifications on mobile devices for anomalies detected in their data streams during off-hours.

Given a user has enabled push notifications on their mobile device, when an anomaly is detected in the user's data streams, then the user should receive a push notification on their mobile device within five minutes of detection.

Users can customize which notifications they want to receive based on specific metrics.

Given a user is configuring their notification preferences, when they select specific metrics to monitor, then they should receive notifications only for the selected metrics and not for other trends or anomalies.

Notifications provide actionable insights along with trend information.

Given a user receives a notification for a significant trend, when they view the notification, then the notification should include a clear description of the trend and recommended actions to take based on the insights.

Dashboard displays a history of alerts and notifications for user reference.

Given a user is on the InsightStream dashboard, when they navigate to the notifications history section, then they should see a chronological list of all received notifications with timestamps and brief summaries of each alert.

Users can dismiss unwanted notifications without affecting the system's ability to alert on future trends.

Given a user receives a notification, when they choose to dismiss the notification, then the system should remove it from the current view but continue to monitor for future trends and anomalies.

Users can set thresholds for notifications to reduce noise from minor trends or anomalies.

Given a user is configuring their alert settings, when they set specific thresholds for notifications, then the system should only trigger notifications that meet or exceed the defined thresholds.

AI-driven Predictive Analytics

"As a CEO, I want predictive insights based on our historical data so that I can develop strategic plans that align with anticipated market trends."

Description

The AI-driven Predictive Analytics requirement ensures that the Smart Insights Summary leverages advanced machine learning algorithms to forecast future trends based on historical data patterns. This capability will allow users to not only see current insights but also anticipate future developments, giving them a competitive edge in their planning and strategy. By integrating predictions directly into the insights summary, users can evaluate potential outcomes and make proactive decisions regarding resource allocation, risk management, and strategic initiatives. This feature plays a critical role in transforming data into foresight, thus driving smarter business decisions.

Acceptance Criteria

User utilizes the Smart Insights Summary to evaluate quarterly performance metrics and identify trends based on historical data.

Given a user inputs their data for the last four quarters, When they access the Smart Insights Summary, Then the summary should provide at least three actionable insights and highlight two anticipated trends for the next quarter.

A user receives automated alerts for significant shifts in their data, prompting them to check the Smart Insights Summary for predictions.

Given the user has set up alert parameters, When a significant data shift occurs, Then the user should receive an alert and the Smart Insights Summary should include a predictive insight about this shift.

The predictive analytics feature is used by a marketing manager to forecast the success of an upcoming campaign based on previous campaigns' data.

Given the marketing manager accesses campaign data from the last five years, When they view the Smart Insights Summary, Then it should display predictions for the upcoming campaign’s performance and suggest adjustments based on historical trends.

A finance team member reviews the Smart Insights Summary to allocate resources for the next budget cycle.

Given the finance team member reviews the Smart Insights Summary for financial data, When they evaluate the resource allocation suggestions, Then they should find at least three clear potential resource allocation strategies based on predictive analytics.

A project manager analyzes the insights summary to decide on project timelines based on predicted resource availability.

Given that the project manager is reviewing current project metrics, When they reference the Smart Insights Summary, Then the predictions for resource availability should align with project timelines and include highlight risks.

A user accesses the Smart Insights Summary for the first time, seeking metrics that can guide immediate business decisions.

Given it is the user's first time accessing the Smart Insights Summary, When they view the dashboard, Then it should be intuitive and provide an overview with clear metrics and immediate actionable insights without requiring prior knowledge.

Collaborative Mobile Sharing

Collaborative Mobile Sharing allows users to share insights and reports with team members directly through the app. This feature promotes real-time collaboration, enabling users to discuss findings and strategies on the go, ensuring that all team members remain aligned and informed, regardless of location.

Requirements

Real-Time Notifications

"As a team member, I want to receive real-time notifications whenever insights or reports are shared, so that I can stay informed and engage in discussions promptly without missing critical updates."

Description

The Real-Time Notifications requirement involves the development of an alert system that informs users immediately when new insights or reports are shared within the Collaborative Mobile Sharing feature. This functionality enhances user engagement and ensures timely access to the latest information, fostering better decision-making and collaboration. The notifications should be customizable, allowing users to set preferences on the types of updates they wish to receive, ensuring that essential information is prioritized and reducing notification fatigue. This ability to stay updated in real-time is critical for teams that work across different locations and time zones, ultimately driving efficiency and responsiveness in operations.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives a push notification on their mobile device when a new report is shared in the Collaborative Mobile Sharing feature while they are logged into the app.

Given that the user has enabled notifications for the Collaborative Mobile Sharing feature, when a new report is shared, then the user should receive a push notification with the report title and a brief description.

Users are able to customize their notification preferences for new insights and reports shared within the app.

Given that the user is in the notification settings menu, when they select their preferences for types of updates to receive, then the system should save these preferences and update the notification settings accordingly.

A user receives a daily summary notification of all reports shared in the Collaborative Mobile Sharing feature on a specified time each day.

Given that the user has opted for daily summary notifications, when the clock strikes the specified time, then the user should receive a daily summary push notification containing titles of all new reports shared since the last notification.

Users can turn off notifications for specific report types to reduce information overload.

Given that the user is viewing their notification preferences, when they deselect certain report types, then the user should no longer receive push notifications for those report types.

A user is alerted about urgent insights shared in real-time that require immediate attention for decision-making.

Given that the user has a specific alert set for urgent insights, when an urgent report is shared, then the user should receive a real-time push notification highlighting the urgency and importance of the report.

Users can view a notification history within the app to track past alerts and updates.

Given that the user navigates to the notification history section, when they access this section, then the user should see a chronological list of past notifications received regarding insights and reports shared.

Users can provide feedback on the relevance of notifications received to improve the notification system.

Given that the user receives a notification for a report, when they select 'Provide Feedback' from the notification, then the system should allow the user to rate the relevance of the notification for future adjustments to settings.

Integrated Commenting System

"As a team member, I want to comment on specific insights in real-time, so that I can facilitate discussions and ensure that all team members can contribute to our strategic thinking."

Description

The Integrated Commenting System requirement entails the implementation of a built-in commenting feature that allows users to discuss specific insights or reports directly within the app. This functionality fosters a collaborative environment by enabling team members to share thoughts, ask questions, and provide feedback in context. Comments should be timestamped and linked to specific reports or insights, allowing for a clear audit trail of discussions. This feature enhances communication among team members and ensures that important insights are not overlooked, ultimately leading to improved decision-making and strategy formulation based on collaborative dialogue.

Acceptance Criteria

User shares a report with a colleague via the Integrated Commenting System within the InsightStream app.

Given the user is viewing a report, when they tap on the share icon and select a colleague, then the report is successfully shared via the Integrated Commenting System, and the colleague receives a notification within the app.

User adds a comment to a specific insight within a report using the Integrated Commenting System.

Given the user is viewing an insight within a report, when they click on the comment icon, type their comment, and submit it, then the comment should be timestamped and linked to that specific insight for all team members to view.

Multiple users reply to a comment within the Integrated Commenting System in real-time during a team meeting.

Given that a user has commented on an insight, when another user replies to that comment, then all users involved in the discussion should see the reply in real-time without page refresh.

User filters comments based on time or author in the Integrated Commenting System.

Given the user is viewing comments on a report, when they apply filters by time or author, then only the relevant comments should display, allowing for easier navigation of discussions.

User deletes their own comment from a report using the Integrated Commenting System.

Given the user has posted a comment, when they select the delete option for their comment, then the comment should be removed from the report, and a confirmation message should be displayed.

Customizable Sharing Options

"As a project manager, I want to customize how I share reports with my team, so that I can ensure the right people have access to the information they need while maintaining control over sensitive data."

Description

The Customizable Sharing Options requirement involves enabling users to tailor how they share reports and insights with their teams. This feature allows users to select specific team members, groups, or channels for sharing, and provides options for restricting view/edit permissions. This granular control ensures that sensitive information is managed appropriately while promoting effective collaboration. Additionally, the sharing options should include various formats like direct links, email integration, or downloadable reports, making it easier for users to disseminate insights in a manner that fits their team's workflow and communication preferences.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects team members and channels for sharing a report from the application.

Given a user is logged into InsightStream, when they choose to share a report, then they must be able to select specific team members and channels for sharing.

User restricts permissions while sharing a report within the app.

Given a user is sharing a report, when they access the sharing options, then they must have the ability to set view/edit permissions for each selected team member or group.

User shares a report via a direct link to their team.

Given a user is sharing a report, when they select the option to generate a direct link, then the link must be created and displayed for the user to copy and share.

User shares insights through email integration from the app.

Given a user wants to share insights via email, when they select the email sharing option, then the email integration must allow them to input recipients and send the report successfully.

User downloads a report in various formats for sharing.

Given a user has generated a report, when they select the download options, then they must be able to download the report in at least three formats (PDF, Excel, CSV).

User-Friendly Sharing Interface

"As a casual user, I want a simple sharing interface for reports, so that I can easily share insights with my teammates without needing extensive training or support."

Description

The User-Friendly Sharing Interface requirement focuses on creating an intuitive and simple interface for sharing insights and reports within the Collaborative Mobile Sharing feature. This interface should guide users through the sharing process with clear prompts and easy navigation to enhance the user experience. A streamlined, visually appealing design ensures that users can quickly share insights without being overwhelmed by complexity, thereby encouraging frequent use of the sharing capability. The inclusion of tooltips and examples during the sharing process will aid in user understanding and satisfaction, fostering an environment where sharing is seamless and effective.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates a report sharing action from the insights dashboard on a mobile device.

Given the user is logged into InsightStream, when they select a report and click the 'Share' button, then a sharing interface should appear with options to share via email, SMS, or collaboration tools.

User views the shared report on a mobile device through the shared link.

Given a report has been shared with a user, when they open the link from their email or message, then they should be directed to the report within the InsightStream app without errors and see all the relevant insights clearly.

User encounters a prompt for sharing tips while sharing insights from the app.

Given the user initiates the sharing process, when the sharing interface loads, then tooltips should display next to each sharing option, providing context and examples for each method.

User attempts to share a report without an internet connection.

Given the user is offline, when they click the 'Share' button, then the system should display a prompt indicating that sharing is unavailable until the internet connection is restored.

User tests the usability of the sharing interface during a user testing session.

Given the sharing interface is displayed, when users complete a sharing task, then at least 85% of the participants should successfully share a report without additional guidance.

User wants to customize sharing options for specific team members.

Given the user selects a report to share, when they open the sharing interface, then they should see an option to select specific team members by name or role before sending the report.

User accesses previously shared reports through the app.

Given the user navigates to the 'Shared Reports' section in the app, when they click on a shared report, then it should open immediately showing the full details of the report shared with them with no loading issues.

Mobile Optimization

"As a mobile user, I want to access and share insights easily through the app, so that I can collaborate effectively with my team while on the go."

Description

The Mobile Optimization requirement aims to ensure that the Collaborative Mobile Sharing feature is fully optimized for mobile devices, providing a responsive design that maintains functionality across various screen sizes and operating systems. Users should have a seamless experience when accessing the app on smartphones and tablets, with features such as touch-friendly controls, streamlined layouts, and efficient loading times. Given the agile work environments and on-the-go nature of modern teams, mobile optimization is crucial for enabling real-time collaboration and ensuring that insights can be accessed and shared anywhere, at any time, thereby increasing the overall usability and effectiveness of InsightStream.

Acceptance Criteria

View and respond to shared reports in mobile app settings.

Given a user has shared a report with their team via the mobile app, when the team member opens the notification, then they should be able to view the report details and provide feedback using touch-enabled controls.

Access the Collaborative Mobile Sharing feature on various devices.

Given a user is on a smartphone or tablet, when they navigate to the Collaborative Mobile Sharing feature, then the interface should adjust appropriately for the screen size without loss of functionality.

Efficiently load shared reports on mobile devices.

Given a report is shared with the user, when they access the report on a mobile device, then it should load within 3 seconds, ensuring a smooth user experience while on-the-go.

Navigate through multiple reports using touch-friendly controls.

Given a user is accessing multiple reports, when they swipe or tap on the mobile interface, then they should be able to navigate seamlessly between reports with responsive touch controls.

Receive notifications for shared insights.

Given a user is collaborating with team members, when a report is shared, then they should receive a mobile notification prompting them to view the report within 5 minutes of sharing.

Print or export reports directly from mobile devices.

Given a user needs to present findings, when they access a report in the mobile app, then they should have the option to print or export the report with no formatting issues.

Customize dashboard view for mobile users.

Given a user is logged into the mobile app, when they adjust their dashboard settings, then the changes should reflect immediately across all mobile views without needing to reload.

Reporting Analytics Dashboard

"As a team leader, I want to see analytics about our sharing activities, so that I can measure engagement and optimize our collaboration strategies effectively."

Description

The Reporting Analytics Dashboard requirement involves developing a dedicated dashboard that provides users with analytical insights regarding their usage of the Collaborative Mobile Sharing feature. This dashboard should include metrics such as the frequency of reports shared, engagement levels through comments, and feedback trends. By visualizing these metrics, users can better understand the effectiveness of their collaborative efforts and identify areas for improvement. This feature not only enhances user awareness but also supports data-driven decisions regarding team collaboration strategies, ensuring that features are utilized effectively to their fullest potential.

Acceptance Criteria

User should be able to view the Reporting Analytics Dashboard after logging into the InsightStream app.

Given a user is authenticated and has access to the Collaborative Mobile Sharing feature, when the user navigates to the analytics dashboard, then the Reporting Analytics Dashboard should be displayed without errors and include relevant metrics.

The Reporting Analytics Dashboard should display metrics related to report sharing frequency.

Given the user is on the Reporting Analytics Dashboard, when the dashboard is loaded, then the report sharing frequency metric should load accurately and match the data from the last 30 days of shared reports.

The dashboard should visualize engagement levels through comments on shared reports.

Given the user is viewing the Reporting Analytics Dashboard, when the engagement levels metric is displayed, then it should show the total number of comments made on reports shared using the Collaborative Mobile Sharing feature.

The dashboard should provide trends regarding user feedback on shared insights.

Given the user navigates to the Reporting Analytics Dashboard, when the feedback trends metric is displayed, then the user should see visual indicators (like graphs) illustrating positive, negative, and neutral feedback over time.

The user should receive alerts for significant changes in collaborative activity metrics.

Given a user is viewing the Reporting Analytics Dashboard, when there is a significant increase or decrease in any key metric (e.g., report sharing frequency), then the user should receive a notification alerting them to this change.

The dashboard must be responsive and function correctly on various mobile devices.

Given the user accesses the Reporting Analytics Dashboard on different mobile devices (phones and tablets), when the dashboard is viewed, then it should be fully responsive and maintain the integrity of the displayed data.

Users should be able to filter metrics by specific time periods to analyze trends.

Given the user is on the Reporting Analytics Dashboard, when the filter for time periods (e.g., last week, last month, custom range) is used, then the displayed metrics should update accordingly to reflect the selected time frame.

Sentiment Heatmap

The Sentiment Heatmap visually represents customer sentiments collected from various channels, highlighting areas of positive and negative feedback with color-coded indicators. This feature allows businesses to quickly identify sentiment trends across product lines or customer segments, enabling targeted adjustments to improve customer satisfaction and resolve issues proactively.

Requirements

Dynamic Data Integration

"As a customer experience manager, I want to see aggregated customer feedback from multiple channels in the Sentiment Heatmap so that I can quickly identify trends and take appropriate actions to enhance customer satisfaction."

Description

The Dynamic Data Integration requirement outlines the capability for the Sentiment Heatmap to seamlessly aggregate data from multiple customer feedback channels such as surveys, social media, reviews, and customer service interactions. By efficiently collating this diverse data into a unified format, it enhances the accuracy of sentiment analysis. The integration is essential for providing real-time insights into customer sentiment, enabling timely reactions to trends in customer feedback. This requirement addresses the need for interconnected data sources, ensuring the heatmap reflects comprehensive customer sentiment across various interactions, contributing to improved customer satisfaction and proactive business strategies.

Acceptance Criteria

Customer feedback is collected through various channels such as surveys, social media, and customer service interactions on a weekly basis, and this feedback is integrated into the Sentiment Heatmap for analysis.

Given that customer feedback is collected across multiple channels, when the feedback is aggregated, then the Sentiment Heatmap displays real-time sentiment data without any data loss or discrepancies.

The Sentiment Heatmap needs to facilitate a comparison of customer sentiments over time, allowing a business to track changes in sentiment patterns after implementing changes in products or services.

Given that the Sentiment Heatmap is active, when the user selects a date range, then the heatmap should display historical sentiment trends accurately reflecting the chosen period.

A product manager wants to quickly assess customer feelings towards a new product launch by reviewing the Sentiment Heatmap daily after the launch.

Given that the product has been launched, when the product manager accesses the Sentiment Heatmap, then it should show sentiment data categorized by positive, neutral, and negative feedback based on real customer interactions.

The marketing team plans to analyze the effectiveness of a recent advertising campaign using customer feedback collected through various platforms.

Given customer feedback is available from the different collection channels, when the marketing team analyzes the Sentiment Heatmap, then they should be able to identify and visualize specific sentiment changes correlated with the timing of the advertising campaign.

A customer success team wants to segment sentiment data to understand feedback from different demographics.

Given that demographic data is available, when the Sentiment Heatmap is utilized, then it should allow filtering of sentiment analysis by demographic segments (e.g., age, location) to reveal targeted insights.

The sales team needs to identify product issues based on negative feedback from customers before the next sales meeting.

Given that the Sentiment Heatmap is updated regularly, when the sales team reviews the heatmap, then they should be able to pinpoint specific products with trending negative sentiments within the last week.

Stakeholders need to review the overall customer sentiment trends during quarterly presentations.

Given that all customer sentiment data is aggregated, when stakeholders access the Sentiment Heatmap, then they should be able to view comprehensive insights that summarize sentiment trends across all products for the last quarter.

Color-Coded Sentiment Indicators

"As a product manager, I want the Sentiment Heatmap to use color-coded indicators for sentiment levels so that I can quickly recognize ambiguous and clear customer sentiments and prioritize my responses effectively."

Description

The Color-Coded Sentiment Indicators requirement focuses on implementing a visual representation system within the Sentiment Heatmap that uses color gradients to signify positive, neutral, and negative sentiments. This enhancement crucially enables users to immediately identify areas of concern and satisfaction at a glance. The distinct color schemes help to prioritize focus on critical feedback and streamline team responses to customer sentiments. This requirement is vital for enhancing user experience by making data interpretation straightforward and actionable, facilitating quicker decision-making.

Acceptance Criteria

Display of Sentiment Indicators on the Heatmap

Given that user accesses the Sentiment Heatmap, when customer feedback data is loaded, then the Sentiment Indicators should accurately represent sentiments using distinct color gradients for positive (green), neutral (yellow), and negative (red) feedback.

Color Gradient Accuracy

Given a range of sentiment scores from -100 to 100, when these scores are processed, then the corresponding color gradients should accurately reflect the sentiment scores based on predefined thresholds: green (70-100), yellow (30-69), red (0-29), and gray (below 0).

User Customization of Color Indicators

Given the user preferences settings, when a user selects to customize the colors of the sentiment indicators, then the Sentiment Heatmap should reflect these custom colors immediately without requiring a page reload.

Heatmap Responsiveness Across Devices

Given that the Sentiment Heatmap is accessed from different devices, when the page loads, then the Color-Coded Sentiment Indicators should be responsive and display correctly, ensuring that no information is lost on screen sizes.

Tooltips for Sentiment Indicators

Given that the user hovers over a sentiment indicator on the heatmap, when this interaction occurs, then relevant tooltip information should display the exact sentiment score and feedback count associated with that indicator.

Performance Under Load

Given a high volume of customer feedback data, when the Sentiment Heatmap is rendered, then it should display color-coded sentiment indicators within 3 seconds to ensure smooth user experience.

Trend Analysis Insights

"As a marketing analyst, I want to see how customer sentiment has changed over time in the Sentiment Heatmap so that I can assess the impact of our recent campaigns and improve future strategies accordingly."

Description

The Trend Analysis Insights requirement integrates an analytical engine within the Sentiment Heatmap that automatically detects and displays sentiment trends over time for various products or customer segments. This feature enables businesses to visualize changes in customer sentiment, correlating them with business events or shifts in strategy. The insights gleaned from trend analysis can lead to proactive adjustments in operations and marketing tactics. Such functionality empowers users to derive actionable strategies from historical data, enhancing the overall utility of the Sentiment Heatmap.

Acceptance Criteria

Display of trend analysis on the Sentiment Heatmap for a specific product line over a 6-month period.

Given a selected product line, when the user accesses the Sentiment Heatmap, then the display should show sentiment trends with monthly breakdowns and color-coded indicators for positive, neutral, and negative sentiments.

Automatic detection of significant changes in sentiment trends correlating with marketing events.

Given a marketing event date, when the sentiment trend analysis is performed, then any significant positive or negative sentiment change should be flagged and presented to the user with a correlation indicator.

User customization of the timeframe for sentiment trend analysis in the Sentiment Heatmap.

Given the Sentiment Heatmap interface, when the user selects a custom date range, then the sentiment trends should update accordingly to reflect user-defined timeframes accurately.

Comparison of sentiment trends across multiple customer segments for strategic insights.

Given the selected customer segments, when the user generates a sentiment trend analysis, then the results should clearly show comparative trend lines for each segment with distinct identifiers for easy interpretation.

Integration of predictive analytics to forecast future sentiment trends based on historical data.

Given historical sentiment data, when the predictive analysis feature is executed, then the system should provide forecasts for upcoming sentiment trends with confidence intervals displayed.

User accessibility of actionable insights derived from sentiment trends.

Given a completed sentiment trend analysis, when the user interacts with the results, then the system should surface actionable insights, such as recommended adjustments in operations or marketing strategies, based on significant findings.

Support for visual representation and report generation of sentiment trends for stakeholder presentations.

Given the analysis results, when the user requests a report, then the generated report should include visual graphs and key insight summaries for effective stakeholder communication.

Feedback Drill-Down Capability

"As a customer support lead, I want to drill down into sentiment data from the Sentiment Heatmap to see specific customer comments so that my team can address negative feedback effectively and celebrate positive feedback with our staff."

Description

The Feedback Drill-Down Capability requirement allows users to click on specific areas of the Sentiment Heatmap to reveal detailed customer feedback corresponding to positive and negative sentiments. This feature is essential for understanding the context behind the data, enabling users to delve deeper into customer experiences and identify specific issues or areas of praise. This drill-down capability significantly enhances the functionality of the heatmap by linking quantitative sentiment data with qualitative insights, driving targeted improvement initiatives.

Acceptance Criteria

User clicks on a positive sentiment area of the Sentiment Heatmap and is presented with a list of specific customer feedback associated with that sentiment.

Given the user is on the Sentiment Heatmap, when they click on a positive sentiment area, then detailed customer feedback relevant to that area should be displayed in a pop-up window.

User clicks on a negative sentiment area of the Sentiment Heatmap and receives a detailed view of customer criticism related to that sentiment.

Given the user is on the Sentiment Heatmap, when they click on a negative sentiment area, then detailed customer feedback highlighting the issues should be displayed in a pop-up window.

User navigates away from the detailed feedback view after analyzing customer sentiments.

Given the user has the detailed feedback view open, when they click the 'Close' button, then the feedback view should be closed and the user should return to the Sentiment Heatmap without data loss.

User filters the Sentiment Heatmap to focus on specific product lines and obtains relevant customer feedback.

Given the user has applied a filter for a specific product line in the Sentiment Heatmap, when they click on a sentiment area, then only feedback related to that product line should be revealed in the feedback view.

User exports detailed feedback from the Sentiment Heatmap for reporting purposes.

Given the user is viewing detailed customer feedback, when they click the 'Export' button, then a report containing the visible feedback should be generated and downloadable in CSV format.

User checks for the responsiveness of the Feedback Drill-Down feature across different devices.

Given the user accesses the Sentiment Heatmap on mobile and desktop devices, then the Feedback Drill-Down feature should function and display feedback correctly on all screen sizes without usability issues.

Customizable Reporting Options

"As a business analyst, I want to customize reports generated from the Sentiment Heatmap so that I can present the most relevant findings to my management team and drive stakeholder engagement."

Description

The Customizable Reporting Options requirement provides users the flexibility to generate tailored reports based on segmented sentiment data displayed in the Sentiment Heatmap. Users can filter insights by product, region, or sentiment type to create reports that meet specific business needs. This capability aids in enhancing the strategic use of sentiment data for tailored presentations to stakeholders, ultimately leading to informed decision-making and a focused understanding of customer sentiments in diverse contexts.

Acceptance Criteria

User generates a report filtered by product sentiment after analyzing the Sentiment Heatmap.

Given that the user has accessed the Sentiment Heatmap, when they select a specific product from the filtering options and generate a report, then the report should include only sentiment data related to that product.

User creates a report using a geographical region filter to assess customer sentiment trends.

Given that the user is on the reporting options interface, when they select a geographical region and generate a report, then the report should accurately represent sentiment data only for the selected region.

User customizes a report by choosing multiple sentiment types to analyze reactions over time.

Given that the user is in the reporting module, when they select multiple sentiment types to filter and run a report, then the output report should reflect sentiment insights accurately corresponding to the chosen types within the specified timeframe.

User shares a generated report with stakeholders via email.

Given that the report has been successfully generated, when the user clicks the share button and enters valid recipient email addresses, then an email should be sent with the report attached and a confirmation message displayed to the user.

User wants to save a customized report layout for future use.

Given that the user has configured a report with specific filters, when they click the save button and name the report layout, then the customized layout should be saved and retrievable in the user's report management section.

User reviews the generated report's visualizations for clarity and insight accuracy.

Given that the user has accessed a generated report, when they analyze the visualizations presented, then all visual elements should accurately reflect the underlying sentiment data without discrepancies in values or interpretations.

Feedback Aggregator

The Feedback Aggregator consolidates customer comments, reviews, and social media mentions into a unified platform. By grouping similar sentiments and categorizing feedback, this feature enables businesses to identify recurring themes and gain a deeper understanding of customer opinions. It streamlines the analysis process, making it easier for teams to take action based on aggregated insights.

Requirements

Sentiment Analysis Engine

"As a marketing manager, I want to understand customer sentiments towards our products so that I can address concerns promptly and enhance our marketing strategies."

Description

The Sentiment Analysis Engine analyzes customer feedback by employing natural language processing (NLP) techniques to detect and categorize sentiments expressed in comments, reviews, and social media mentions. This requirement is critical as it enables the Feedback Aggregator to automatically identify positive, negative, and neutral sentiments, allowing companies to gauge overall customer satisfaction quickly. By implementing this feature, businesses can gain actionable insights into customer feelings towards products and services, pinpoint areas for improvement, and develop strategies to enhance customer experiences.

Acceptance Criteria

Sentiment Analysis Engine processes a batch of 100 customer reviews collected from various sources including direct comments, social media, and online reviews.

Given a batch of 100 customer reviews, when the Sentiment Analysis Engine is activated, then it should categorize at least 95% of the reviews correctly as positive, negative, or neutral.

A marketing team needs to generate a report on customer sentiment regarding a recently launched product to formulate their strategies for improvement.

Given that the marketing team requests a sentiment report, when the Sentiment Analysis Engine has processed the feedback, then it should generate a report within 5 minutes capturing the sentiment distribution with at least 90% accuracy.

Customer service representatives are monitoring feedback in real-time to address any negative sentiments immediately.

Given the Sentiment Analysis Engine processing feedback in real-time, when a negative sentiment is detected, then an alert should be sent to the customer service representatives within 1 minute of detection.

The product management team needs to evaluate customer sentiments over a month to identify trends and areas for product enhancement.

Given a month's worth of customer feedback, when analyzed by the Sentiment Analysis Engine, then the system should identify at least three recurring themes along with sentiment ratings for each theme accurately.

Users are accessing the Feedback Aggregator dashboard to review customer sentiment trends over a specified period.

Given the user selects a time frame on the dashboard, when the Sentiment Analysis Engine has processed the feedback, then the dashboard should display an accurate graphical representation of sentiment trends, allowing users to easily interpret the data.

The team wants to validate the accuracy of the Sentiment Analysis Engine's categorization with a controlled set of feedback data.

Given a controlled set of 50 customer comments that have known sentiments, when processed by the Sentiment Analysis Engine, then it should achieve at least 90% accuracy in sentiment categorization compared to the known outcomes.

Feedback Clustering Algorithm

"As a product manager, I want to see grouped customer feedback on our new feature so that I can prioritize improvements based on common themes."

Description

The Feedback Clustering Algorithm groups similar pieces of feedback into clusters based on shared themes and sentiments. This algorithm enhances the Feedback Aggregator's ability to synthesize vast amounts of data into meaningful insights, making it easier for businesses to identify common areas of praise or concern. By automating the organization of feedback into actionable categories, the algorithm minimizes manual effort, allowing teams to focus on strategic decision-making based on aggregated insights.

Acceptance Criteria

Customer Feedback Analysis for Product Improvement

Given a set of customer feedback collected from multiple sources, when the Feedback Clustering Algorithm is executed, then the feedback should be grouped into distinct clusters based on similar sentiments with at least 90% accuracy in sentiment categorization.

Real-time Feedback Monitoring

Given the Feedback Aggregator is active, when new customer feedback is submitted, then the Feedback Clustering Algorithm should automatically categorize this feedback into the appropriate cluster within 5 seconds.

Identifying Actionable Insights for Marketing Strategy

Given a completed clustering session, when a marketing team reviews the aggregated feedback, then they should be able to identify at least three distinct themes that represent over 60% of the total feedback received.

Generating Reports for Stakeholder Meetings

Given the feedback clusters are generated, when a report is requested for stakeholders, then the report should accurately reflect the top five clusters alongside corresponding quantitative data within 3 business days.

Integration with Existing Business Intelligence Tools

Given the Feedback Aggregator is connected to existing BI tools, when feedback clustering results are generated, then they should be available for export in at least three different formats (CSV, JSON, PDF) without data loss.

User Interface for Feedback Review

Given the Feedback Aggregator's user interface, when a user accesses the feedback clusters, then they should be able to view, sort, and filter clusters based on sentiment, date, and relevance with an intuitive layout.

Testing Algorithm on Varied Data Sets

Given the Feedback Clustering Algorithm is deployed, when it is tested on multiple varied data sets (positive, negative, neutral), then the algorithm should consistently produce relevant clusters with at least 85% effectiveness across all data sets.

Customizable Reporting Dashboards

"As a team leader, I want to customize my dashboard to focus on customer feedback relevant to my team's objectives so that we can measure success accurately."

Description

The Customizable Reporting Dashboards allow users to create tailored visualization of feedback data, emphasizing metrics most relevant to their department or business goals. By providing this feature, InsightStream ensures that teams across different departments, such as marketing, customer service, and product development, can visualize and analyze feedback based on their unique needs. This customization leads to a more efficient analysis process and enables teams to allocate resources where they are needed most, ultimately driving targeted improvements based on customer insights.

Acceptance Criteria

User creates a customized dashboard by selecting specific feedback metrics relevant to the marketing department's goals.

Given the user is logged into InsightStream, when they navigate to the dashboard section and select metrics related to customer feedback, then the dashboard should update to display only those selected metrics in a clear and visually appealing manner.

User saves a customized dashboard configuration for future use.

Given the user has customized their dashboard, when they click the 'Save' button with a unique name for their dashboard, then the system should confirm the dashboard is saved and accessible in the user's dashboard list.

User analyzes feedback data trends over a set time period using their customized dashboard.

Given the user has a customized dashboard displaying relevant feedback metrics, when they select a date range from the dashboard filters, then the displayed metrics should dynamically update to reflect the data from the selected timeframe.

User shares their customized dashboard with team members across different departments.

Given the user has saved a customized dashboard, when they choose the 'Share' option and select team members, then those users should receive a notification and access to view the shared dashboard in their account.

User receives an automated report based on the metrics in their customized dashboard.

Given the user has set specific parameters in their customizable dashboard, when the scheduled time for the automated report generation occurs, then the user should receive an email with a PDF containing the insights from their selected metrics.

User deletes an unwanted customized dashboard from their account.

Given the user is in the dashboard management section, when they select a dashboard and click the 'Delete' button, then the system should prompt for confirmation, and upon confirming, remove the selected dashboard from the user's account.

Integration with Social Media Platforms

"As a social media manager, I want to aggregate feedback from various social media platforms so that I can respond to customer concerns in real-time."

Description

The Integration with Social Media Platforms ensures that feedback from popular social media channels is collected and analyzed alongside traditional customer comments and reviews. By incorporating data from platforms like Twitter, Facebook, and Instagram, InsightStream offers a holistic view of customer sentiment and brand perception across different channels. This requirement is crucial for businesses looking to maintain their competitive edge, as it provides insights into real-time customer opinions and trends, allowing for quicker response strategies to emerging issues or changes in public sentiment.

Acceptance Criteria

Integration of Feedback from Twitter and Facebook into the Feedback Aggregator.

Given that InsightStream is connected to Twitter and Facebook, when a customer posts feedback on these platforms, then the feedback should be automatically collected and displayed in the Feedback Aggregator dashboard within 5 minutes.

Sentiment analysis categorization of social media feedback.

Given that feedback from social media is collected, when the data is processed by the sentiment analysis tool, then all feedback must be categorized into positive, negative, and neutral sentiments with at least 90% accuracy.

Real-time notifications for critical customer feedback on social media.

Given that a customer posts a negative review on social media, when the feedback is identified, then an automated notification should be sent to the relevant team within 2 minutes to ensure timely intervention.

Integration testing with Instagram feedback collection.

Given that the integration with Instagram is active, when a comment or mention occurs related to the business, then that feedback should appear in the Feedback Aggregator without manual input, with no more than a 3% delayed reporting.

User accessibility to feedback analysis from the dashboard.

Given the user has access to the InsightStream dashboard, when they log in, then they should be able to view the aggregated feedback from social media platforms reflected in visual reports within 10 seconds.

User customization of sentiment analysis parameters.

Given that a user wants to customize sentiment analysis settings, when they adjust the parameters in the Feedback Aggregator, then the settings should immediately update and reflect in the subsequent analysis results without requiring a system restart.

Survey results from social media feedback comparison.

Given that survey results are collected as part of customer feedback, when the data is compared within the Feedback Aggregator, then the system should show a correlation of at least 80% between survey results and social media sentiments across all platforms.

Alerts and Notifications for Negative Feedback

"As a customer service representative, I want to receive alerts for negative feedback so that I can address customer issues immediately and improve satisfaction."

Description

The Alerts and Notifications for Negative Feedback feature sends automated alerts to relevant team members when significant negative sentiments are detected within customer feedback. This requirement is critical in helping businesses respond swiftly to emerging issues, thereby mitigating potential fallout or dissatisfaction. By implementing this real-time alert system, teams can take proactive measures to address customer concerns before they escalate, fostering a culture of responsiveness and enhanced customer relationships.

Acceptance Criteria

Negative feedback detected from customer reviews in real-time.

Given that a customer leaves a negative review, when the sentiment analysis process runs, then an automated alert should be triggered and sent to the designated team members within one minute of detection.

Team members receive alerts for negative feedback instances.

Given that a negative sentiment alert is triggered, when the alert is generated, then it must be delivered via email and in-app notifications to all designated team members with relevant context on the feedback.

Teams respond to alerts for negative feedback effectively.

Given that team members receive a negative feedback alert, when they acknowledge the alert in the system, then the system should log the acknowledgment time and response actions taken by the team.

Measure the effectiveness of the alerts in improving customer satisfaction scores.

Given that a negative feedback alert is triggered and responded to, when customer follow-ups are conducted post-response, then there should be an improvement in customer satisfaction ratings by at least 20% for those specific cases within one month.

Aggregate trends in negative feedback over time.

Given that multiple alerts have been triggered over a month, when the data is aggregated for analysis, then a report should show categorized trends of negative sentiments to inform business strategies.

Ensure timely updates to alert recipients about system performance.

Given that the alert system is in use, when a major update or change occurs to the alerts mechanism, then a notification should be issued to all users explaining the changes and how they impact alert settings.

Admin users can modify alert settings based on business needs.

Given that the admin user accesses the alert settings, when they modify the parameters for triggering alerts, then the system should save the changes and reflect the updated settings in real-time for future use.

Comprehensive Analytics Report Generation

"As a business analyst, I want to generate comprehensive reports on customer feedback trends so that I can present insights to stakeholders effectively."

Description

The Comprehensive Analytics Report Generation feature allows users to create automated reports summarizing insights gathered from aggregated feedback data. These reports should include various visualizations, key metrics, and recommended action items based on user-defined parameters. This feature is vital for businesses seeking to present feedback data to stakeholders in a clear and actionable format. By enabling users to generate reports efficiently, teams can focus on implementing changes based on insights, rather than spending excessive time on data compilation and formatting.

Acceptance Criteria

User needs to generate a Comprehensive Analytics Report to present findings from customer feedback collected over the past month during a team meeting.

Given that the user has selected the time range for the past month, when they click on the 'Generate Report' button, then a report should be created that includes at least three visualizations of the data, key metrics summarized, and at least five recommended action items.

A project manager wants to ensure the report includes categorized feedback grouped by themes to aid in decision-making.

Given that the feedback has been categorized into at least five themes, when the user generates the report, then each theme should be represented in a separate section of the report with visualizations showing sentiment trends for each theme.

A user requires the ability to customize the visualizations included in the report based on specific metrics relevant to their department.

Given that the user can access report customization options, when they select different metrics and visualizations, then the generated report should reflect these choices accurately, displaying only the selected metrics and visualizations.

The marketing team needs to present data insights from the report to external stakeholders effectively.

Given that the report is generated, when the user selects the 'Export' option, then the report should be available in both PDF and CSV formats, ensuring all visualizations and text are properly formatted and readable.

A user needs to quickly generate multiple reports based on different segments of customer feedback to analyze targeted insights.

Given that the user has defined multiple segments, when they initiate the report generation process, then the system should generate separate reports for each segment within 5 minutes.

The finance department wants to verify that the recommended actions in the report are actionable and prioritize based on the most significant feedback trends.

Given the report includes recommended actions, when the user reviews the report, then each recommended action should be accompanied by a clear justification based on data analysis, prioritized by impact.

The user needs to ensure that the reports generated are compliant with internal branding guidelines and accessibility requirements.

Given that the report is generated, when the user reviews the document, then the report should adhere to the company’s branding guidelines and ensure accessibility standards (e.g., font size, contrast, and alternative text for images) are met.

Emotion Detection Analysis

The Emotion Detection Analysis uses advanced AI algorithms to assess not just the sentiment but also the emotions behind customer feedback. By identifying feelings such as joy, anger, sadness, or surprise, this feature helps businesses craft more empathetic responses and tailor their marketing strategies to resonate with their audience on a deeper emotional level.

Requirements

Real-time Emotion Analysis

"As a customer support manager, I want to receive instant notifications about customer emotions detected in their feedback so that I can respond promptly and improve customer relations."

Description

The Real-time Emotion Analysis requirement focuses on utilizing advanced AI algorithms to analyze customer feedback in real-time, detecting a range of emotions such as joy, anger, sadness, and surprise. This requires integration with existing feedback systems to allow instant processing of incoming data. The core benefit is that businesses can respond swiftly to customer sentiments, thereby increasing the relevance of their responses and enhancing customer relationships. This functionality is crucial for delivering timely and empathetic support, tailoring marketing campaigns, and making informed decisions based on emotional insights.

Acceptance Criteria

User Scenario 1: Real-time sentiment analysis for customer support in a live chat application.

Given that the user is interacting with a customer in the live chat, when feedback is received stating a negative emotion, then the system should display an alert indicating the detected sentiment and suggested empathetic responses.

User Scenario 2: Integration of emotion detection into email marketing campaigns.

Given that a customer feedback email is received, when the emotion analysis runs, then the system should categorize the feedback into specific emotions and generate tailored recommendations for the marketing team.

User Scenario 3: Monitoring customer feedback across social media platforms in real-time.

Given that the business is monitoring feedback on social media, when a post containing customer feedback is detected, then the system should analyze the emotion behind the feedback and provide an immediate summary report of the sentiment.

User Scenario 4: Generating instant reports on customer sentiment trends.

Given that a user requests a report on customer sentiment over the past week, when the request is made, then the system should generate and display a report that highlights trends in emotions detected from customer feedback.

User Scenario 5: User interface interaction for displaying detected emotions.

Given that the emotion analysis has been completed, when the user accesses the dashboard, then the system should visually present the detected emotions with corresponding visual indicators like color coding for sentiment intensity.

User Scenario 6: Integration with existing feedback systems for real-time data processing.

Given that the emotion detection feature is connected to an existing feedback system, when new feedback is submitted, then the system should process and analyze the feedback within a 5-second window before updating the dashboard.

User Scenario 7: Training models for accurate emotion detection based on historical data.

Given that the system has access to historical feedback data, when the AI model is trained, then the detected emotions in real-time feedback should match the expected emotions with a minimum accuracy rate of 85%.

Comprehensive Reporting Dashboard

"As a marketing analyst, I want to visualize customer emotion trends over time to adjust our campaigns accordingly and align better with customer sentiments."

Description

The Comprehensive Reporting Dashboard requirement entails the creation of a customizable and user-friendly dashboard that presents analytics related to customer emotions detected from various sources. It should facilitate filtering and comparing emotions over time or category, enabling businesses to visualize trends effectively. The integration with the existing InsightStream platform ensures that all data is consolidated in one place, allowing for better decision-making and enhanced insights into customer behavior. This feature enhances the software’s utility for various departments, such as marketing and product development, ensuring that the data reflects departmental needs and strategic goals.

Acceptance Criteria

Dashboard Adoption by Marketing Team

Given the marketing team has access to the Comprehensive Reporting Dashboard, When they input a specific timeframe and select the emotion parameters, Then the dashboard should display visual analytics accurately reflecting the selected criteria with no errors.

Comparative Emotion Analysis Over Time

Given the user selects a timeframe of the last quarter and filters for 'joy' and 'anger', When they view the analytics results, Then the dashboard should display a comparison chart illustrating the detected emotions over the selected period.

Customizing Dashboard Layout

Given the user is on the Comprehensive Reporting Dashboard, When they attempt to customize the arrangement of widgets and save the new layout, Then the system should retain the customized layout upon refreshing the page.

Integration with Existing Data Sources

Given the user has linked their existing data sources to InsightStream, When they access the Comprehensive Reporting Dashboard, Then all customer feedback data should be accurately displayed in the dashboard without missing information.

User Access and Permissions Management

Given an administrator is managing user access for the Comprehensive Reporting Dashboard, When they assign different permission levels to team members, Then each member should access only the data and features permitted by their role.

Automated Reporting Generation

Given the user sets up automated reports for emotion analysis, When the scheduled time for the report generation occurs, Then the system should deliver the report to the designated users via email without any errors.

Training and Documentation Availability

Given the launch of the Comprehensive Reporting Dashboard, When users seek guidance on how to use it, Then comprehensive training materials and user documentation should be readily accessible online and easy to navigate.

Automated Emotion-Based Alerts

"As a customer experience director, I want to configure alerts for negative customer emotions so that my team can take quick action to resolve issues and improve customer satisfaction."

Description

The Automated Emotion-Based Alerts requirement involves setting up a notification system that automatically alerts stakeholders when specific emotions, such as negative sentiments or high levels of anger, are detected in customer feedback. This feature will help ensure that significant emotional responses are addressed promptly by the relevant teams. The alerts can be customized based on thresholds set by users, ensuring that businesses can prioritize their responses effectively and mitigate potential issues before they escalate, thus enhancing customer satisfaction and retention efforts.

Acceptance Criteria

Stakeholder Notification for Negative Sentiment Detection

Given a customer feedback containing negative sentiment, when the analysis completes, then an automated alert is sent to the designated stakeholders within 5 minutes of detection.

Threshold Customization for Emotion Alerts

Given a user has set specific thresholds for emotional alerts, when customer feedback is analyzed, then alerts are triggered only when the defined thresholds are exceeded.

Real-time Updates for High Anger Levels

Given the system is monitoring real-time customer feedback, when a high level of anger is detected, then an alert is issued immediately to the customer service team.

Comprehensive Reporting on Emotion Trends

Given the emotion detection system has been running for a month, when a report is generated, then it includes trends in emotion detection and alerts issued over the reporting period.

User Experience for Setting Alert Preferences

Given a user interface for alert preferences is available, when users access the settings, then they can easily customize alert thresholds and notification methods in under 3 minutes.

Integration with Existing Notification Systems

Given that the organization uses existing notification systems (e.g., email, Slack), when alerts are triggered, then they must be successfully integrated and dispatched through these channels without delay.

Feedback Loop for Alert Validation

Given that alerts are sent to stakeholders, when an alert is received, then stakeholders must confirm receipt and take action within 30 minutes, ensuring an efficient feedback loop.

Sentiment Comparison Tool

"As a product manager, I want to compare customer emotions across different demographics so that I can understand how different groups perceive our product and adjust our strategy accordingly."

Description

The Sentiment Comparison Tool requirement introduces functionality that allows users to compare customer emotions across different segments, such as demographics or timeframes. This is intended to surface insights about how target audiences react to specific marketing initiatives or product features, providing valuable context for decision-making. Integrating this tool into the existing dashboard will enhance the analytical capabilities of InsightStream, making it easier to derive actionable insights and strategically guide marketing and operational efforts.

Acceptance Criteria

Comparison of Customer Emotions by Demographic Segments

Given a defined customer segment (e.g. age group, location), when the user selects this segment in the Sentiment Comparison Tool, then the dashboard displays a comparison chart showing the emotions detected (joy, anger, sadness, surprise) across this demographic, with clear numerical values for each emotion.

Timeframe Comparison of Customer Emotions

Given a selected timeframe (e.g. last month vs. this month), when the user applies the timeframe filter in the Sentiment Comparison Tool, then the dashboard displays a comparison of detected emotions, highlighting any significant increases or decreases in each categorized emotion between the two time periods.

Integration with Current Dashboard Metrics

Given the integration of the Sentiment Comparison Tool, when the user accesses the current dashboard, then the Sentiment Comparison Tool is accessible without errors and can be used alongside existing analytics tools, providing seamless data interaction.

User-Friendly Interface for Emotion Selection

Given the Emotion Detection Analysis capabilities, when users open the Sentiment Comparison Tool, then they should be able to easily select which emotions to compare through an intuitive user interface with drag-and-drop functionality for emotion parameters.

Exporting Emotion Comparison Reports

Given successful use of the Sentiment Comparison Tool, when the user completes their analysis and wants to export the results, then they can export a detailed report in multiple formats (PDF, CSV, Excel) that includes the emotion comparisons and visual charts.

Real-Time Updates on Emotion Comparisons

Given the real-time analytics capabilities of InsightStream, when customer feedback is input into the system, then the Sentiment Comparison Tool should immediately update the emotion comparison data without requiring a system refresh.

Enhanced Feedback Categorization

"As a data analyst, I want customer feedback to be automatically categorized by emotional tags so that I can quickly access and analyze specific sentiments without manual sorting."

Description

The Enhanced Feedback Categorization requirement aims to improve the categorization of customer feedback by tagging it with identified emotions, sentiments, and relevant metadata. This will streamline data organization, making it easier for users to access and analyze specific feedback types. The benefit is that it enhances the precision with which businesses can track customer sentiment over time and ensures that actionable insights are easier to extract from the volume of data processed by InsightStream. This feature is key to improving data management and ultimately impacting strategic decision-making.

Acceptance Criteria

Emotion Detection Analysis categorizes feedback from a customer service survey for a new product launch.

Given a customer feedback entry, when the Emotion Detection Analysis is applied, then the system should categorize the feedback with the correct emotions and sentiments, such as 'joy', 'anger', or 'surprise'.

A marketing team uses the Enhanced Feedback Categorization feature to analyze customer sentiment across different demographics.

Given a dataset of customer feedback segments, when the Enhanced Feedback Categorization is performed, then the system should tag each segment with relevant metadata and sentiment scores accurately reflecting the feedback's emotional content.

A business analyst reviews quarterly feedback trends using the Enhanced Feedback Categorization to track changes in customer sentiment.

Given the tagged customer feedback data for the last quarter, when the analyst generates a report, then the report should show clear trends in emotions and sentiments over time with accurate data visualizations.

A customer support agent utilizes the Enhanced Feedback Categorization to respond empathetically to a customer's complaint.

Given a complaint feedback tagged with 'anger', when the agent views the feedback, then the system should suggest empathetic response templates that align with the detected emotion.

The IT team tests the Enhanced Feedback Categorization feature for accuracy and performance under heavy load.

Given a large volume of customer feedback submissions, when the Enhanced Feedback Categorization feature is executed, then the system should categorize at least 95% of feedback accurately within a predefined performance threshold.

The product manager reviews the Enhanced Feedback Categorization's impact on marketing strategy formulation.

Given a report of customer sentiment analysis over six months, when the marketing team discusses strategy adjustments, then they should identify at least three strategic changes based on insights drawn from the categorized customer feedback.

An organization integrates the Enhanced Feedback Categorization with their customer relationship management (CRM) system.

Given the integration with the CRM system, when a new feedback entry is received, then the system should automatically tag it with relevant emotions and update the customer profile without manual input.

Emotion Analytics API Integration

"As a software developer, I want to integrate the emotion detection features with our CRM system through an API so that our sales team can have access to emotional insights during customer interactions."

Description

The Emotion Analytics API Integration requirement involves creating a robust API that allows third-party applications and services to integrate with the emotion detection capabilities of InsightStream. This will enable businesses to enrich their existing workflows with emotion analytics, driving deeper engagement across multiple touchpoints. Additionally, this API will facilitate data sharing with other systems, providing comprehensive insights into customer behavior, and enhancing operational efficiency and collaboration between platforms.

Acceptance Criteria

API requests for Emotion Detection by third-party applications.

Given that a third-party application makes a request to the Emotion Analytics API with valid credentials, when the application sends a request for emotion analysis, then the API should return a response within 2 seconds containing the detected emotions from the provided customer feedback data.

Integration confirmation of emotion data into existing workflows.

Given that the Emotion Analytics API has been successfully deployed, when a third-party application integrates the API, then the application should log a confirmation message indicating successful data retrieval of emotion analysis results for at least 10 entries.

Error handling for invalid API requests.

Given that a third-party application sends an invalid request to the Emotion Analytics API, when the API processes the request, then it should return a 400 error response with a descriptive message indicating the reason for the failure.

Retrieving emotional analysis results based on historical data.

Given that a third-party application wishes to analyze customer feedback from the past 30 days, when it sends a request to the Emotion Analytics API, then the API should return the emotional analysis results within 3 seconds.

Rate limiting of API requests to ensure fair usage.

Given that multiple third-party applications are accessing the Emotion Analytics API, when the number of requests exceeds the set limit of 100 requests per minute, then the API should respond with a 429 error indicating that the rate limit has been exceeded.

Documentation availability for the Emotion Analytics API.

Given that the Emotion Analytics API has been developed, when users access the API documentation, then the documentation should contain clear instructions on endpoints, request formats, response types, and troubleshooting guidelines.

Monitoring and logging API usage for analytics purposes.

Given that the Emotion Analytics API is in-use, when third-party applications make requests, then the API should log each request's timestamp, source application identifier, and response time for auditing and performance analysis purposes.

Sentiment Trend Monitoring

Sentiment Trend Monitoring tracks changes in customer sentiment over time, providing businesses with insights into how their products or services are perceived in the market. This feature alerts users to significant shifts in sentiment, allowing for timely interventions or strategy adjustments and ensuring that customer satisfaction remains a priority.

Requirements

Customer Sentiment Analysis Dashboard

"As a marketing manager, I want to view trends in customer sentiment through an intuitive dashboard so that I can quickly identify issues and adjust marketing strategies accordingly."

Description

The Customer Sentiment Analysis Dashboard provides a visual representation of customer sentiment metrics over time, allowing users to easily monitor changes in sentiment. This dashboard integrates with existing data sources to aggregate sentiment data into informative visualizations such as graphs and heatmaps. It is designed to enhance user understanding of customer perceptions, making it easier to identify trends, compare performance across different time periods, and gain actionable insights into customer feedback. The dashboard also facilitates deeper analysis by allowing users to filter sentiment data by product or service, ensuring that teams can focus on specific areas that may require attention or improvement.

Acceptance Criteria

User wants to monitor customer sentiment trends over the past six months through the dashboard to inform marketing strategies for the upcoming campaign.

Given the dashboard is loaded, When the user selects the date range of the last six months, Then the dashboard displays sentiment trend graphs that accurately represent the changes in customer sentiment within that period.

A marketing manager needs to filter sentiment data specifically for a product launch that occurred last quarter to analyze customer feedback.

Given the sentiment analysis dashboard is open, When the user applies the product filter for the 'XYZ Product Launch', Then the dashboard displays sentiment metrics and visualizations only for that product, without displaying data for other products.

An operations team requires immediate insights into any drastic changes in customer sentiment as indicated by the dashboard alerts to quickly formulate a response.

Given the sentiment trend monitoring feature is active, When there is a significant change in sentiment (as defined by a 20% increase or decrease), Then an alert notification is triggered and displayed on the dashboard.

A user wants to export sentiment data from the dashboard for a presentation to the executive team.

Given the sentiment analysis dashboard is displayed, When the user selects the 'Export Data' option, Then the system generates a downloadable report in CSV format that includes all filtered sentiment metrics and visualizations currently being viewed on the dashboard.

A team lead wants to compare sentiment trends for multiple products over the last year to identify potential issues.

Given the dashboard is displaying sentiment trends, When the user selects multiple products and sets the date range to the last year, Then the dashboard shows comparative visualizations (e.g., side-by-side graphs) of sentiment trends for the selected products.

A user wishes to understand sentiment shifts during a specific promotional campaign to evaluate its effectiveness.

Given the dashboard is open, When the user selects the specific promotional campaign period as a filter, Then the dashboard displays sentiment metrics only for that timeframe, allowing for insights into customer feedback relative to the campaign.

Sentiment Shift Alerts

"As a product manager, I want to receive alerts when customer sentiment shifts significantly so that I can take timely action to address potential issues or leverage positive feedback."

Description

Sentiment Shift Alerts notify users when there are significant changes in customer sentiment, using predefined thresholds to determine when an alert should be triggered. This feature leverages machine learning algorithms to analyze sentiment data, enabling proactive intervention by the user. Alerts can be sent via email or through push notifications within the platform, allowing business leaders to respond swiftly to negative changes or capitalize on positive trends. This capability is essential for maintaining customer satisfaction and ensuring that teams remain informed about critical developments in customer opinion.

Acceptance Criteria

Integration of Sentiment Shift Alerts into the InsightStream dashboard.

Given that the user is logged into the InsightStream platform, when a significant shift in customer sentiment occurs (as defined by the predefined thresholds), then the user receives an alert via email and/or push notification within the platform.

User customizes the alert threshold for sentiment changes.

Given that the user has access to Sentiment Shift Alerts settings, when the user modifies the threshold for triggering an alert, then the system saves the new threshold and uses it for subsequent sentiment analysis.

Monitoring historical sentiment data to validate alert accuracy.

Given that sentiment data is available for at least the past three months, when a significant sentiment change occurs, then at least 90% of users should confirm they received the alert within 10 minutes of the change being detected.

User preferences for notification types.

Given that the user accesses notification settings, when the user selects their preferred notification type (email, push, or both) and saves the changes, then the system should respect these preferences in alert delivery.

Response to alerts to track user actions post-notification.

Given that an alert is triggered, when the user engages with the alert notification, then the system logs and displays the actions taken by the user in response to the alert in the audit trail.

Real-time effectiveness of the Sentiment Shift Alerts feature during peak usage.

Given that multiple alerts are being triggered simultaneously, when users are logged in during a peak usage scenario, then at least 95% of alerts should be sent within a five-minute window.

Logging of false alerts to improve machine learning model accuracy.

Given that alerts are triggered, when an alert is confirmed as a false positive by the user, then the system should log the occurrence and update the machine learning model to improve future accuracy.

Sentiment Data Integration

"As a data analyst, I want to integrate sentiment data from multiple sources into InsightStream so that I can perform comprehensive analyses and generate more accurate reports."

Description

Sentiment Data Integration enables the platform to seamlessly pull sentiment data from various social media platforms, review sites, and customer feedback channels. This requirement involves building connectors for these data sources and ensuring that the data is processed and standardized for accurate sentiment analysis. Integration with third-party APIs will allow InsightStream to provide a comprehensive view of customer sentiments, contributing significantly to the overall analytics capabilities of the product. This feature will enhance the richness of insights available to users, making it easier to correlate sentiment data with operational metrics.

Acceptance Criteria

Integrating sentiment data from social media platforms

Given that the connectors for social media APIs are properly configured, when a user initiates a data pull, then sentiment data from at least three major platforms (e.g., Twitter, Facebook, Instagram) should be retrieved successfully within 30 seconds.

Standardizing sentiment data from multiple sources

Given that the sentiment data is pulled from various sources, when the data is processed, then the sentiment scores should be normalized on a scale from -1 to 1, and all data should be correctly labeled with its source.

Displaying sentiment trend analytics on the dashboard

Given that sentiment data has been integrated and processed, when the user accesses the sentiment trend monitoring dashboard, then the user should see a visual representation of sentiment trends over the past 30 days, including alerts for significant shifts.

Alerting users about significant shifts in customer sentiment

Given that the sentiment data is continuously monitored, when a shift exceeds the pre-defined threshold of 15% change in sentiment score, then an alert notification should be sent to users via email and displayed on the dashboard.

Correlating sentiment data with operational metrics

Given that the sentiment data is integrated, when a user generates a report, then the report should show correlations between sentiment scores and at least two operational metrics (e.g., sales performance, customer support response times) within the same reporting period.

Error handling during sentiment data integration

Given that an error occurs during the data pull from any API, when the integration process fails, then the system should log the error, notify the user, and allow a retry option without losing previously retrieved data.

Customizable Sentiment Reports

"As a business executive, I want to create customized sentiment reports so that I can present data-driven insights effectively to stakeholders and guide strategic decisions."

Description

Customizable Sentiment Reports allow users to generate tailored reports focusing on key sentiment metrics specific to their business needs. Users can define the parameters of their reports, including the time frame, sentiment indicators, and relevant products or services. This flexibility is essential for teams that need to present findings to stakeholders or use insights for strategic planning. The feature aims to provide in-depth documentation of sentiment trends, supporting data-driven decisions while enhancing transparency and communication within teams and across departments.

Acceptance Criteria

Generate a Custom Report for Stakeholders

Given a user selects the option to create a new report, when they define parameters (e.g., time frame, sentiment indicators, products), and click 'Generate', then a customized sentiment report is created and displayed on their dashboard within 10 seconds.

Save and Retrieve Customized Reports

Given a user has created and customized a sentiment report, when they choose to save the report with a unique name, then the report should be retrievable from the 'My Reports' section with correct parameters retained.

Email Customized Reports to Stakeholders

Given a user has generated a customizable sentiment report, when they opt to email it to specified stakeholders, then the email should be sent successfully, including a PDF of the report and a confirmation message displayed to the user.

Visualize Sentiment Trends Over Time

Given a user generates a sentiment report with a selected time frame, when the report is created, then it must include visualizations (graphs/charts) that accurately reflect sentiment trends over that time period, with correct data points.

Adjusting Custom Report Parameters

Given a user is viewing a previously generated sentiment report, when they modify any report parameters (e.g., change of time frame, sentiment indicators), then the report should refresh to display updated results immediately without errors.

Download Customized Sentiment Reports

Given a user has generated a sentiment report, when they choose the download option, then the report should be downloadable in both PDF and Excel formats, with all data accurately reflecting the displayed content.

Dismiss Notifications for Sentiment Alerts

Given a user has received a notification for a significant shift in sentiment, when they click the dismiss option, then the notification should be removed from their alerts section and not reappear unless a new alert is triggered.

Sentiment Trend Comparison Tool

"As a sales director, I want to compare sentiment trends of our products against competitors so that I can identify strengths and weaknesses and refine our sales strategies."

Description

The Sentiment Trend Comparison Tool allows users to compare sentiment trends across different products, timesheds, or customer segments. This feature provides valuable insights into performance disparities and relationships between various factors affecting customer sentiment. By using an intuitive interface, users can select comparison parameters and visualize the outcomes through charts and graphs, facilitating a better understanding of the sentiment landscape. This tool is crucial for informed decision-making, resource allocation, and strategic planning to enhance customer satisfaction.

Acceptance Criteria

Sentiment Trend Comparison for Product A and Product B over the last quarter to identify customer perception shifts.

Given the user selects 'Product A' and 'Product B' from the product dropdown menu, when the user selects 'Last Quarter' as the timespan, then the system displays a side-by-side comparison of sentiment trends in a line graph format that includes accurate data points for both products.

Monitoring sentiment trends across different customer segments to guide marketing strategies.

Given the user selects various customer segments (e.g., 'Loyal Customers', 'New Customers'), when the user sets the timescale to 'Last Month', then the tool generates a bar chart displaying the sentiment scores for each segment, allowing for easy comparison of customer perceptions across segments.

Comparing sentiment trends of a single product before and after a marketing campaign launch.

Given the user selects 'Product C' and specifies the campaign launch date, when the user defines the comparison period as 'Two Weeks Before' and 'Two Weeks After' the launch, then the application provides a visual representation of sentiment change, including clear indicators of any significant shifts with supporting data.

Evaluating sentiment trends over a specified custom time period for a detailed analysis.

Given the user inputs a custom date range (e.g., 'January 1, 2024' to 'January 31, 2024') for the sentiment analysis of 'Product D', when the user clicks 'Submit', then the system displays a line graph showing the sentiment trend over the selected period with precise data points marked for clarity.

Determining the impact of competitor actions on product sentiment through comparative analysis.

Given the user selects 'Product E' and the competitor 'Product F', when the user sets the analysis period to 'Last Six Months', then the feature delivers a comparative line graph showcasing sentiment trends while highlighting key events that could have influenced sentiment changes (e.g., competitor launch dates, promotions).

Utilizing sentiment data comparisons to optimize product features based on customer feedback.

Given the user accesses the sentiment trend tool and selects 'Feature Set A' for 'Product G', when the user compares sentiment trends before and after a product update, then the platform displays a report detailing sentiment score fluctuations, including potential correlations to the product update.

Actionable Insights Dashboard

The Actionable Insights Dashboard presents key sentiment analysis findings in a user-friendly format, allowing stakeholders to view actionable insights at a glance. With customizable metrics and visualizations, users can quickly identify opportunities for improvement and align their strategies with customer expectations.

Requirements

Customizable Metric Selection

"As a marketing manager, I want to customize the metrics displayed on the Actionable Insights Dashboard so that I can focus on the data that is most relevant to my campaigns and strategies."

Description

The Customizable Metric Selection feature allows users to define and customize the metrics displayed on the Actionable Insights Dashboard. Users can choose from a variety of data points such as customer satisfaction scores, retention rates, and engagement metrics. This functionality will facilitate a more tailored analytical experience by enabling stakeholders to focus on the most relevant data for their specific strategic needs. Implementing this feature will lead to improved decision-making as users can align metrics with their targets and objectives more effectively.

Acceptance Criteria

User can easily select metrics from a predefined list to customize their dashboard view.

Given the user is on the Actionable Insights Dashboard, when they access the metric selection tool, then they should see a list of available metrics to choose from without any delays.

Users are able to save their customized metrics selection successfully.

Given the user has selected their preferred metrics, when they click on the 'Save' button, then their selection should be saved, and they should receive a confirmation message that the settings have been updated.

Users can reset their customized metric selection to default settings.

Given the user is on the Actionable Insights Dashboard with previously customized metrics, when they click on the 'Reset to Default' option, then all metrics should revert to the predefined default metrics without any errors.

The dashboard updates instantly to reflect the selected metrics.

Given the user has chosen new metrics to display, when they make a selection and save it, then the dashboard should refresh automatically and display the updated metrics within 3 seconds.

Different user roles have access to different sets of metrics based on permissions.

Given the user has a specific role, when they access the metric selection tool, then they should only see the metrics available to their role without any unauthorized options displayed.

The metrics selection includes the ability to filter and sort available metrics.

Given the user is on the metric selection interface, when they use the filter and sort functionalities, then they should be able to narrow down the list of metrics based on defined criteria such as relevance or data type.

User interface is intuitive and provides guidance for custom metric selection.

Given the user is unfamiliar with the dashboard, when they first access the metric selection tool, then an onboarding tooltip or wizard should guide them through the customization process within the first 60 seconds.

Dynamic Visualization Options

"As a data analyst, I want to select different visualization styles on the dashboard so that I can present data in a way that is easiest for stakeholders to understand and analyze."

Description

Dynamic Visualization Options will allow users to choose from multiple visualization styles, including bar charts, line graphs, pie charts, and heat maps, to represent their data interactively. This flexibility in visualization enhances the user experience by ensuring that data is presented in the most insightful manner for individual users’ preferences and needs. This feature aims to improve comprehension and actionable insight extraction from complex data, ultimately aiding in better strategy formulation.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects a bar chart to visualize sales data over the last quarter, adjustments are automatically reflected in the dashboard.

Given the user is on the Actionable Insights Dashboard and selects 'Bar Chart' from the visualization options, when they input the sales data for the last quarter, then the dashboard displays the data in a correctly formatted bar chart with accurate sales figures corresponding to the data input.

A user wishes to compare sales and customer feedback trends by utilizing line graphs to visualize the data effectively.

Given the user is on the Actionable Insights Dashboard and selects 'Line Graph' from the visualization options, when they input the data for sales and customer feedback over multiple months, then the system generates a line graph that accurately represents both datasets on the same timeline, allowing for easy comparison.

A stakeholder wants to present the proportion of market segments through a pie chart for an executive meeting.

Given the user accesses the Actionable Insights Dashboard and chooses 'Pie Chart' for visualization, when they input the market segment data, then the system displays a pie chart that visually represents the proportions of each market segment, with labels and percentage values that clearly indicate the size of each segment.

A user wants to analyze geographical performance using heat maps to identify regions with high sales activity.

Given the user is on the Actionable Insights Dashboard and selects 'Heat Map' from visualization options, when they input sales data by region, then the dashboard updates to show a heat map where regions are color-coded based on sales activity, allowing the user to quickly identify areas of high and low performance.

A project manager wishes to customize metrics presented on the dashboard based on user-defined preferences.

Given the user accesses the dashboard settings, when they select specific metrics to display such as 'Customer Satisfaction Score' and 'Response Time', then the dashboard updates to show only those selected metrics in the chosen visualization format, demonstrating the customizable feature of the dashboard.

A user wants to save their preferred visualization settings for future use and ensure they can retrieve them later.

Given the user has configured their dashboard with a specific visualization style and metrics, when they choose to save their settings, then the system confirms the settings are saved and can be retrieved accurately the next time they log into the dashboard.

Real-Time Data Updates

"As a business owner, I want the dashboard to update in real-time so that I can make timely decisions based on the most current customer insights available."

Description

Real-Time Data Updates will ensure that the metrics and visualizations on the Actionable Insights Dashboard reflect the latest data inputs. Users will benefit from immediate access to current information which is critical for agile decision-making. The implementation of this feature will support precision in analytics and empower users to react quickly to changes in customer sentiment and behavior, maximizing business opportunities.

Acceptance Criteria

As a data analyst, I want to see the metrics on the Actionable Insights Dashboard update in real-time while I analyze customer sentiment shifts during a marketing campaign launch, enabling me to make informed decisions based on the latest data.

Given the Actionable Insights Dashboard is open, when new data is ingested, then the metrics and visualizations should update within 5 seconds to reflect the latest data.

As a team manager, I need to ensure that critical KPIs displayed on the Actionable Insights Dashboard are accurate and reflect the most current changes, allowing me to adjust strategies accordingly.

Given that new data has been ingested, when I refresh the dashboard, then all displayed KPIs should match the backend database values within a margin of error of 1%.

As a user, I want to receive notifications on the Actionable Insights Dashboard when significant changes to customer sentiment are detected in real-time, allowing me to react quickly to emerging trends.

Given that real-time data processing is active, when a significant change in sentiment is identified (e.g., a 20% increase in negative sentiment), then a notification should appear on the dashboard within 10 seconds.

As a product owner, I want all users to access the updated metrics regardless of their location and device, ensuring decision-making is not limited by technical barriers.

Given multiple users log into the Actionable Insights Dashboard from different devices, when new data inputs occur, then all users should see the updated metrics simultaneously with a maximum delay of 5 seconds.

As a business analyst, I would like to compare previous data trends with the current metrics on the Actionable Insights Dashboard, enhancing our strategy development process.

Given the user selects date range filters from the dashboard, when the data is loaded, then the dashboard should display historical metrics alongside real-time updates for within the selected range.

As a marketing strategist, I want the ability to customize the metrics displayed on the dashboard to prioritize the most relevant insights for my team.

Given the dashboard customization options are available, when a user selects specific metrics, then the dashboard should update to show only the selected metrics in real-time updates, reflecting any changes immediately.

Automated Sentiment Analysis Features

"As a customer relations specialist, I want the dashboard to analyze customer feedback automatically so that I can quickly understand customer sentiment and respond proactively to any issues."

Description

The Automated Sentiment Analysis Features will utilize AI algorithms to analyze customer feedback and categorize sentiment into positive, neutral, or negative. This feature will streamline the process of gathering insights on customer opinions, enabling users to quickly assess how their offerings are perceived. The automation of this analysis will reduce the manual effort needed and enhance speed and accuracy in deriving actionable insights from sentiment data.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Actionable Insights Dashboard after logging into InsightStream to view sentiment analysis for the latest customer feedback on products.

Given the Actionable Insights Dashboard is loaded, when the user selects the 'Sentiment Analysis' tab, then the dashboard displays sentiment categorizations (positive, neutral, negative) based on customer feedback collected in the last 30 days.

A marketing manager wishes to customize the metrics displayed on the Actionable Insights Dashboard to focus on product-specific feedback sentiment.

Given the user is on the Actionable Insights Dashboard, when the user selects the 'Customize Metrics' option and chooses a specific product, then the dashboard updates to display only the sentiment analysis related to that product.

An executive team reviews the overall product sentiment metrics during a strategic planning meeting using the Actionable Insights Dashboard.

Given the executive team is using the Actionable Insights Dashboard, when they view the overall sentiment trend for the past quarter, then the dashboard should show at least three metrics (average sentiment score, number of feedback entries, and sentiment distribution percentages) for the selected period.

A product manager wants to identify immediate areas for improvement from customer sentiment analysis on the Actionable Insights Dashboard.

Given the product manager is viewing the Actionable Insights Dashboard, when they filter sentiment by 'negative', then the dashboard should display a list of customer feedback items categorized as negative, along with suggested actions derived from the insights.

Upon analyzing sentiment data for the first time, a user needs assurance that the Automated Sentiment Analysis is functioning correctly.

Given that automated sentiment analysis has been activated, when the user enters a set of previously validated customer feedback, then the dashboard should accurately categorize the sentiment of each entry as positive, neutral, or negative, with at least 90% accuracy.

An analyst is tasked with generating a weekly report and needs to automate sentiment analysis results for ongoing performance tracking.

Given the automated sentiment analysis features are implemented, when the analyst schedules a weekly report generation, then the system should automatically compile and send a report containing sentiment analysis findings to the designated email recipients every week at the same time.

The development team needs to ensure responsive design for the Actionable Insights Dashboard for mobile users.

Given the mobile version of the Actionable Insights Dashboard is developed, when accessed from a mobile device, then the dashboard must display all sentiment metrics without loss of functionality or data quality, and all visualizations should be clearly visible and properly formatted.

Trend Identification Alerts

"As a product manager, I want to receive alerts on emerging trends so that I can quickly adapt our strategies to capitalize on these changes."

Description

Trend Identification Alerts will enable users to set parameters for alerts concerning significant changes or emerging trends in key metrics. Upon reaching these parameters, users will receive notifications directly within the dashboard. This feature will support proactive engagement with data, allowing users to act swiftly on emerging trends and avoid potential pitfalls or seize new opportunities as they arise, thereby improving overall strategic agility.

Acceptance Criteria

User sets up a trend identification alert for a specific metric on the dashboard.

Given a user is on the Actionable Insights Dashboard, when they set an alert for a metric with defined parameters, then the alert should be successfully saved and visible in the user's alert settings.

User receives a notification when the set trend parameters are reached.

Given a user has set an alert for a metric, when the metric exceeds the defined threshold, then the user should receive a notification within the dashboard detailing the alert.

User modifies an existing trend identification alert.

Given a user is on the alert settings page, when they modify an existing trend alert and save the changes, then the updated alert should reflect the new parameters without error.

User deletes an existing trend identification alert.

Given a user has an alert set, when they choose to delete that alert, then the alert should be removed from their settings, and no notifications should be sent for that alert in the future.

User views a history of triggered alerts.

Given a user has had alerts triggered in the past, when they access the alerts history section, then they should see a list of all previously triggered alerts with timestamps and details of the metrics involved.

User tests the functionality of alerts for various metrics.

Given a user has access to multiple metrics, when they set alerts on different metrics with varying thresholds, then each alert should function independently and trigger notifications appropriately based on the set criteria.

User adjusts notification preferences for alerts.

Given a user is in the settings page, when they change their notification preferences (e.g., via email or dashboard) for trend alerts, then the system should update and save these preferences for future alerts.

Competitive Sentiment Benchmarking

The Competitive Sentiment Benchmarking feature compares the sentiment of user feedback with that of competitors. By analyzing industry sentiment trends, this feature provides businesses with valuable context, highlighting their performance relative to the competition and offering opportunities for differentiation and improvement.

Requirements

Sentiment Analysis Integration

"As a marketing manager, I want to analyze user sentiment data compared to our competitors so that I can identify areas for improvement and understand our market positioning better."

Description

This requirement entails the integration of advanced sentiment analysis tools into the Competitive Sentiment Benchmarking feature. The functionality will extract and analyze user feedback from various platforms, providing real-time sentiment scores and trends. This analysis will be aggregated and compared against competitor sentiment, allowing businesses to understand their market position better. By implementing this, users will gain insights into customer feelings, enabling them to make informed decisions on marketing strategies and product improvements. The expected outcome is a clearer picture of brand perception, driving improvements to enhance competitiveness.

Acceptance Criteria

User views the Competitive Sentiment Benchmarking dashboard to see the sentiment analysis results for their brand compared to competitors over a specified time period.

Given that a user accesses the Competitive Sentiment Benchmarking dashboard, when they select the desired time frame, then the dashboard displays real-time sentiment scores and trends for both their brand and competitors.

User receives an automated report summarizing the sentiment analysis for the previous quarter, highlighting key trends and competitor comparisons.

Given that the automated reporting feature is enabled, when the specified period ends, then the user receives an email with a comprehensive report that includes sentiment scores, trends, and competitor comparisons.

Users provide feedback through surveys or social media, which is analyzed for sentiment scores and integrated into the Competitive Sentiment Benchmarking feature.

Given that feedback is collected from multiple sources, when the sentiment analysis tool processes this data, then the sentiment scores for users' feedback will accurately reflect positive, neutral, and negative sentiments as evidenced by the analysis output.

Users want to view a sentiment trend comparison for their brand against the top three competitors over the last six months.

Given that a user initiates a sentiment trend comparison for the last six months, when they view the analysis, then the dashboard presents a clear graphical representation of sentiment trends, showing both the user's brand and the top three competitors' sentiment scores side by side.

User needs to understand the impact of a recent marketing campaign on their brand’s sentiment.

Given that a marketing campaign has concluded, when the user accesses the Competitive Sentiment Benchmarking feature, then they should see a marked increase in sentiment scores directly correlating with the timeline of the campaign as highlighted in the sentiment analysis report.

Users require the capability to filter sentiment analysis results by sentiment category (positive, neutral, negative).

Given that a user is on the Competitive Sentiment Benchmarking dashboard, when they apply the sentiment filters, then the displayed results should match the selected sentiment category accurately, ensuring users can easily interpret the data based on their filtering choice.

Competitor Data Aggregation

"As a business analyst, I want to collect competitor sentiment data so that I can create benchmarks and analyze our performance relative to the industry."

Description

This requirement focuses on the ability to gather and aggregate sentiment data from competitors across various platforms and industries. It will involve scraping social media, customer review sites, and industry reports to compile a comprehensive dataset. The feature will standardize this data, providing benchmarks for sentiment analysis that users can compare against their own feedback. Implementing this requirement will allow users to see not only where they stand against competitors but also industry-wide trends and shifts, enabling strategic planning and proactive decision-making.

Acceptance Criteria

Competitor Sentiment Data Aggregation for Analysis

Given that the system is operational, when user inputs the parameters for competitor analysis, then the system successfully scrapes and aggregates sentiment data from specified platforms for the designated competitors within a 24-hour period.

Standardization of Collect Sentiment Data

Given that sentiment data has been aggregated from various sources, when the data is processed, then the system provides standardized sentiment scores on a scale of 0 to 100 for each competitor, ensuring consistent metrics across all datasets.

Display Competitor Sentiment Comparison

Given that competitor sentiment data has been aggregated and standardized, when a user accesses the Competitive Sentiment Benchmarking feature, then the system displays a comparative dashboard showing sentiment scores for the user's business and selected competitors, with clear visual indicators for performance analysis.

Real-time Updates on Industry Sentiment Trends

Given that the system is configured for real-time updates, when sentiment data from competitors changes, then the system updates the sentiment benchmarks automatically within a 2-hour time frame to reflect the latest trends.

Automated Reporting on Competitive Sentiment Analysis

Given that the user has selected specific competitors for analysis, when the user requests a report, then the system generates and exports an automated report summarizing competitive sentiment insights, including visual graphs and actionable metrics, in PDF format within 15 minutes.

User Customization of Sentiment Data Filters

Given that the user is on the Competitive Sentiment Benchmarking dashboard, when the user selects different filtering options (such as time frame, platform, and sentiment type), then the system dynamically updates the displayed data to match these filters without delays in loading times exceeding 3 seconds.

Alerts for Significant Sentiment Changes

Given that sentiment data continuously updates, when there is a significant change (greater than 10%) in a competitor's sentiment score, then the system sends an alert to the user through the configured notification channels (email, in-app notification) within 30 minutes of detection.

Visual Dashboard for Insights

"As a data analyst, I want a visual dashboard to display sentiment benchmarking data so that I can easily communicate insights to our team and stakeholders."

Description

This requirement encompasses the creation of a user-friendly visual dashboard that presents sentiment benchmarking data in an accessible format. Users will have customizable options to visualize competitor sentiment analysis through graphs, charts, and other visual aids. By integrating this functionality, users can quickly grasp complexities and trends in sentiment data, facilitating easier communication within teams and making data-driven decisions more straightforward. The expected outcome is an intuitive platform that enhances data comprehension and usability for all team members, leading to more informed strategies.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the visual dashboard for sentiment benchmarking on their device.

Given the user has logged into InsightStream, when they navigate to the Competitive Sentiment Benchmarking feature, then they should see a visual dashboard displaying sentiment data with graphs and charts.

User customizes the visual representation of sentiment data on the dashboard.

Given the user is on the visual dashboard, when they select customization options for graphs and charts, then the dashboard should update to reflect their selected preferences in real-time.

User compares their sentiment data with competitor sentiment data over a selected time period.

Given the user has selected a competitor and a time range, when they view the dashboard, then the sentiment comparison should display accurate visual metrics and trends for both their organization and the selected competitor.

User requests an automated report based on sentiment data from the visual dashboard.

Given the user is viewing the visual dashboard, when they click on the 'Generate Report' button, then an automated report summarizing the sentiment insights should be created and accessible for download or email.

User shares the visual dashboard insights with their team members.

Given the user is on the visual dashboard, when they click the 'Share' button, then the user should be able to select team members and share a link to the dashboard with the current visualizations intact.

User interprets sentiment trends from the visual dashboard for strategic planning.

Given the user is on the visual dashboard, when they analyze the sentiment trends over the past quarter, then the user should accurately identify at least three key trends to influence their business strategies.

User receives alerts for significant sentiment changes in competitor data.

Given the user has set alerts for sentiment changes, when there is a significant shift in competitor sentiment, then the user should receive a notification via their selected communication channel.

Alert System for Sentiment Changes

"As a product manager, I want to receive alerts on significant changes in competitor sentiment so that I can respond swiftly to market shifts and adjust our strategies accordingly."

Description

This requirement involves the development of an alert system that notifies users about significant changes in competitor sentiment metrics. By monitoring sentiment trends continuously, the system will trigger alerts whenever there are notable fluctuations or emerging issues. This proactive approach allows businesses to respond quickly and adapt their strategies as needed. The implementation of this requirement will ensure that companies can stay ahead of market changes and maintain their competitive edge by being informed in real-time.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives an alert when there is a significant drop in competitor sentiment metrics over a specified period.

Given a significant drop (e.g., more than 10%) in competitor sentiment metrics, when the metrics are updated, then the user should receive an immediate notification via the platform and email.

User is notified of an increase in positive sentiment metrics of competitors.

Given an increase in competitors' positive sentiment (e.g., a rise by 15% or more), when the sentiment metrics are tracked daily, then the user receives a notification alerting them of the change on their dashboard and via email.

Alerts can be customized based on user preferences for sentiment changes.

Given the user has access to alert configuration settings, when the user sets their preferences for alert thresholds (e.g., percentage increase or decrease), then the alert system should send notifications only when specified thresholds are crossed.

Historical sentiment metrics reflect changes accurately after alert triggers.

Given that an alert is triggered for a change in sentiment, when the user reviews historical sentiment data, then the data must accurately display the metrics leading up to the alert trigger (with timestamps).

Users can disable alerts for certain competitors based on preferences.

Given a user wishes to disable alerts for a specific competitor, when they access the alert settings, then the user should be able to select competitors to mute notifications without affecting alerts for other competitors.

User can receive a summary of sentiment changes periodically.

Given the user opts for summary notifications, when the specified period (e.g., weekly or monthly) is reached, then the user should receive a concise summary report detailing sentiment changes across competitors.

The alert system functions correctly across different devices.

Given users access the InsightStream platform from various devices, when there is a sentiment change that triggers an alert, then the alert should be received on all devices logged into the user's account (mobile and desktop).

Historical Sentiment Trend Analysis

"As an operations manager, I want access to historical sentiment analysis so that I can understand trends over time and better predict future performance."

Description

This requirement focuses on providing users with historical sentiment data, allowing them to analyze trends over time. By enabling businesses to examine past competitor performance in terms of sentiment, users can identify patterns, cyclical trends, and periods of significant change. This feature will facilitate a deeper understanding of market dynamics and will be crucial for forecasting future trends. The outcome will empower users to make proactive decisions, fortify their strategies, and improve long-term planning processes.

Acceptance Criteria

User Feedback Loop Implementation

"As a user, I want to provide feedback on sentiment analysis results so that I can help improve the accuracy and relevance of the insights I receive."

Description

This requirement includes creating mechanisms for users to provide feedback on the sentiment analysis results. By allowing users to submit their interpretations and insights directly, the feature can improve the accuracy of sentiment analysis over time. This feedback loop will ensure that the system continually adapts and evolves according to user needs and preferences. The expected outcome is a more refined and accurate sentiment assessment, leading to greater user satisfaction and relevance of the data presented.

Acceptance Criteria

User Feedback Submission for Sentiment Analysis Results

Given a user is viewing sentiment analysis results, when they click on the feedback button, then they should be able to submit their insights regarding the accuracy of the sentiment assessment and provide additional comments.

Feedback Response Implementation

Given that feedback has been submitted by users, when the system processes the feedback, then users should receive an acknowledgment message confirming that their feedback has been received and will be reviewed.

Sentiment Accuracy Adjustment Based on Feedback

Given that user feedback has been collected, when the sentiment analysis results are recalibrated, then the new results should reflect adjustments based on at least 75% of relevant user feedback received in the last 30 days.

Reporting Feedback Metrics

Given that feedback has been submitted over a period of time, when an administrator views the analytics dashboard, then they should see a report that summarizes the total number of feedback submissions and average sentiment accuracy ratings before and after adjustments.

User Notification on Sentiment Analysis Updates

Given that the sentiment analysis results have been updated based on user feedback, when a user logs into the platform, then they should receive a notification about the changes made and how their feedback contributed to it.

Feedback Trend Analysis

Given a historical record of user feedback, when an analyst views the trends over a specified period, then they should be able to identify any significant shifts in sentiment accuracy perceptions based on gathered feedback.

Integration with Competitor Sentiment Analysis

Given that competitor sentiment data is being analyzed, when user feedback is integrated into the comparative analysis, then the system should reflect this feedback in the benchmarking reports effectively and accurately.

Competitor Benchmark Reports

"As a business executive, I want to receive detailed competitor benchmarking reports so that I can present findings in strategy meetings and make informed decisions based on solid data."

Description

This requirement focuses on generating comprehensive benchmarking reports that summarize sentiment data and insights about competitors. These reports will be easily exportable for presentations and strategy sessions, providing stakeholders with evidence-based insights. The functionality will include customizable reporting features that allow users to include or exclude specific data points. By implementing this feature, companies can support their strategic decision-making processes with solid data derived from sentiment analysis. The expected outcome is increased clarity in decision-making through well-organized reports that highlight key findings.

Acceptance Criteria

Generating a new competitor benchmark report for a quarterly business review meeting to present sentiment analysis to stakeholders.

Given that the user selects competitors and criteria for comparison, when they generate the report, then a comprehensive report including sentiment scores and trends for each competitor should be created and accessible for download in PDF format.

Customizing the benchmark report by including specific data points to be highlighted during a strategy session.

Given that the user is in the report customization interface, when they select or deselect data points such as rating, sentiment breakdown, and time frame, then the generated report should reflect these selections appropriately in a clear and organized manner.

Reviewing the detailed insights of the competitor benchmark report with the marketing team during a strategy meeting.

Given that the user opens the generated report, when they navigate to the insights section, then key findings such as sentiment trends and comparisons should be clearly displayed and easy to interpret for effective discussion.

Exporting the benchmark report for sharing with other departments within the organization.

Given that the user successfully generates the report, when they opt to export it, then the report should be available in multiple formats (PDF, Excel, PowerPoint) without losing the original formatting or data integrity.

Creating and saving multiple competitor benchmark reports to track changes over time.

Given that the user generates a benchmark report, when they choose to save the report, then the system should allow them to name and categorize it, ensuring that it is retrievable for future analysis.

Setting up automated scheduling for regular competitor benchmark reports to be generated periodically.

Given that the user configures the scheduling options, when the scheduled date arrives, then a new benchmark report should be automatically generated and sent to designated stakeholders without manual intervention.

Customer Journey Sentiment Mapping

Customer Journey Sentiment Mapping visualizes sentiment changes throughout the customer journey—mapping out touchpoints from awareness to post-purchase feedback. This feature helps businesses pinpoint where sentiment dips or rises, allowing for targeted improvements along the customer experience and enhancing overall satisfaction.

Requirements

Sentiment Analysis Algorithm

"As a marketing manager, I want to understand customer sentiment across different touchpoints in the customer journey so that I can identify pain points and opportunities for improvement in our product offering."

Description

Develop an advanced sentiment analysis algorithm capable of interpreting textual feedback at various customer journey touchpoints. This algorithm should leverage natural language processing (NLP) to assess customer sentiments in various formats—such as reviews, social media mentions, and survey responses. By integrating this algorithm into InsightStream, it enhances the ability to quantify customer sentiments, transforming qualitative data into actionable insights, ultimately improving customer experience and strategic decision-making.

Acceptance Criteria

Sentiment analysis occurs on customer feedback collected from multiple sources including social media platforms, product reviews, and customer surveys as they are received on the platform.

Given customer feedback is collected from various sources, When the sentiment analysis algorithm processes the feedback, Then it should accurately classify the sentiment as positive, negative, or neutral with at least 85% accuracy based on manually verified samples.

Users are able to visualize sentiment changes along the customer journey in the InsightStream dashboard, identifying key touchpoints for intervention.

Given the sentiment analysis results are available, When a user accesses the dashboard, Then the sentiment trends should be clearly visible for each touchpoint, including the ability to drill down into individual data points for more detail.

The sentiment analysis algorithm is integrated within the InsightStream platform to enhance user experience and functionality without performance degradation.

Given the implementation of the sentiment analysis algorithm, When the system processes simultaneous requests for sentiment analysis, Then the system should respond to all requests within 3 seconds, ensuring optimal user experience without degradation in performance.

Business analysts use the sentiment analysis findings to inform strategic decisions based on customer feedback trends identified in the dashboard.

Given a historical dataset of customer feedback, When the sentiment analysis algorithm is applied, Then the insights generated must lead to at least two actionable recommendations that are validated by user testing in the InsightStream platform.

The algorithm adapts to varying formats of textual feedback, including slang, emojis, and mixed languages, ensuring broad applicability across the customer base.

Given the sentiment analysis algorithm is operational, When diverse formats of feedback (with slang, emojis, etc.) are inputted, Then the algorithm should correctly interpret and analyze at least 90% of the inputs without error, generating reliable sentiment scores.

The system provides users with a reporting feature that summarizes sentiment analysis findings over specified time periods to track changes and impacts.

Given a defined reporting period, When a user generates a sentiment report, Then the report should include key metrics such as overall sentiment score, changes over time, and major influences on sentiment with clear visual representations.

Interactive Sentiment Dashboard

"As a product manager, I want to visualize sentiment changes over time in an interactive dashboard so that I can quickly assess the success of our marketing strategies and customer engagement efforts."

Description

Create an interactive dashboard specifically designed for visualizing sentiment trends across the customer journey. This dashboard will feature customizable widgets that display sentiment scores, trends over time, and sentiment distribution by touchpoint. Users can interact with the dashboard elements to filter data based on timeframes or specific customer segments, providing a comprehensive overview that aids in swift decision-making and strategic planning.

Acceptance Criteria

User accessing the interactive sentiment dashboard to analyze customer sentiment trends over a specified timeframe.

Given the user is on the interactive sentiment dashboard, When the user selects a timeframe from the dropdown menu, Then the dashboard should refresh to display sentiment trends only for the selected timeframe.

User customizing widgets on the interactive sentiment dashboard based on specific customer segments.

Given the user is on the interactive sentiment dashboard, When the user selects a specific customer segment from the filter options, Then the widgets should update to reflect sentiment data related only to the selected customer segment.

User viewing the overall sentiment score across the customer journey on the interactive sentiment dashboard.

Given the user is on the interactive sentiment dashboard, When the dashboard loads, Then the user should see the overall sentiment score prominently displayed at the top of the dashboard within 3 seconds.

User analyzing the sentiment distribution by touchpoint on the interactive sentiment dashboard.

Given the user is on the interactive sentiment dashboard, When the user clicks on the sentiment distribution widget, Then the user should be able to view a breakdown of sentiment scores by each touchpoint in a clear and interactive format.

User generating a report based on the insights from the interactive sentiment dashboard.

Given the user has interacted with the interactive sentiment dashboard, When the user clicks on the 'Generate Report' button, Then a downloadable report containing all selected data and insights should be created without errors.

User receiving real-time updates on sentiment score changes through the interactive sentiment dashboard.

Given the interactive sentiment dashboard is open, When the sentiment score changes due to incoming data, Then the dashboard should update the sentiment score dynamically within 5 seconds to reflect the latest data.

Automated Report Generation

"As a business analyst, I want automated reports on customer journey sentiment so that I can efficiently communicate insights to stakeholders without spending excessive time on data preparation."

Description

Implement a feature that automatically generates comprehensive reports summarizing sentiment analysis findings. These reports will include key metrics such as overall sentiment scores, trends, and insights based on customer feedback throughout their journey. The automated reports will be customizable, allowing users to select parameters such as date ranges and touchpoint focus, streamlining the reporting process and saving valuable time for users while maintaining accuracy and detail.

Acceptance Criteria

Automated report generation for customer sentiment analysis

Given a user is logged into InsightStream and has selected the 'Automated Report Generation' feature, when the user specifies parameters (date range and touchpoint focus) and clicks 'Generate Report', then a comprehensive report summarizing sentiment analysis findings should be produced and available for download.

Customization of report parameters

Given a user is on the report generation page, when the user selects date ranges and specific touchpoints to focus on, then those parameters should be clearly displayed in the report and the generated data should reflect the selected criteria.

Accuracy and detail in sentiment scores

Given a user has generated a report, when they review the key metrics in the automated report, then the overall sentiment scores and trends must match the raw data collected during the specified date range and touchpoint selection.

User notification upon report completion

Given a user has successfully generated a report, when the report generation process is completed, then the user should receive a notification indicating that the report is ready for download.

Multi-format report export options

Given a user has generated a sentiment analysis report, when they choose to export the report, then the user should have options to download the report in PDF, Excel, and Word formats.

Time efficiency for report generation

Given a user has selected parameters for an automated report, when the user initiates report generation, then the system should generate the report within 2 minutes under normal operating conditions.

Visualization of sentiment trends in reports

Given a user has generated a report, when they view the report, then the sentiment trends should be represented visually using graphs or charts that clearly depict changes in sentiment throughout the customer journey.

Custom Alerts for Sentiment Shifts

"As a customer service lead, I want to receive alerts for significant changes in customer sentiment so that I can quickly address any issues and enhance customer satisfaction."

Description

Develop a system that allows users to set custom alerts for significant shifts in sentiment at critical touchpoints. This feature will proactively notify users of any substantial changes in sentiment scores, enabling timely responses to potential customer satisfaction issues. The custom alerts can be configured based on user-defined thresholds, ensuring that teams can focus on rapid improvements when necessary.

Acceptance Criteria

User Setting Up Custom Alerts for Sentiment Shifts Based on Thresholds

Given that a user is on the Custom Alerts configuration page, when they input a sentiment threshold value and save their settings, then the alert should be successfully stored and reflected in their dashboard.

User Receives Notifications for Sentiment Shift Alerts

Given that a custom alert has been configured for a specific sentiment shift threshold, when the sentiment score crosses this threshold, then the user should receive a real-time notification via email and in-app alert.

User Modifying Existing Custom Alerts for Sentiment Changes

Given that a user is on the Custom Alerts management page, when they select an existing alert to modify, update the threshold, and save the changes, then the updated alert should reflect the new threshold value on the dashboard and be activated immediately.

User Testing Custom Alert Functionality with Sample Data

Given that sample sentiment data is used for testing, when the sentiment score fluctuates to cross the defined thresholds, then the system should trigger notifications accordingly, confirming that the alert system is functioning correctly.

User Viewing Historical Alert Data and Sentiment Trends

Given that a user accesses the alert history section of the dashboard, when they select a specific timeframe, then they should see a chronological list of all triggered alerts, along with corresponding sentiment scores for those alerts.

User Assigning Alert Notification Preferences

Given that a user is configuring their alert settings, when they choose their preferred notification methods (e.g., email, SMS, in-app notifications), then the system should successfully save the user's preferences and utilize them for future alerts.

User Ensuring Alerts Are Triggered Only for Critical Touchpoints

Given that the user has set alerts for specific critical touchpoints, when sentiment scores for these touchpoints change significantly, then only the relevant alerts should be triggered without any false positives from non-critical touchpoints.

Integration with CRM Systems

"As a sales representative, I want sentiment data integrated with our CRM so that I can tailor my approach to customers based on their feedback and sentiments toward our products."

Description

Establish integration capabilities with major Customer Relationship Management (CRM) systems, allowing seamless data sharing. This integration will enable users to leverage sentiment analysis alongside customer profiles, enhancing their understanding of customer behaviors and preferences. By synchronizing sentiment data with CRM tools, companies can develop personalized engagement strategies that resonate with customers, leading to better client relationships and retention.

Acceptance Criteria

Integration with Salesforce CRM for sentiment analysis

Given a user accesses the sentiment mapping feature in InsightStream, when they connect their Salesforce CRM account, then data from the CRM should be successfully synchronized with InsightStream's sentiment analysis dashboard, reflecting customer sentiment in real-time.

Data synchronization between InsightStream and HubSpot CRM

Given that a user has linked HubSpot CRM with InsightStream, when new sentiment data is generated, then it must be automatically updated in the corresponding customer profiles within HubSpot, ensuring real-time access to sentiment insights.

Visualization of sentiment changes in customer touchpoints

Given that a user views the Customer Journey Sentiment Mapping feature, when they select a specific customer journey segment, then they should see a clear graph illustrating sentiment changes at each touchpoint from awareness to post-purchase, highlighting peaks and troughs in sentiment levels.

User notifications for sentiment dip in customer journeys

Given that the sentiment mapping feature detects a significant dip in customer sentiment at a specific touchpoint, when this occurs, then the InsightStream platform should automatically send an alert notification to the user recommending a review of that touchpoint.

Customizable dashboard feature for different departments

Given that the user is configuring their dashboard, when they select the 'customize dashboard' option, then they must be able to choose which sentiment mapping metrics to display, tailored to their specific departmental needs, and should be saved for future sessions.

User feedback on sentiment mapping effectiveness

Given that a user has been utilizing the Customer Journey Sentiment Mapping for one month, when prompted for feedback, then they should be able to rate the effectiveness of the feature on a scale from 1 to 5, and provide additional comments, which will be logged for future enhancements.

User Permissions and Access Controls

"As a security officer, I want to control user permissions related to customer sentiment data so that I can safeguard sensitive information while enabling collaboration among team members."

Description

Introduce a robust user permissions and access control system to manage who can view or edit sentiment data and dashboard configurations. This feature is crucial for maintaining data integrity and security, allowing different teams to access insights appropriate to their roles while protecting sensitive data from unauthorized access. It ensures that the right information is accessible to the right people, fostering collaboration and informed decision-making.

Acceptance Criteria

User with admin permissions can create a new user account and assign role-based access controls for customer journey sentiment mapping.

Given an admin user is logged in, when they navigate to the user management section, then they can create a new user and assign specific permissions for viewing and editing sentiment data and dashboard settings.

User with reporting role can view sentiment data without the ability to edit dashboard configurations.

Given a user with a reporting role is logged in, when they access the customer journey sentiment mapping dashboard, then they can view the sentiment data but cannot edit any dashboard settings or configurations.

A user without the appropriate permissions attempts to access the sentiment data dashboard.

Given a user without the necessary permissions is logged in, when they try to access the customer journey sentiment mapping dashboard, then they should receive an access denied message and not be able to view the data.

An admin user updates an existing user's permissions for sentiment data access.

Given an admin user is logged in and has accessed the user management settings, when they change the permissions of an existing user, then the changes should be reflected in the system within 5 minutes and properly enforced.

A system audit checks for compliance of user access controls related to sentiment data.

Given the system administrator initiates an audit check, when the compliance report is generated, then it should accurately reflect all user permissions and their corresponding access levels to customer journey sentiment data.

User feedback on the user permissions and access control feature after initial rollout.

Given that the user permissions and access control feature has been deployed, when users submit feedback within the first month of use, then at least 80% of feedback should indicate that the permissions are intuitive and meet their needs.

Analytics Quest

Analytics Quest introduces a structured learning path where users embark on interactive quests to explore various analytics topics and techniques. Each quest consists of challenges, quizzes, and real-world scenarios, making learning immersive and fun. As users complete quests, they unlock rewards and advance through levels, fostering motivation and engagement.

Requirements

Interactive Quests

"As a user, I want to participate in interactive quests related to analytics so that I can learn in an engaging way and apply concepts in real-world scenarios."

Description

The Interactive Quests requirement enables users to engage in a gamified learning experience where they can explore analytics topics through structured challenges and quests. Each quest will consist of various components such as quizzes, scenarios, feedback mechanisms, and mini-games to help solidify understanding and retention of concepts. This feature enhances user engagement by making analytics learning enjoyable and relevant, encouraging users to participate more actively in their learning process and promoting deeper understanding through practical application.

Acceptance Criteria

User completes a quiz as part of an interactive quest and receives real-time feedback on their answers.

Given a user is participating in an interactive quest with a quiz, when they submit their answers, then the system should provide immediate feedback indicating which answers are correct or incorrect along with explanations for each question.

User navigates the interactive quests and unlocks a new level after completing all challenges in the current level.

Given a user has completed all challenges in the current level of the interactive quest, when they finish the last challenge, then the system should automatically unlock the next level and notify the user of their progress.

User receives rewards after successfully completing a quest within the analytics learning path.

Given a user has successfully completed all components of a quest, when they reach the end of the quest, then they should receive a reward that can be viewed in their user profile along with an updated progress tracker.

User engages with mini-games that reinforce analytics concepts covered in the quests.

Given a user is enrolled in a quest that includes a mini-game, when they play the mini-game, then they should be provided with analytics-related scenarios where they apply concepts learned from previous quests to achieve the game's objectives.

User accesses varied analytics topics through different quests tailored to their learning needs.

Given a user logs into the analytics platform, when they select a quest, then they should see a list of available quests categorized by different analytics topics, with each quest providing a brief description of its content and objectives.

User views a progress report that outlines their performance across the interactive quests.

Given a user has participated in multiple quests, when they access their user dashboard, then they should see a detailed report showing their completion rates, scores, feedback from quizzes, and any rewards earned.

Rewards System

"As a user, I want to receive rewards when I complete analytics quests so that I feel motivated to continue learning."

Description

The Rewards System requirement introduces a mechanism to incentivize users as they progress through quests. It allows users to earn points, badges, or other digital rewards upon completing challenges, contributing to their overall learning journey. This system not only boosts motivation but also encourages continued participation and creates a sense of achievement. As users accumulate rewards, they will unlock higher levels within the platform, fostering a level of competition and achievement among peers.

Acceptance Criteria

User earns points by completing their first quest in Analytics Quest.

Given a user completes their first quest, when the quest is successfully submitted, then the user should receive 100 points in their rewards balance.

User unlocks a badge after completing three quests.

Given a user has completed three quests, when they navigate to the rewards section, then they should see a 'Quest Master' badge displayed in their profile.

User can view their total rewards points on their profile page.

Given a user is logged into their profile, when they access their profile page, then they should see their total rewards points clearly displayed at the top.

User receives points for completing quizzes at the end of each quest.

Given a user completes a quiz at the end of a quest, when the quiz is submitted, then the user should receive points based on their performance, with a maximum of 50 points.

Users can track their progress in the rewards system.

Given a user has completed at least one quest, when they go to the rewards tracking page, then they should see a progress bar indicating completed quests and total points earned.

Users receive a notification when they unlock a new level.

Given a user accumulates enough points to unlock a new level, when this milestone is reached, then the user should receive a notification via the platform's messaging system.

Progress Tracking Dashboard

"As a user, I want to see my progress in the learning quests so that I can track my achievements and improve my skills accordingly."

Description

The Progress Tracking Dashboard requirement provides users with a visual representation of their learning journey, displaying completed quests, rewards earned, and areas for improvement. This dashboard will aggregate data from user interactions to inform them of their learning progress and guide future learning paths. It will help users identify strengths and weaknesses in their analytics skills, driving more targeted and effective learning experiences distinctive to their needs.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Progress Tracking Dashboard to review their learning progress after completing multiple quests in Analytics Quest.

Given a user has completed at least three quests, when they access the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then they should see a visual representation of their completed quests and the total number of quests available.

User views their earned rewards on the Progress Tracking Dashboard after completing various quests.

Given a user has completed quests that confer rewards, when they view the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then the dashboard must display all earned rewards and their respective descriptions.

User identifies areas for improvement on the Progress Tracking Dashboard based on their completed quizzes and challenges.

Given a user has engaged with quizzes and challenges, when they consult the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then the system should highlight areas where their performance was below average and suggest targeted quests to improve those skills.

User interacts with the Progress Tracking Dashboard to track their learning journey over a specified time period.

Given a user has been using the dashboard for over a month, when they filter their progress by date range, then the dashboard should accurately show their learning metrics, including completed quests and rewards, within that specified timeframe.

Admin measures the overall engagement metrics through the Progress Tracking Dashboard for a cohort of users.

Given an admin is logged into the administrative view, when they access the Progress Tracking Dashboard analytics, then they should be able to obtain metrics on user engagement, such as average quests completed per user and average rewards earned, for any selected time period.

User customizes the layout of their Progress Tracking Dashboard to prioritize metrics relevant to their learning style.

Given a user is in the customization mode of the Progress Tracking Dashboard, when they select and arrange widgets representing their preferred metrics, then the dashboard layout should reflect those changes and save them for future logins.

Analytics Topic Library

"As a user, I want access to a library of analytics resources so that I can study further beyond the quests and enhance my knowledge."

Description

The Analytics Topic Library requirement will function as a centralized repository of resources and materials that users can access to enhance their learning during quests. It will include articles, videos, case studies, and infographics related to various analytics topics. This resource will provide users with reliable information and deeper insights into subjects they encounter in quests, facilitating better understanding and comprehensive knowledge acquisition.

Acceptance Criteria

User successfully accesses the Analytics Topic Library during a quest to gather supplementary information on data visualization techniques.

Given a user is logged into InsightStream and has selected a quest related to data visualization, when they navigate to the Analytics Topic Library, then they should see a list of related articles, videos, case studies, and infographics.

User interacts with multimedia resources in the Analytics Topic Library to enhance learning outcomes.

Given a user is viewing an article in the Analytics Topic Library, when they click on a video link within the article, then the video should play without buffering and maintain high quality.

User utilizes the search function in the Analytics Topic Library to find specific analytics topics.

Given a user is in the Analytics Topic Library, when they enter a keyword into the search bar, then the results displayed should only include resources relevant to the entered keyword.

User completes a quest and accesses the Analytics Topic Library for additional resources to reinforce learning.

Given a user has completed a quest, when they access the Analytics Topic Library, then they should receive recommendations for further reading based on the topics covered in the quest.

User reviews content in the Analytics Topic Library for accuracy and relevance.

Given a user is accessing content in the Analytics Topic Library, when they click on a resource, then the resource should have a source credibility rating and the date of publication available for review.

User tracks their learning progress and resource utilization within the Analytics Topic Library.

Given a user is navigating through the Analytics Topic Library, when they bookmark or save a resource, then that action should update their learning dashboard to reflect progress toward their learning goals.

User receives automated notifications for new content in the Analytics Topic Library.

Given a user has opted in for notifications, when new resources are added to the Analytics Topic Library, then the user should receive an email notification summarizing new content relevant to their interests.

Community Engagement Forum

"As a user, I want to connect with others in a community forum so that I can collaborate, share experiences, and gain insights on analytics learning."

Description

The Community Engagement Forum requirement introduces a platform within InsightStream for users to discuss challenges, share accomplishments, and seek help from peers and mentors. This forum will foster collaboration and knowledge sharing, creating a supportive learning environment where users can engage with others on similar learning paths. By interacting with a community, users can enhance their understanding of analytics topics and motivate each other in pursuit of knowledge.

Acceptance Criteria

Users access the Community Engagement Forum from their InsightStream dashboard.

Given a user is logged into InsightStream, when they navigate to the Community Engagement Forum, then the forum should be displayed as the first option on the dashboard with clear access instructions.

Users post a question in the Community Engagement Forum seeking assistance with an analytics challenge.

Given a user is on the Community Engagement Forum page, when they submit a question using the 'Post a Question' feature, then the question should appear in the forum with a timestamp and their username attached.

Users reply to a peer's post in the Community Engagement Forum.

Given a user views a question posted by a peer, when they click the 'Reply' button and submit their response, then the response should be visible below the original question with a timestamp and user's username.

Users receive notifications for replies to their posts in the Community Engagement Forum.

Given a user has posted a question or comment in the forum, when another user replies to that post, then the original poster should receive a notification alerting them of the new reply.

Users search for topics within the Community Engagement Forum to find relevant discussions.

Given a user is on the Community Engagement Forum page, when they enter a keyword into the search bar, then the forum should display a list of related discussions that match the search criteria.

Users can filter forum posts by different categories, such as 'Challenges', 'Success Stories', and 'General Questions'.

Given a user is viewing the forum, when they select a filter category from the options provided, then only posts belonging to that selected category should be displayed on the page.

Adaptive Learning Paths

"As a user, I want my learning path to adapt based on my performance so that I can receive the right level of challenge and support as I learn."

Description

The Adaptive Learning Paths requirement will adjust the difficulty of quests and content offered based on the user's current skill level and performance. By utilizing data analytics, the platform will tailor the learning experience to suit individual needs, ensuring users are neither overwhelmed nor under-challenged. This adaptation will promote optimal engagement, retention of knowledge, and a personalized learning experience that enables users to progress at their own pace.

Acceptance Criteria

User with a basic understanding of analytics starts their first quest, and the system assesses their initial skill level using a pre-quest quiz.

Given the user completes the pre-quest quiz, When the user submits their answers, Then the system assigns an appropriate starting difficulty level for the quest based on their performance.

A user is progressing through quests and experiences repeated difficulties in completing tasks, indicating they may be struggling with the content.

Given the user has failed a quest challenge three times in a row, When the user attempts the challenge again, Then the system automatically adjusts the challenge level to an easier setting to facilitate learning.

A user demonstrates high competency by consistently achieving full scores in multiple quests and challenges.

Given the user has successfully completed five consecutive quests with scores above 90%, When the user logs in, Then the system increases the difficulty level of the subsequent quests to match the user's demonstrated skill level.

Users are provided with personalized recommendations for quests based on their learning paths and preferences.

Given the user navigates to the 'Recommended Quests' section, When the user views the recommendations, Then the system displays quests that are tailored to the user's current skill level and past performance metrics.

A user completes a quest and provides feedback on their learning experience.

Given the user submits feedback after completing a quest, When the feedback is processed, Then the system adjusts future quest recommendations based on the user’s satisfaction ratings, ensuring continuous improvement of the learning paths.

At the end of a learning journey, the user wants to review their achievements and learning metrics.

Given the user accesses their profile dashboard, When the user views the 'My Learning Path' section, Then the user can see a summary of completed quests, skill improvements, and badges earned for successfully completing challenges.

Milestone Badges

Milestone Badges are digital awards that users earn upon completing significant training modules or achieving specific learning objectives. These badges not only provide recognition for individual achievements but also encourage friendly competition among users, as they showcase progress and expertise within their teams.

Requirements

Badge Creation Tool

"As an administrator, I want to create customizable badges for training milestones so that I can recognize employee achievements and enhance motivation in learning."

Description

The Milestone Badges feature will include a Badge Creation Tool that allows administrators to design and customize digital badges. Administrators can specify the criteria for badge achievement, including training modules completed or learning objectives met. The tool must support various styles, colors, and icons to fit the brand identity of InsightStream and engage users visually. This customization enables organizations to recognize specific achievements and create meaningful reward systems that enhance user engagement and motivation among employees.

Acceptance Criteria

Badge Creation Tool for Administrators

Given an administrator with access to the Badge Creation Tool, when they input the design details for a new badge, including style, color, and icon, then the new badge should appear in the badge library and be available for future assignment.

Validate Badge Achievement Criteria

Given an administrator has set the achievement criteria for a badge, when a user completes the relevant training modules or meets the specified learning objectives, then the system should automatically award the badge to the user.

Customization Options in Badge Creation Tool

Given an administrator using the Badge Creation Tool, when they select customization options for a badge, including size, shape, and iconography, then the tool should accurately reflect these changes in real-time during the design process.

Preview Functionality in Badge Creation Tool

Given an administrator is creating a badge, when they click on the preview button in the Badge Creation Tool, then a mock-up of the badge should display with the specified design elements for review before saving.

User Interface for Badge Creation Tool

Given that an administrator accesses the Badge Creation Tool, when they navigate through the different sections (design, criteria, preview), then each section should have a clear title and user-friendly navigation options without errors or confusion.

Integration of Badges into User Profiles

Given that a user has earned a badge, when they view their profile, then the earned badge should be displayed prominently along with the date of achievement and the criteria met, enhancing user engagement.

Reporting on Badge Distribution

Given an administrator wants to analyze badge distribution, when they generate a report from the Badge Creation Tool, then the report should clearly detail the number of badges issued per module and user demographics without errors.

User Notification System

"As a user, I want to receive notifications when I earn a badge so that I feel recognized for my achievements and can share them with my peers."

Description

The system must include a User Notification System that automatically informs users when they have earned a badge. Notifications should be sent via email and in-app messages, detailing the specific badge earned and the achievement prompting the award. This feature is essential for reinforcing positive behavior and motivating users to engage actively with learning modules. The notification system should also allow users to share their achievements on social media or company platforms, fostering a sense of accomplishment and community.

Acceptance Criteria

User earns a Milestone Badge after completing a training module.

Given a user completes a training module, when the training module is marked as complete, then an email notification is sent to the user informing them of the badge earned, including the badge details and the achievement criteria.

User receives an in-app message notification for badge achievement.

Given a user completes a training module and earns a badge, when they log into the app, then they receive an in-app message displaying the badge earned and a brief description of the achievement that prompted the award.

User shares badge achievement on social media.

Given a user earns a Milestone Badge, when they select the option to share on social media, then a pre-filled post appears with details of the badge and a link to the platform, allowing users to easily share their achievement.

User can review all earned badges in their profile.

Given a user accesses their profile section, when they navigate to the 'Badges' area, then they should see a comprehensive list of all badges earned, along with the date of achievement and the corresponding training modules completed.

User can opt in or out of badge notification types.

Given a user is in their notification settings, when they choose to receive or not receive badge notifications via email or in-app, then their preferences should be saved and respected during future badge awards.

Admin can track user badge achievements through an admin dashboard.

Given an admin accesses the dashboard, when they view user achievements, then they should see a report listing all badges earned by users, along with the associated training modules and timestamps of completion.

User receives a reminder notification for incomplete training modules that lead to badges.

Given a user has started a training module but has not completed it, when a certain time period passes after the last login, then an automated reminder email is sent to encourage completion to earn the associated badge.

Progress Tracking Dashboard

"As a user, I want to access a dashboard that shows my earned badges and progress in training sessions so that I can stay motivated and track my learning journey."

Description

A Progress Tracking Dashboard will be developed where users can view their earned badges alongside their current progress in ongoing training modules. This dashboard will display a visual representation of achievements and remaining milestones, allowing users to track their progress effectively. The dashboard needs to be user-friendly, with real-time updates, providing insights into completed modules and what’s necessary to achieve the next badge. This feature will encourage continued learning and competition among peers while enhancing user engagement.

Acceptance Criteria

User views their Progress Tracking Dashboard for the first time after completing several training modules.

Given the user has completed training modules, when they access the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then they will see a visual representation of all earned badges and the corresponding number of badges earned for each completed module.

User checks for real-time updates on their dashboard after completing a new training module.

Given the user has recently completed a training module, when they refresh the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then their completion status updates immediately, and the relevant badge is displayed if earned.

User navigates to the dashboard to view their progress towards the next badge after completing half of the necessary milestones for that badge.

Given the user has completed 50% of the required milestones for the next badge, when they view the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then it should indicate the remaining milestones and what specific actions are required to earn the next badge.

User participates in a friendly competition by comparing their badges with their peers on the dashboard.

Given multiple users have access to the Progress Tracking Dashboard, when a user views the leaderboard, then it should display the top users along with the number of badges earned by each user, fostering competition and engagement.

User wants to access detailed descriptions of each badge earned from the dashboard.

Given the user is viewing their Progress Tracking Dashboard, when they click on any badge displayed, then a modal should open showing detailed information about the badge, including the criteria required to earn it.

User logs in from a different device and accesses their Progress Tracking Dashboard.

Given the user is logged into their account from a different device, when they navigate to the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then it should display their most recent badge status and progress accurately as per the last session.

Badge Leaderboard

"As a user, I want to see how I rank against my peers on a badge leaderboard so that I can feel motivated to engage more in training and earn more badges."

Description

The Badge Leaderboard will showcase the top users who have earned the most badges within a specific timeframe, fostering a sense of friendly competition. The feature will display user names, badge count, and achievement criteria, motivating users to participate more actively in training modules. The leaderboard should allow filtering by time periods and departments, enhancing visibility of achievements across different segments of the organization. This functionality plays a crucial role in promoting engagement and enhancing the overall learning culture within organizations.

Acceptance Criteria

Top Users Displayed with Badge Count

Given that the user accesses the Badge Leaderboard, when the leaderboard loads, then the top users with the highest badge counts for the selected timeframe should be displayed in descending order with their corresponding badge counts.

Filter by Time Period

Given that the user is on the Badge Leaderboard, when the user selects a specific time period filter (e.g., last month, last quarter), then the leaderboard should refresh and display only the top users for that selected period.

Filter by Department

Given that the user is on the Badge Leaderboard, when the user selects a departmental filter, then the leaderboard should display the top users with the highest badge counts within the selected department.

Achievement Criteria Displayed

Given that a user’s name is displayed on the Badge Leaderboard, when the user hovers over their name, then a tooltip should show the achievement criteria for the badges they have earned.

Leaderboard Performance under Load

Given that multiple users access the Badge Leaderboard simultaneously, when the leaderboard is requested by these users, then it should load within 2 seconds for 95% of the requests.

Mobile Responsiveness of Leaderboard

Given that the user accesses the Badge Leaderboard on a mobile device, when the leaderboard is displayed, then it should be fully responsive and maintain usability across different screen sizes.

Shareability of Leaderboard Achievements

Given that a user views their position on the Badge Leaderboard, when they click the share button, then the achievement should be sharable on social media platforms with a predefined message and user’s badge count.

Badge Analytics Reporting

"As an administrator, I want to analyze badge earning trends and user engagement metrics so that I can assess the effectiveness of our training programs and make necessary adjustments."

Description

The Badge Analytics Reporting feature will provide insights into badge distribution among users and their respective achievements. This reporting engine will allow administrators to generate reports on badge-earners, user engagement metrics, and the effectiveness of various training initiatives. It should include options for visual data representation, including graphs and charts, to help in analyzing participation trends and identifying areas that may need improvement. This data is vital for assessing the impact of the Milestone Badges feature and ensuring it aligns with corporate training goals.

Acceptance Criteria

Badge Analytics Reporting for User Engagement Metrics Generation

Given an administrator accesses the Badge Analytics Reporting feature, when they select a date range and user group, then the system should generate a report displaying the total number of badges earned, user engagement scores, and the percentage of active users within that group.

Visualization of Badge Distribution

Given the generated report on badges earned, when the administrator chooses to visualize the data, then the system should provide options to display the badge distribution in various graphical formats such as pie charts or bar graphs.

Comparison of Training Initiatives Effectiveness

Given an administrator views the Badge Analytics Reporting, when they select two or more training modules, then the system should compare and showcase the number of badges earned per module and the respective user engagement for each module.

Exporting Badge Analytics Reports

Given that the report on badge analytics is generated, when the administrator selects the export option, then the system should allow the report to be exported in common formats such as PDF or Excel.

Historical Trend Analysis of Badges Earned

Given the administrators input historical data into the system, when they request a trend analysis report for badge earning over time, then the system should provide a comprehensive overview indicating changes in badge acquisition trends across selected periods.

User Feedback Collection through Badges

Given the admins are analyzing badge effectiveness, when they include user feedback metrics, then the reporting tool should present an aggregate of user satisfaction ratings correlated with the number of badges earned.

Leaderboard Challenge

The Leaderboard Challenge fosters a friendly competitive environment by ranking users based on their training progress, completed quests, and earned badges. This feature encourages users to engage more actively with the Gamified Analytics Learning Module, as they strive to improve their standings against colleagues, enhancing both motivation and participation.

Requirements

User Progress Tracking

"As a user, I want to track my training progress and see how many quests I have completed so that I can understand my learning journey and strive to improve my standing on the leaderboard."

Description

The User Progress Tracking requirement focuses on capturing and displaying user activity within the Gamified Analytics Learning Module. This feature will log individual users’ training progress, completed quests, and earned badges, integrating seamlessly with existing user profiles for accurate real-time updates. It will allow users to view their achievements in a visually engaging manner, including graphical representations of their learning journey. Enhanced tracking will encourage continued engagement and motivate users to achieve their personal bests while contributing to the competitive leaderboard aspect. This functionality is crucial for fostering a spirit of competition and achievement among users, ultimately aiming to improve user participation in training modules.

Acceptance Criteria

User Accesses the Leaderboard Challenge to View Their Progress

Given a user has logged into the Gamified Analytics Learning Module, when they click on the Leaderboard Challenge tab, then they should see their personal progress displayed, including completed quests, training progress percentage, and earned badges.

User Updates Training Progress After Completing a Module

Given a user has completed a training module, when they refresh their profile, then their training progress should be updated in real-time on the Leaderboard Challenge, reflecting the new completion percentage and any changes to their badge count.

User Interaction with Visual Representations of Learning Journey

Given a user views their achievements in the Leaderboard Challenge, when they interact with graphical representations, then they should be able to view detailed insights into their learning journey including time spent on each module and badges earned over time.

User View Comparison with Colleagues on the Leaderboard

Given multiple users are participating in the Leaderboard Challenge, when a user accesses the leaderboard, then they should be able to see their ranking compared to other users based on their training progress and badges earned.

User Receives Notifications for Achievements

Given a user earns a new badge or completes a quest, when this achievement occurs, then the user should receive a notification alerting them of the update to their profile and their impact on the leaderboard.

System Logs User Activity for Real-time Tracking

Given a user is active in the Gamified Analytics Learning Module, when they engage in training activities, then the system must log their activity consistently, ensuring real-time data is available for progress tracking and leaderboard updates.

Leaderboard Display Interface

"As a user, I want to see a well-organized leaderboard that ranks participants based on their achievements so that I can identify my standing and understand where I can improve to compete better."

Description

The Leaderboard Display Interface requirement encompasses the creation of an engaging and interactive UI component that presents the rankings of users based on their training progress, completed quests, and earned badges. This interface must be user-friendly and aesthetically pleasing, designed to capture attention and encourage users to engage with the leaderboard frequently. It will also provide filters to view rankings over different time frames and categories, such as top performers by department or overall. This display is integral to immersing users in a competitive environment, thereby boosting motivation and participation in training activities, and fostering a culture of continuous improvement.

Acceptance Criteria

Displaying User Rankings on the Leaderboard

Given a user is logged into the InsightStream platform, when they navigate to the Leaderboard Challenge section, then the leaderboard should display the top 10 users based on their training progress, completed quests, and earned badges, sorted in descending order of their rankings.

Filtering Rankings by Department

Given the Leaderboard display is open, when the user selects a department filter, then the leaderboard should update to show the rankings of users only within the selected department, maintaining the same ranking criteria.

Updating Rankings in Real-Time

Given the leaderboard is displayed, when a user completes a training module or earns a new badge, then the leaderboard should refresh within 10 seconds to reflect the updated rankings for all users.

Showing User's Own Ranking

Given a user is viewing the leaderboard, when they view their individual ranking, then their position should be highlighted, clearly showing their ranking relative to other users, along with their completed quests and badges earned.

Mobile Responsiveness of the Leaderboard

Given a user accesses the InsightStream platform on a mobile device, when they navigate to the Leaderboard Challenge section, then the leaderboard should display correctly without any loss of functionality, fitting the mobile screen while remaining user-friendly.

Leaderboard Aesthetics and Engagement Features

Given the leaderboard is displayed, when users view the interface, then it should include engaging visuals and UI elements (like animations and badges icons), enhancing the overall user experience and motivating users to interact more frequently.

Displaying Time Frame Options for Rankings

Given the Leaderboard is open, when the user selects a time frame filter (daily, weekly, monthly), then the rankings should update accordingly to display users' performance in the selected period, while keeping the same criteria for ranking.

Badge Earning System

"As a user, I want to receive badges for completing quests and achieving milestones so that I can feel recognized for my effort and encourage myself to continue learning."

Description

The Badge Earning System requirement details a dynamic mechanism for awarding badges to users based on specific achievements and milestones within the Gamified Analytics Learning Module. This system will include various types of badges that users can earn, such as completion badges for finishing quests, performance badges for ranking in the top percentiles, and engagement badges for consistent participation. By implementing this system, users will have tangible rewards to strive for, enhancing the gamification of the learning experience. The badge system is vital for increasing user motivation, fostering engagement, and providing a sense of accomplishment and recognition.

Acceptance Criteria

User earns a completion badge after finishing a quest in the Gamified Analytics Learning Module.

Given a user completes a quest in the module, when the quest status is updated to 'completed', then the user should receive a completion badge associated with that quest.

User earns a performance badge by ranking in the top 10% of all learners for a specific time period.

Given the leaderboard is updated with the latest user progress, when a user ranks in the top 10% for the selected time period, then the user should automatically be awarded a performance badge for that achievement.

Engagement badge awarded for consistent participation over three consecutive weeks.

Given a user logs participation sessions for three consecutive weeks, when the weekly participation count meets the determined threshold, then the user should receive an engagement badge for that period of consistent involvement.

User can view a badge collection page that displays all earned badges and those available to earn.

Given a user accesses the badge collection page, when the page loads, then the user should be able to see a visual representation of all previously earned and available badges for the Gamified Analytics Learning Module.

System sends a notification upon earning a badge to encourage continued engagement.

Given a user has earned a badge, when the badge awarding process is completed, then a notification should be sent to the user confirming the badge earned and its significance to their progress.

Users can share their earned badges on social media to promote gamified learning experiences.

Given a user has earned a badge, when the user selects the share option on the badge, then the system should generate a shareable link or graphic that includes the badge and a message to post on selected social media platforms.

Engagement Analytics Dashboard

"As an administrator, I want to view comprehensive analytics on user engagement with the learning module so that I can optimize training materials and increase participation across the board."

Description

The Engagement Analytics Dashboard requirement focuses on creating a robust analytics tool that provides insights into user activity, participation levels, and overall engagement with the Gamified Analytics Learning Module. This dashboard will aggregate data related to user progress, quest completion rates, and leaderboard standings, offering valuable information for both users and administrators. By visually presenting trends and patterns, this dashboard will facilitate data-driven decisions regarding training programs and enhancements needed to maximize user engagement. It is an essential component for understanding user behavior and improving the effectiveness of the learning platform.

Acceptance Criteria

Users can view their individual engagement metrics on the Engagement Analytics Dashboard.

Given a user has logged into their account, when they navigate to the Engagement Analytics Dashboard, then the dashboard should display their unique progress data, including completed quests and badges earned, in a clear and organized format.

Administrators can access aggregate user data to assess overall engagement levels.

Given an administrator has logged into the system, when they select the engagement analytics report, then the dashboard should provide a summary of user participation rates, quest completion statistics, and leaderboard rankings for all users combined.

Users receive real-time updates on their rankings in the Leaderboard Challenge through the Engagement Analytics Dashboard.

Given a user is in the Engagement Analytics Dashboard, when there is a change in their ranking due to recent activity or completed quests, then the dashboard should refresh automatically to reflect the new ranking without requiring the user to refresh the page.

Users can view comparisons of their progress against their peers.

Given a user is on the Engagement Analytics Dashboard, when they select the comparison option, then the user should see a visual representation comparing their engagement metrics with the average metrics of their peer group, including a graphical display of quest completion rates and badges earned.

The dashboard provides insights into trends over time for user engagement.

Given an administrator is analyzing engagement data, when they access the historical data view on the Engagement Analytics Dashboard, then they should be able to see trends in user engagement metrics over selected time frames (weekly, monthly, quarterly) displayed in graph format.

The dashboard includes a feature for exporting engagement data.

Given a user or administrator views the Engagement Analytics Dashboard, when they click the export button, then they should be prompted to download a report in a CSV format containing their engagement data, including metrics on quest completions and badges earned.

Notification System for Leaderboard Updates

"As a user, I want to receive notifications about my leaderboard updates and achievements so that I can stay motivated and involved in my training activities."

Description

The Notification System for Leaderboard Updates requirement involves developing a system that alerts users of changes to the leaderboard, including when they or their peers earn badges, achieve new rankings, or surpass milestones. This requirement will enhance user engagement by providing immediate feedback on their activities and keep them informed about competition among peers. Notifications can be pushed via emails or in-app messages, ensuring users are always connected with their progress and the progress of others, thus driving ongoing participation and motivation.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives a notification when they earn a new badge for completing a training module in the Leaderboard Challenge feature.

Given a user completes a training module, when the system awards them a badge, then the user should receive an in-app notification and an email alerting them of the new badge.

A user is informed about their ranking change after completing a set number of training quests in the Leaderboard Challenge.

Given a user finishes three quests, when the leaderboard is updated, then the user should receive a notification indicating their new ranking position and any changes that may have occurred among peers.

Users receive notifications of peers earning badges to foster competition and engagement.

Given a peer earns a badge, when the badge is awarded, then all users in the same leaderboard should receive a notification regarding the achievement of their peer.

Notifications should be configurable, allowing users to opt in or out of different types of alerts regarding leaderboard updates.

Given a user accesses notification settings, when they customize their preferences, then the system should update the notification types they receive (in-app, email) according to their choices.

The notification system operates reliably without delays or missed alerts to ensure users are fully engaged.

Given the system processes a leaderboard update, when multiple updates occur simultaneously, then all relevant notifications should be sent to users within 2 minutes without failure.

Users can view a history of notifications related to leaderboard updates for review.

Given a user accesses their notification history, when they select the 'Leaderboard Updates' category, then they should see a chronological list of notifications detailing badge awards, ranking changes, and milestone achievements.

The notification system integrates seamlessly with existing user interfaces to enhance user experience without confusion.

Given the user interface design guidelines, when notifications are displayed, then they should match the overall design theme and usability standards of the InsightStream platform.

Collaborative Learning Missions

Collaborative Learning Missions empower users to team up for group-based learning activities, tackling analytics challenges together. By encouraging teamwork and knowledge sharing, this feature enhances camaraderie among users while deepening their understanding of analytics through shared experiences and diverse perspectives.

Requirements

User Group Creation

"As an analytics user, I want to create user groups so that I can collaborate with colleagues on learning missions and tackle analytics challenges together."

Description

The User Group Creation requirement allows users to form groups within the platform, enabling collaborative learning missions to be more organized and focused. Users can create groups based on common interests, roles, or departmental goals, facilitating tailored analytics challenges. This feature enhances community engagement and fosters knowledge sharing among users with similar objectives, ultimately leading to improved problem-solving and innovation through a collaborative environment. It will also include functionality for users to invite others, manage group membership, and set group learning objectives.

Acceptance Criteria

User Group Creation for Collaborative Learning Missions by Marketing Team

Given a user is logged into InsightStream, when they navigate to the User Group Creation page and fill out the required fields (Group Name, Description, and Objectives) and click 'Create Group', then the new group should be successfully created and displayed in the user’s Group List.

User Inviting Other Members to a Group

Given a user has created a group, when they go to the group management page and enter the email addresses of potential members and click 'Invite', then the invited users should receive an email notification and the group should display the pending invitations status.

User Group Membership Management

Given a user is a group administrator, when they access the group settings page and select a member to remove from the group, then the member should be removed immediately and the member list should update accordingly to reflect the change.

Setting Learning Objectives for a Group

Given a user is within a group as an admin, when they visit the group objectives page and input specific learning objectives and click 'Save', then the objectives should be successfully saved and visible to all group members in their collaborative dashboard.

Creating Groups Based on Roles or Interests

Given a user is on the User Group Creation page, when they select an option to create a group based on interests or roles and provide necessary information, then the system should categorize the group accurately and notify users with similar interests or roles about the new group.

Analytics Challenge Library

"As a user, I want to access an Analytics Challenge Library so that I can choose collaborative learning missions that match my skill level and interests."

Description

The Analytics Challenge Library requirement provides a repository of predefined learning missions and analytics challenges that users can access and participate in. This library will include a variety of topics and difficulty levels, allowing users to select challenges that align with their expertise or interests. By offering a structured set of challenges, users can engage in collaborative learning effectively, gain exposure to diverse analytics problems, and enhance their skills at their own pace. It will also support user contributions to the library, promoting a culture of continuous learning and sharing.

Acceptance Criteria

Analytics Challenge Library Accessibility for Users

Given a user logged into InsightStream, when they navigate to the Analytics Challenge Library, then they should see a list of available learning missions categorized by topic and difficulty level that they can select from.

User Participation in Challenges

Given a user selects a challenge from the Analytics Challenge Library, when they click on 'Join Challenge', then the system should track their participation and provide a confirmation message indicating they have successfully joined the challenge.

User Contributions to the Library

Given a registered user, when they create and submit a new analytics challenge to the library, then the system should notify them of successful submission and display their contribution in the library after approval.

Search Functionality in Analytics Challenge Library

Given a user on the Analytics Challenge Library page, when they enter keywords in the search bar, then the system should return relevant challenges that match the search criteria.

Filtering Challenges by Difficulty and Topic

Given a user on the Analytics Challenge Library page, when they apply filters for difficulty levels and topics, then the system should display only the challenges that meet the selected criteria.

Feedback Mechanism for Completed Challenges

Given a user who has completed an analytics challenge, when they access the challenge feedback section, then they should be able to rate the challenge and provide comments that can be viewed by the community.

Analytics Challenge Completion Tracking

Given a user has participated in a challenge, when they complete the challenge, then the system should update their progress and display a completion badge on their profile.

Real-Time Collaboration Tools

"As a participant in a collaborative learning mission, I want to use real-time collaboration tools so that I can effectively communicate with my teammates and share insights on analytics challenges."

Description

The Real-Time Collaboration Tools requirement introduces features such as chat functionality, shared whiteboards, and document collaboration within learning missions. This will enable users to interact instantly, share ideas, and brainstorm solutions as they work on analytics challenges. These tools integrate seamlessly with existing features, providing a cohesive experience that encourages active participation and dynamic learning during missions. This capability enhances the collaborative spirit by allowing for immediate feedback and diverse input, thus enriching the learning experience.

Acceptance Criteria

Users can access real-time collaboration tools during a Collaborative Learning Mission to engage in group discussions and brainstorming sessions.

Given that users are in a Collaborative Learning Mission, When they select the chat functionality, Then they should be able to send and receive messages in real-time with other participants.

While participating in a Collaborative Learning Mission, users should be able to visually brainstorm and contribute ideas on a shared whiteboard.

Given that users are inside the mission, When they use the shared whiteboard feature, Then they should be able to draw, type, and manipulate objects collaboratively without latency issues.

Users are collaborating on an analytics challenge and need to reference a shared document for data input and decision-making.

Given that a user is part of a mission, When they open the shared document, Then they should be able to edit the document simultaneously with other users and see their changes reflected in real-time.

Users engaged in a Collaborative Learning Mission should be able to share feedback on each other's contributions effectively.

Given that users are collaborating, When one user submits feedback on a shared idea, Then the feedback should appear immediately for all participants to see.

Participants in a Collaborative Learning Mission should have the ability to customize their notification settings for real-time collaboration tools.

Given that a user is in the settings menu, When they adjust their notification preferences, Then they should receive notifications as per their customization without any errors.

Users called to a Collaborative Learning Mission should be able to join various collaboration tools smoothly without technical issues.

Given that a user is joining a mission, When they click on any collaboration tool (chat, whiteboard, or document), Then they should access the tool within 5 seconds without any error messages.

Progress Tracking Dashboard

"As a user, I want a Progress Tracking Dashboard so that I can monitor my achievements and growth from participating in collaborative learning missions."

Description

The Progress Tracking Dashboard requirement offers users a visual representation of their participation and achievements in collaborative learning missions. This dashboard will show metrics such as completed challenges, group interactions, and skill improvements over time. By tracking progress, users can gain insights into their learning journey and identify areas for further development, fostering a sense of accomplishment and motivating continued engagement. The dashboard will integrate with user profiles, enabling personalized insights based on past activities and interactions.

Acceptance Criteria

User views the Progress Tracking Dashboard after completing a Collaborative Learning Mission to assess their performance and contributions during the mission.

Given a user has completed at least one Collaborative Learning Mission, When they access the Progress Tracking Dashboard, Then they should see metrics for completed challenges, group interactions, and skill improvements displayed clearly.

A user customizes their Progress Tracking Dashboard to display specific metrics they are most interested in tracking their learning progress.

Given a user accesses the customization settings of the Progress Tracking Dashboard, When they select preferred metrics to display, Then the dashboard should update to show only the selected metrics without any unnecessary information.

A user accesses the Progress Tracking Dashboard multiple times over a week to compare their progress and engagement in different Collaborative Learning Missions.

Given a user navigates to the Progress Tracking Dashboard multiple times within a week, When they observe their progress metrics, Then the data should reflect real-time updates based on their recent activities and achievements.

A user wants to see their historical performance to understand their growth in analytics skills over time.

Given a user has participated in several Collaborative Learning Missions, When they view the Progress Tracking Dashboard, Then they should see a historical representation of their learning journey with metrics showing advancements over time.

A user notices inconsistencies in the reported metrics on the Progress Tracking Dashboard and wants to report it.

Given a user identifies discrepancies in the metrics displayed on the Progress Tracking Dashboard, When they report the issue through the platform's support system, Then the system should log the report and provide confirmation to the user that their report has been submitted.

An administrator reviews user engagement data on the Progress Tracking Dashboard to assess the effectiveness of Collaborative Learning Missions.

Given an administrator accesses the Progress Tracking Dashboard, When they analyze user engagement data, Then they should be able to generate aggregated insights that help evaluate the impact of Collaborative Learning Missions across users.

Feedback and Review System

"As a user, I want to give and receive feedback after collaborative learning missions so that I can improve my analytics skills based on peer reviews."

Description

The Feedback and Review System requirement incorporates a mechanism for users to provide and receive feedback on their performance in collaborative learning missions. After completing a challenge, users can submit reviews and rate their experiences, allowing peers to learn from each other's insights and foster a culture of constructive criticism. This system enhances user engagement by promoting reflection and continuous improvement, ultimately contributing to a more robust learning environment.

Acceptance Criteria

User submits feedback after completing a Collaborative Learning Mission.

Given a user has completed a learning mission, when they navigate to the feedback section and submit their review, then the review should be displayed in the mission feedback area with the correct user attribution and timestamp.

Users can rate their experience on a scale after completing a mission.

Given a user has finished a learning mission, when they select a rating from 1 to 5 and submit it, then the system should calculate the average rating and update the mission rating display accordingly within 5 seconds.

Users can view feedback from other participants in the learning mission.

Given a user is on the learning mission page, when they click on the feedback tab, then they should be able to see all feedback and ratings submitted by other users, organized by date.

Users receive a notification when their feedback is reviewed by peers.

Given a user has submitted feedback, when another user interacts with their feedback, then the original user should receive a notification indicating their feedback was reviewed or replied to within the platform.

Admin oversees the feedback and review submissions for quality control.

Given that an admin is logged into the platform, when they view the feedback dashboard, then they should be able to see all submitted feedback along with options to moderate or remove inappropriate reviews.

Users can edit their submitted feedback within a specific timeframe.

Given a user has submitted feedback for a learning mission, when they click on the edit option within 24 hours of their submission, then they should be able to modify their feedback and resubmit it successfully.

Integration with Existing Analytics Tools

"As a user, I want to integrate my existing analytics tools with InsightStream so that I can easily participate in collaborative learning missions without redundant data handling."

Description

The Integration with Existing Analytics Tools requirement enables users to link their current analytics software and data sources with the Collaborative Learning Missions feature. This will allow for a seamless transition of data and analytics challenges from users' existing systems into InsightStream, fostering a smooth collaborative experience without needing to manually adjust or replicate data. Integrating with users' existing tools enhances usability and encourages widespread adoption of InsightStream for collaborative learning.

Acceptance Criteria

User successfully integrates their existing analytics tool with InsightStream to initiate a Collaborative Learning Mission.

Given a user has an existing analytics tool connected, When they select 'Start a Learning Mission', Then they should see all relevant data sources and analytics challenges automatically populated from their existing tool.

Users are able to collaborate seamlessly on analytics challenges pulled from their integrated analytics tools.

Given multiple users are involved in a Learning Mission, When they access the mission, Then they should all see the same analytics challenges and have the ability to contribute insights in real-time.

Users can update their integration settings for the existing analytics tools from within the InsightStream platform.

Given a user wishes to update their integration, When they navigate to the settings panel, Then they should be able to modify the connection details and successfully save the changes without errors.

Error handling occurs when integration with an analytics tool fails.

Given a user attempts to connect an unsupported or non-functional analytics tool, When the connection fails, Then they should receive an appropriate error message explaining the issue and possible next steps.

Integration processes are completed quickly to maintain user engagement.

Given a user initiates the integration process, When the process is underway, Then the integration should complete within 2 minutes, displaying a progress indicator throughout.

Users can view a list of all successfully integrated analytics tools in their InsightStream profile.

Given a user has successfully integrated multiple analytics tools, When they view their profile, Then they should see a list of all connected tools along with the last sync date for each.

Instant Feedback Mechanism

The Instant Feedback Mechanism provides users with immediate insights into their quiz and challenge performances, highlighting strengths and areas for improvement. This feature promotes a growth mindset by allowing users to learn from their mistakes, ultimately leading to a deeper understanding of analytics concepts.

Requirements

Performance Insights

"As a user, I want to receive detailed insights into my quiz performance so that I can identify my strengths and weaknesses and improve my knowledge in analytics."

Description

The Performance Insights requirement focuses on delivering comprehensive analytics regarding user performances in quizzes and challenges. This functionality will allow users to receive detailed reports on their strengths and weaknesses, with visual representations (graphs/charts) to facilitate understanding of their performance trends over time. By integrating this feature with pre-existing data sources, users will enhance their ability to track progress and adjust their learning strategies accordingly. The expected outcome is to promote better learning outcomes and foster a culture of continuous improvement among users, which aligns with the growth mindset promoted by InsightStream.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives immediate feedback after completing a quiz, detailing their performance strengths and weaknesses in real time.

Given a user has completed a quiz, when the feedback mechanism is triggered, then the user should see a detailed report summarizing their performance including scores, strengths, and areas for improvement.

Users can visually track their performance trends over time through graphs and charts in their dashboard.

Given a user accesses their performance insights, when they view the performance trends section, then they should see graphical representations (graphs/charts) of their quiz results over a specified time period, displaying both their strengths and weaknesses.

Users can integrate their quiz performance data from pre-existing sources without manual data entry.

Given that a user has linked their pre-existing data sources, when they access their performance insights, then the system should automatically aggregate the quiz performance data into the reports without any errors or omissions.

The performance insight mechanism is available to all users within the InsightStream platform for quizzes and challenges.

Given that a new user registers for InsightStream, when they navigate to the performance insights section, then they should have access to the instant feedback mechanism without any additional setup required.

Users can customize the insights dashboard to focus on specific areas of their quiz performance.

Given a user opens their dashboard settings, when they select areas of focus for their performance insights, then the dashboard should update to display the chosen metrics and visualizations prominently.

Users can receive performance insights through automated reports via email on a scheduled basis.

Given that a user has subscribed to performance report notifications, when the scheduled time arrives, then the user should receive an email with a summary of their performance insights, including key metrics and trends.

Real-Time Feedback Notifications

"As a user, I want to receive real-time notifications about my quiz results so that I can quickly learn from my mistakes and reinforce my understanding."

Description

The Real-Time Feedback Notifications requirement aims to keep users informed with immediate alerts on their performance following quiz or challenge completion. This feature will ensure that feedback is timely, allowing users to reflect on their responses while the experience is still fresh in their minds. By integrating with the existing alert system of InsightStream, users can receive notifications via the application interface or email, ensuring that they are always aware of their performance metrics and can quickly address areas for improvement. This will create an engaging user experience and encourage consistent learning.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives performance notifications immediately after completing a quiz.

Given the user has completed a quiz, when the feedback is processed, then a notification should be sent to the user via the application interface within 5 seconds.

Notifications are accessible via email for quiz performance updates.

Given that the user has opted in for email notifications, when the feedback is generated post-quiz, then an email should be sent containing performance insights within 10 minutes.

Users can view detailed feedback on their quiz performance.

Given the user receives a notification, when they click on it, then they are directed to a feedback summary page displaying strengths and areas for improvement clearly.

The Instant Feedback Mechanism functions without manual intervention.

Given the system is active, when a quiz is completed, then real-time feedback notifications should be generated automatically without manual trigger.

User engagement with feedback notifications is tracked for improvement assessments.

Given that a user receives instant feedback notifications, when they interact with the notifications, then their engagement should be logged for analysis on feedback effectiveness.

Feedback notifications comply with user preferences for frequency and mode of communication.

Given the user has set preferences for notifications, when feedback is generated, then the notifications should adhere to the specified mode (app or email) and frequency (immediate or daily summary).

System performance under load when multiple users complete quizzes simultaneously.

Given multiple users are taking quizzes at the same time, when they complete their quizzes, then the system should send feedback notifications to all users without delays exceeding 5 seconds.

Customizable Feedback Reports

"As a user, I want to customize the feedback I receive on my quiz performances so that I can focus on the areas that matter most to my learning goals."

Description

The Customizable Feedback Reports feature will allow users to tailor the type and detail of feedback they receive on their quiz performances. Users can specify which metrics are most valuable to them, such as correct answers, common mistakes, or time taken per question. This customization ensures that users focus on the most relevant insights that align with their learning objectives. By enabling this flexibility, InsightStream will cater to diverse learning needs and increase user satisfaction and engagement with the platform.

Acceptance Criteria

User customizes feedback report preferences before taking a quiz.

Given a user accesses the feedback report customization settings, when they select specific metrics such as correct answers, common mistakes, and time taken per question, then the system saves these preferences and reflects them in the feedback report after the quiz.

User receives a feedback report after completing a quiz with customized settings.

Given a user completes a quiz after customizing their feedback settings, when they view the feedback report, then it displays only the selected metrics the user specified prior to the quiz.

User wants to adjust their feedback report settings after viewing their initial report.

Given a user has previously set their feedback report preferences, when they navigate to the customization settings and make changes, then those changes should be applied and saved for the next feedback report without errors.

User selects only one specific metric to be included in their feedback report.

Given a user customizes their feedback report and selects only one metric, when they submit this selection, then the feedback report generated includes only the specified metric and omits all others.

User attempts to access feedback report customization without logging in.

Given a user tries to access the feedback report customization interface without an active session, then they should be redirected to the login page and receive an error message indicating the need to log in.

System provides default settings for feedback report customization for new users.

Given a new user registers for the platform, when they first access the feedback report customization settings, then the system should present default metrics pre-selected based on best practices for typical learning objectives.

User shares their customized feedback report with a colleague.

Given a user has completed a quiz and generated a feedback report based on their custom settings, when they share the report link with a colleague, then the colleague should be able to access a view-only version of the report reflecting the user's specified metrics.

Interactive Feedback Visualizations

"As a user, I want to interact with visual representations of my quiz performance so that I can better understand my strengths and areas for improvement at a glance."

Description

This requirement involves implementing interactive visualizations that illustrate user performance data in an engaging manner. Users will be able to interact with various data visualizations (such as pie charts, bar graphs, etc.) that reflect their quiz results and performance trends over time. This feature is expected to enhance user comprehension and retention of feedback, providing a more dynamic and enjoyable learning experience. Integration with existing data analytics tools within InsightStream will ensure accurate representations of data, facilitating immediate understanding of performance analytics.

Acceptance Criteria

User views interactive visualizations of their quiz performance after completing a quiz within the InsightStream platform.

Given the user has completed a quiz, when they navigate to the feedback section, then they should see interactive visualizations such as pie charts and bar graphs reflecting their quiz results and performance trends over time.

The user interacts with the performance visualization to gain insights into specific quiz questions.

Given the user is viewing the interactive performance visualization, when they click on any part of the visualization, then it should display detailed insights and feedback specific to their performance on that quiz question.

The platform integrates seamlessly with existing data analytics tools to ensure accurate data representation.

Given that the user interacts with the performance visualizations, when the visualizations are updated, then they should accurately reflect the most recent quiz results and analytics from the integrated data sources.

Users are prompted to provide feedback on their experience with the interactive visualizations.

Given the user has viewed the interactive visualizations for a quiz, when the user completes their review, then they should have the option to submit feedback regarding the clarity and helpfulness of the visualizations.

The interactive visualizations are accessible on various devices to ensure user flexibility.

Given the user accesses the InsightStream platform from different devices, when they view the interactive visualizations, then the visualizations should be responsive and accessible, displaying correctly on desktop, tablet, and mobile devices.

Users can return to previous quiz performance visualizations for ongoing learning and tracking of progress.

Given the user has accessed past quizzes, when they navigate back to any previous performance visualization, then they should be able to interact with and review the data in the same way as they do for current quizzes.

Gamified Feedback Elements

"As a user, I want to earn rewards for my quiz performance so that I feel motivated to learn and improve my analytics skills."

Description

The Gamified Feedback Elements requirement seeks to introduce game-like features into the feedback process. Users will earn badges, points, or levels based on their quiz performance and progress towards learning objectives. This gamification approach will motivate users to engage more deeply with the learning material and strive for continuous improvement. By integrating this feature into the existing platform, InsightStream will enhance the user experience, making learning not only informative but also enjoyable and rewarding.

Acceptance Criteria

User earns a badge for completing a quiz with a high score.

Given a user completes a quiz with a score of 85% or higher, when the quiz is submitted, then the user should receive the 'High Achiever' badge.

User accumulates points based on quiz performance.

Given a user takes a quiz, when the quiz is completed, then the user should receive points equivalent to 10 points for each correct answer.

Users can track their progress through levels based on completed quizzes and challenges.

Given a user has completed 5 quizzes, when formatted progress levels are calculated, then the user should be advanced to 'Level 2' automatically.

User can view all earned badges on their profile.

Given a user has earned multiple badges, when they navigate to their profile page, then they should see all achieved badges displayed clearly.

User receives automatic feedback after quiz completion.

Given a user completes a quiz, when the quiz results are processed, then the user should receive immediate feedback highlighting strengths and areas of improvement via pop-up notification.

Gamified feedback elements encourage repeated quiz attempts for improvement.

Given a user completes a quiz with a score below 70%, when they view their performance summary, then they should see a motivational message encouraging all users to attempt the quiz again to earn a badge.

Peer Comparison Metrics

"As a user, I want to see how my quiz performance compares to my peers so that I can understand my standing within the group and identify areas for growth."

Description

The Peer Comparison Metrics feature allows users to compare their quiz performance with that of their peers in a secure and anonymous manner. This feature can include percentile rankings and group averages to help users gauge their performance relative to others. By fostering a competitive yet supportive environment, this functionality can spark motivation in users, encouraging them to strive for improvement. Integration with existing user data will ensure that the metrics are relevant and engaging, promoting a sense of community within the InsightStream platform.

Acceptance Criteria

User views their quiz performance and wants to compare it against their peers' results after completing a quiz in InsightStream.

Given that the user has completed a quiz, when they navigate to the Peer Comparison Metrics section, then they should see their percentile ranking and group average displayed alongside peers' performance metrics.

A user accesses the Peer Comparison Metrics feature to assess their performance in a recent analytics challenge compared to a select user group.

Given that the user selects a specific user group, when they view the Peer Comparison Metrics, then they should see a comparison of their score against the group's average and distribution of scores.

After users complete a series of quizzes, they want to receive insights on how their performance compares to past performances and that of their peers.

Given that the user has completed multiple quizzes, when they access the historical performance data, then they should see trends in their performance and how it aligns with the performance of their peers over the same timeframe.

An administrator wants to ensure that the Peer Comparison Metrics respects user anonymity while displaying performance data for comparison.

Given that user data is being displayed in the Peer Comparison Metrics, when the data is accessed, then it should ensure that individual user identities are anonymized and cannot be traced back to personal profiles.

A user with special accessibility needs navigates to the Peer Comparison Metrics to view their results.

Given that the user has accessibility preferences set, when they access the Peer Comparison Metrics, then the information should be presented in an accessible format according to the user's preferences (e.g., screen reader compatibility, high-contrast text).

A user completes a survey about the Peer Comparison Metrics feature to provide feedback on its usefulness and design.

Given that the user completes the feedback survey after using the Peer Comparison Metrics, when they submit the survey, then their feedback should be captured and stored without issues, and the system should provide a confirmation of submission.

Progress Tracker Dashboard

The Progress Tracker Dashboard offers a visual overview of each user's learning journey, displaying completed modules, earned badges, and upcoming quests. This feature allows users to monitor their advancement and set personal goals, helping them stay engaged and motivated as they work towards becoming analytics experts.

Requirements

User Progress Visualization

"As a user, I want to visualize my learning progress so that I can see how far I've come and what I need to focus on next."

Description

The User Progress Visualization requirement involves creating a detailed and interactive dashboard that allows users to see their learning progression at a glance. It should incorporate graphical representations of completed modules, badges earned, and personalized metrics. This functionality not only enhances user engagement but also provides clarity and motivation for users to continue their learning journey within InsightStream. By integrating with existing user data, the dashboard will give real-time insights into user performance and learning gaps, informing both users and facilitators about individual progress. This feature is crucial for fostering a culture of continuous learning and achievement among users, ultimately driving higher utilization of the platform's educational resources.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Progress Tracker Dashboard after completing multiple learning modules to review their progress and achievements.

Given the user has completed learning modules, When they access the Progress Tracker Dashboard, Then they should see a graphical representation of completed modules and badges earned, with clear indicators for progress percentage.

User sets personal goals within the Progress Tracker Dashboard to enhance their learning experience.

Given the user is on the Progress Tracker Dashboard, When they set a personal goal for module completion, Then the dashboard must update to reflect this goal with specific metrics for tracking progress against the goal.

Facilitator reviews the Progress Tracker Dashboard to evaluate user performance across all learning sessions.

Given the facilitator accesses the Progress Tracker Dashboard, When they select a specific user, Then they should see a detailed overview of that user's learning journey, including completed modules, badges earned, and identified learning gaps.

User receives notifications about upcoming quests or due modules through the Progress Tracker Dashboard.

Given the user is on the Progress Tracker Dashboard, When there are upcoming quests or due modules, Then they should receive notifications indicating the due dates and details of these quests.

User interacts with the dashboard functionalities to filter their progress by different criteria such as module type or date.

Given the user is on the Progress Tracker Dashboard, When they apply a filter for module type or date, Then the dashboard content should update according to the selected filters, displaying relevant progress data.

User checks the Progress Tracker Dashboard on a mobile device to ensure compatibility and usability.

Given the user is accessing the Progress Tracker Dashboard from a mobile device, When they log in, Then the dashboard should be responsive and maintain functionality across different screen sizes, ensuring all elements are accessible and readable.

User seeks clarification on how to interpret the metrics displayed in the Progress Tracker Dashboard.

Given the user is on the Progress Tracker Dashboard, When they hover over or click on specific metrics, Then tooltips or explanatory notes should display, providing additional information about what each metric represents and its significance.

Goal Setting Feature

"As a user, I want to set personal learning goals so that I can stay motivated and track my improvement over time."

Description

The Goal Setting Feature will allow users to set personalized learning objectives within the Progress Tracker Dashboard. Users should be able to define specific, measurable, achievable, relevant, and time-bound (SMART) goals related to their learning modules. This capability will encourage user motivation by providing a clear framework for achievement and a sense of ownership over their learning journey. Additionally, users should receive notifications and reminders regarding their goals, helping them to stay accountable. Integrating this feature will ensure users have a structured approach to their learning initiatives, leading to improved educational outcomes and user satisfaction with the platform.

Acceptance Criteria

User sets a new learning goal for a module on the Progress Tracker Dashboard.

Given a user is on their Progress Tracker Dashboard, when they select the option to set a new goal, then they should be able to input their goal details, including a title, description, target completion date, and select the relevant module, and the goal should be saved successfully.

User receives notifications for upcoming goals.

Given a user has set a goal with a specified completion date, when the completion date is approaching (e.g., 3 days before), then the user should receive a notification reminder about the goal.

User can view all their set goals in one place.

Given a user has set multiple goals, when they access the goal overview section in the Progress Tracker Dashboard, then they should see a list of all their goals with statuses indicating completion and deadlines.

User edits an existing goal on the Progress Tracker Dashboard.

Given a user wants to modify a previously set goal, when they select the edit option for that goal, then they should be able to update goal details and save the changes successfully.

User deletes a goal they no longer wish to pursue.

Given a user has decided to remove a goal, when they select the option to delete that goal, then the goal should be removed from their goal list and the user should receive a confirmation message.

User marks a goal as completed.

Given a user has achieved the objectives set for a goal, when they select the option to mark the goal as complete, then the goal should be updated to a completed status and reflected in their progress summary.

User receives personalized recommendations for goal settings based on their progress.

Given a user is using the Progress Tracker Dashboard, when they access the goal setting section, then the system should display personalized recommendations for achievable goals based on their current progress and learning modules.

Badge Earned Notification

"As a user, I want to be notified when I earn a badge so that I can celebrate my accomplishments right away."

Description

The Badge Earned Notification requirement entails implementing a notification system that alerts users when they earn badges for completing various learning milestones. This real-time feedback mechanism is designed to enhance user engagement and provide instant recognition of their achievements. Notifications can be displayed within the dashboard or sent via email, and should be customizable based on user preferences. By acknowledging users’ accomplishments promptly, this feature will drive continued participation and make the learning experience interactive. Such recognition not only fosters motivation but also encourages users to explore further learning opportunities within the platform.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives a notification upon earning a badge for completing a learning module in the Progress Tracker Dashboard.

Given the user has completed a learning module, When they achieve a milestone that qualifies for a badge, Then they should receive an in-dashboard notification and an email alerting them of their new badge.

The badge earned notification is customizable based on user preferences.

Given that the user has access to notification settings, When they adjust their notification preferences, Then the system should save these preferences and notify the user according to their selected options (in-dashboard, email, or both).

Multiple notifications for badge earning are handled without duplication or confusion.

Given that the user earns multiple badges in quick succession, When the badges are awarded, Then the user should receive distinct notifications for each badge without any time overlap or duplication of messages.

Users can view their badge earning history in the Progress Tracker Dashboard.

Given the user has received badges, When they navigate to the badge history section on their dashboard, Then they should see a chronological list of all badges earned, along with the dates and learning modules associated with each badge.

The system tracks and logs all badge notifications sent to users.

Given that a badge notification is triggered, When a badge is earned, Then the system should log the event, including user ID, badge details, notification type, and timestamp to ensure accountability and traceability.

Notifications are displayed promptly after a badge is earned.

Given that the user has completed a qualifying action, When the badge is awarded, Then the notification should appear within 30 seconds on the dashboard and be sent via email immediately after.

Users can turn off badge notifications if they choose to do so.

Given that the user is on the notification settings page, When they select the option to disable badge notifications, Then the system should successfully disable notifications, and the user should not receive any further alerts for new badges.

Interactive Quizzes Integration

"As a user, I want to take quizzes to assess my understanding of the material so that I can ensure I am ready to proceed to the next level."

Description

The Interactive Quizzes Integration requirement focuses on incorporating quizzes into the Progress Tracker Dashboard to help users test their knowledge of completed modules. Quizzes will be designed to be engaging and varied, with immediate feedback provided upon submission. This feature aims to reinforce learning and retention by enabling users to actively apply what they’ve learned. The performance on these quizzes can be displayed within the progress dashboard, allowing users to see areas of strength and those needing improvement. This integration will not only enhance the learning experience but also provide facilitators with insights into user comprehension, informing future instructional design.

Acceptance Criteria

User Completes Quiz and Receives Feedback

Given a user has completed a learning module, when they take the interactive quiz, then they should receive immediate feedback on their answers including the correct answers and explanations for any incorrect responses.

Quiz Results Displayed in Progress Tracker Dashboard

Given a user has completed an interactive quiz, when they view their Progress Tracker Dashboard, then they should see their quiz score and performance metrics displayed alongside their completed modules and badges.

Facilitators Access User Performance Insights

Given a facilitator needs to assess user comprehension, when they access the performance analytics section, then they should be able to view aggregated quiz results and individual user scores to inform instructional design.

Engagement Metrics for Quizzes

Given a user takes an interactive quiz, when they complete the quiz, then their engagement metrics (time spent and number of attempts) should be recorded and available for review by facilitators.

User Personal Goal Setting Based on Quiz Performance

Given a user has completed a set of quizzes, when they review their performance, then they should be able to set personal goals for improvement based on identified areas of strength and weakness from quiz results.

Variety and Engagement of Quiz Format

Given a user is presented with quizzes, when they engage with them, then the quizzes should include a variety of question formats (multiple choice, true/false, short answer) to enhance user engagement and learning retention.

Responsive Design for Quizzes on Multiple Devices

Given a user accesses the quizzes on various devices, when they take an interactive quiz, then the quiz should be fully functional and visually optimized on desktops, tablets, and smartphones.

Analytics Reporting for Progress Tracking

"As a manager, I want to access analytics on user progress so that I can evaluate the effectiveness of our training initiatives and make informed decisions."

Description

The Analytics Reporting for Progress Tracking requirement will offer detailed analytics on user progress within the dashboard, including progress summaries, completion rates, and learning behaviors. This reporting capability should be accessible to management and user roles, enabling insights into engagement trends and effectiveness of the learning materials offered. Such insights will assist in refining the educational offerings and tailoring them to better meet user needs. By understanding user behavior and tracking learning outcomes, this feature will enhance the overall value of the InsightStream platform for both users and managers looking to improve training efficiency.

Acceptance Criteria

View Overall User Progress Metrics

Given a manager accessing the Progress Tracker Dashboard, when they select the 'Overall Progress' report, then they should be able to view aggregate metrics such as total completed modules, overall completion rate, and average time spent per module.

Generate Individual User Reports

Given a manager selecting a specific user from the dashboard, when they request an individual progress report, then the report should display detailed analytics including completed modules, badges earned, and a timeline of user activity.

Compare User Engagement Across Departments

Given a manager looking to assess engagement, when they filter progress reports by department, then they should be able to compare average completion rates and learning behaviors for each department side-by-side.

Access Insights on Learning Materials Effectiveness

Given a manager reviewing the analytics report, when they select the 'Learning Materials Effectiveness' section, then they should see metrics on user feedback, completion rates, and the correlation of learning materials to user performance.

Export Progress Reports

Given a manager wishing to analyze progress metrics further, when they select the export option from the dashboard, then they should be able to download the report in PDF or Excel format with all relevant data included.

Track Usage Frequency of Learning Modules

Given a manager accessing user analytics, when they view the 'Module Usage Frequency' chart, then they should be able to see which modules are accessed the most and the least over a given period.

Set Up Alerts for Low Completion Rates

Given a manager who wants to monitor engagement closely, when they configure thresholds for module completion rates, then they should receive automated alerts if user completion rates fall below those thresholds.

Customizable Dashboard Layout

"As a user, I want to customize my dashboard layout so that I can prioritize the information that is most important to me."

Description

The Customizable Dashboard Layout requirement entails allowing users to personalize their Progress Tracker Dashboard interface according to individual preferences. Users should be able to rearrange, add or remove widgets related to their learning progress, goals, and notifications. This customization not only enhances user experience by providing a tailored interaction but also empowers users to create a workspace that best suits their analytical needs. Incorporating this feature aligns with usability best practices and can lead to higher user satisfaction and retention as individuals feel more connected to their learning environment.

Acceptance Criteria

Users can customize their Progress Tracker Dashboard layout to their liking.

Given a logged-in user, when they access the customization settings, then they can successfully rearrange, add, or remove widgets on their dashboard.

Users apply their customizations and save the layout changes.

Given a user has customized their dashboard, when they click the 'save changes' button, then their personalized layout should be retained upon the next login.

Users can reset their dashboard to the default layout.

Given a user is on their customized dashboard, when they select the 'reset to default layout' option, then the dashboard should revert to its original default configuration.

Users receive notifications based on their personalized dashboard settings.

Given a user has added notifications widgets to their dashboard, when alerts or updates occur, then notifications should display accurately on the dashboard as configured by the user.

Users have a clear understanding of how to customize their dashboard layout.

Given a user is on the customization settings page, when they access the help section, then they should find clear instructions or a tutorial for dashboard customization.

Users can customize appearance features of widgets on their dashboard.

Given a user is in the customization settings, when they select a widget, then they can change appearance features such as color, size, and style.

Users can save multiple custom dashboard layouts for different use cases.

Given a user has created different dashboard layouts, when they access the layout management section, then they should be able to save, delete, or switch between these layouts effectively.

Rewards Store

The Rewards Store is an engaging marketplace where users can redeem their earned points from the Gamified Analytics Learning Module for various rewards – such as premium content access, special badges, or even team outings. This feature enhances user engagement by incentivizing learning with tangible benefits that encourage ongoing participation.

Requirements

Rewards Catalog Management

"As a rewards administrator, I want to easily manage the available items in the Rewards Store so that users have access to a relevant and engaging selection of rewards that enhance their motivation to participate."

Description

The Rewards Catalog Management requirement involves creating an interface for administrators to easily add, remove, or update items available in the Rewards Store. This functionality is crucial for maintaining an engaging and up-to-date inventory of rewards, ensuring that users have access to relevant and desirable options. The catalog should support various reward types, such as digital content, discounts, and experiences, and enable categorization for user-friendly navigation. Integration with the user points system will automatically reflect availability changes based on points earned. This management tool enhances the overall user experience by ensuring a dynamic rewards environment that adapts to user interests.

Acceptance Criteria

Administrator accesses the Rewards Catalog Management interface to add a new reward item for premium content access.

Given the administrator is logged in, when they navigate to the Rewards Catalog Management interface and select 'Add New Item,' then the system should allow input of reward details including title, description, type, and point cost, and save this item successfully to the catalog.

Administrator needs to remove an outdated reward item from the Rewards Store.

Given the administrator is logged in, when they view the existing rewards in the catalog and select an item to delete, then the system should prompt for confirmation and, upon confirmation, remove the item from the catalog and notify users of its unavailability.

Administrator updates the point value of an existing reward item to reflect changes in the rewards structure.

Given the administrator is logged in, when they select an existing reward item from the catalog and modify its point value, then the system should save the updated value and automatically reflect this change in user redemption options.

Administrator categorizes rewards for user-friendly navigation in the Rewards Store.

Given the administrator is logged in, when they navigate to the Rewards Catalog Management interface, then the system should allow them to create new categories and assign existing reward items to these categories for improved organization.

Administrator integrates the Rewards Catalog with the user points system for real-time availability updates.

Given the administrator is logged in and has made changes to the rewards catalog, when users attempt to redeem rewards, then the system should automatically update the reward availability based on users' current point balances.

Points Redemption Process

"As a user of the platform, I want to be able to easily redeem my points for rewards so that I can benefit from my engagement in the Gamified Analytics Learning Module without difficulties."

Description

The Points Redemption Process requirement outlines a seamless user experience for redeeming points for rewards in the Rewards Store. This includes designing an intuitive interface where users can browse rewards, check point costs, and complete transactions. Users should receive confirmation upon redemption and immediate feedback on their updated point balance. This feature is essential for promoting user engagement and satisfaction, as the ease of redeeming points directly correlates to user participation levels. Additionally, the system should track redeemed rewards to prevent double redemption and maintain accurate point totals.

Acceptance Criteria

As a user, I want to browse the available rewards in the Rewards Store so that I can choose which rewards to redeem my points for.

Given I am logged into the InsightStream platform, when I navigate to the Rewards Store, then I should see a list of available rewards along with their point costs, and I should be able to filter rewards by category.

As a user, I want to check my point balance before redeeming rewards to ensure I have enough points for the redemption.

Given I am on the Rewards Store page, when I view my account details, then I should see my current point balance displayed clearly next to the rewards list.

As a user, I want to complete a reward redemption transaction so I can receive my chosen reward.

Given I have selected a reward in the Rewards Store, when I confirm the redemption, then the system should deduct the appropriate number of points from my balance and provide a confirmation message with details of the redeemed reward.

As a user, I want immediate feedback on my updated point balance after redeeming a reward to keep track of my points accurately.

Given I have successfully redeemed a reward, when the redemption process is complete, then my updated point balance should be displayed on the screen along with a confirmation of the redemption.

As a user, I want the system to prevent double redemption of the same reward to ensure fair use of points.

Given I have already redeemed a specific reward, when I attempt to redeem that reward again, then the system should notify me that I cannot redeem the same reward more than once.

As a user, I want to easily understand the point cost of each reward before making a selection so that my decision-making is informed.

Given I am viewing the rewards in the Rewards Store, when I examine each reward, then I should see a clear display of the point cost associated with each reward in a prominent position.

User Points Tracking Dashboard

"As a user, I want my own dashboard to track my points and progress toward rewards so that I can visualize how close I am to redeeming exciting prizes."

Description

The User Points Tracking Dashboard requirement involves creating a personalized dashboard for users to view their accumulated points and track their progress towards rewards. This dashboard should display a clear breakdown of points earned, spent, and available, along with visual indicators of progress towards specific rewards. This feature empowers users by providing transparency in their engagement and reward potential, thus motivating ongoing interaction with the platform. It should also include tips or milestones that encourage further participation, contributing to a gamified learning experience.

Acceptance Criteria

User Views Accumulated Points in the Dashboard

Given a logged-in user, when they access the User Points Tracking Dashboard, then they should see a summary of their total points earned, spent, and available, displayed clearly at the top of the dashboard.

User Sees Visual Indicators of Progress

Given a logged-in user on the User Points Tracking Dashboard, when they check their progress towards a specific reward, then visual indicators (such as progress bars or percentage completion) should accurately reflect their current points relative to the required points for that reward.

User Receives Tips or Milestones on Dashboard

Given a logged-in user on the User Points Tracking Dashboard, when they view their points summary, then they should see at least two tips or milestones displayed that suggest ways to earn more points or highlight upcoming rewards.

User Redeems Points for Rewards

Given a logged-in user on the User Points Tracking Dashboard, when they choose to redeem points for a reward, then the system should successfully deduct the appropriate number of points and confirm the redemption with a notification.

User Sees Historical Points Activity

Given a logged-in user on the User Points Tracking Dashboard, when they access their points history, then they should see a detailed list of points earned and spent, including dates and sources for all transactions.

Admin Can Monitor User Points Distribution

Given an admin user, when they access the User Points Tracking Dashboard analytics, then they should see aggregated data on points distribution among users, including totals earned and redeemed, in a clear and intuitive format.

User Dashboard Loads Efficiently

Given a logged-in user, when they access the User Points Tracking Dashboard, then it should load completely within 3 seconds to ensure a seamless user experience.

Rewards Store Notifications

"As a user, I want to be notified about new rewards and offers in the Rewards Store so that I can take advantage of them promptly and not miss out on opportunities."

Description

The Rewards Store Notifications requirement focuses on implementing a notification system that alerts users about new rewards, limited-time offers, or updates on their redemption status. Notifications should be customizable and sent through the platform and optionally via email. The effectiveness of this feature is in increasing user engagement and driving traffic to the Rewards Store, as timely alerts about new or expiring rewards can prompt users to take action. This systematic communication will keep users informed and excited about the evolving rewards landscape.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives a notification in the platform about new rewards available in the Rewards Store.

Given a user has earned points in the Gamified Analytics Learning Module, When new rewards are added to the Rewards Store, Then the user should receive a notification within the platform about the new rewards.

User receives a notification about a limited-time offer for a reward in the Rewards Store.

Given a user is eligible for rewards in the Rewards Store, When a limited-time offer is introduced, Then the user should receive an immediate notification via the platform and optionally via email about the limited-time offer.

User updates their notification preferences for the Rewards Store.

Given a user accesses their account settings, When they change their notification preferences to include both platform and email notifications for the Rewards Store, Then their preferences should be saved successfully and confirmed with a notification.

User checks the status of their reward redemption in the Rewards Store.

Given a user has redeemed a reward, When they check the status through their account, Then they should see an up-to-date status of their redemption process, including whether it has been completed or is still pending.

User receives a reminder notification about expiring rewards in the Rewards Store.

Given a user has rewards that will expire soon, When the expiration date is approaching, Then the user should receive a reminder notification via the platform and email to encourage them to redeem their rewards before they expire.

User does not receive notifications for updates on the Rewards Store due to opted-out settings.

Given a user has opted out of all notifications, When there are new rewards or updates in the Rewards Store, Then the user should not receive any notifications related to those updates.

Feedback and Review System for Rewards

"As a user, I want to review and rate the rewards I receive so that I can help others make informed decisions and share my experiences with the community."

Description

The Feedback and Review System for Rewards requirement looks to establish a mechanism where users can leave reviews and ratings for rewards they have redeemed. This feedback system is important for fostering a community where users can share their experiences and guide others in their redemption choices. The collected data can also inform future additions to the rewards catalog and enhance overall satisfaction. Integrating this system will help the platform ensure that the rewards offered are valued by the users and can adapt to their preferences over time.

Acceptance Criteria

User submits a review for a redeemed reward after utilizing it for the intended purpose, sharing their experience and rating it on a scale from 1 to 5.

Given the user has redeemed a reward, When they navigate to the Rewards Store and select the reward, Then they should see an option to submit a review and rating.

An existing user wants to view reviews from other users before redeeming a reward they are interested in.

Given a user is viewing a specific reward in the Rewards Store, When they scroll down to the reviews section, Then they should see all submitted reviews and their corresponding ratings.

After a user submits a review, they want to ensure it has been added to the system and is visible to other users.

Given the user submits a review for a reward, When they refresh the page or navigate back to the reward, Then they should see their review displayed along with the average rating of the reward.

An admin reviews the feedback collected from the users regarding the rewards offered in the Rewards Store.

Given the admin accesses the feedback section of the admin panel, When they request a report on user reviews, Then they should receive an aggregated view of ratings and notable comments.

A user wishes to edit their review after initially submitting it due to a change in opinion about the reward.

Given the user has submitted a review, When they navigate to their reviews and select the edit option, Then they should be able to update their rating and feedback for the respective reward.

Users should be able to report inappropriate reviews left by others to maintain the quality of feedback.

Given a user is viewing a review that they find inappropriate, When they select the report option, Then a prompt should appear asking for the reason, which is submitted for admin review.

Users want to filter and sort reviews based on ratings or helpfulness when browsing through multiple reviews for a reward.

Given a user is in the reviews section for a reward, When they select filter options, Then the reviews should be sorted according to selected criteria (most helpful or highest rating).

Gamification Elements for Rewards Engagement

"As a user, I want to see gamification elements in the Rewards Store so that I feel motivated to earn more points and engage more with the platform."

Description

The Gamification Elements for Rewards Engagement requirement seeks to implement various gamification features within the Rewards Store to increase user interaction and engagement. This could include progress bars, milestones, challenges for bonus points, and leaderboard rankings for the most engaged users. These features are designed to motivate users to engage more actively with the Rewards Store and the underlying analytics platform, creating a fun and competitive environment that encourages learning. By fostering a sense of accomplishment and recognition through gamification, users are likely to stick around and increase their point earning potential.

Acceptance Criteria

User Interaction with Progress Bars and Milestones in the Rewards Store

Given a user is logged into their account, when they access the Rewards Store, then they should see a progress bar indicating their point accumulation and milestones unlocked, visually representing their achievements toward earning rewards.

Engagement through Challenges and Bonus Points

Given a user is viewing the Rewards Store, when they select a challenge to complete for bonus points, then they should receive clear instructions on how to complete the challenge and upon completion, the bonus points should be automatically added to their account.

Display of Leaderboard Rankings

Given a user has earned points in the Rewards Store, when they navigate to the leaderboard section, then they should see their ranking compared to other users based on total points earned, as well as the top 10 users displayed prominently.

Redemption Process of Earned Points

Given a user has sufficient points, when they select a reward to redeem in the Rewards Store, then the system should successfully deduct the points and provide confirmation of the redemption along with an updated points balance.

User Feedback on Gamification Features

Given a user has interacted with the gamification elements in the Rewards Store, when they complete a feedback survey post-interaction, then the survey should successfully submit and a confirmation message should be displayed, indicating their feedback was recorded.

User Notification for New Challenges and Rewards

Given new challenges and rewards are added to the Rewards Store, when the user logs in, then they should receive a notification highlighting these updates and encouraging participation in new challenges.

Plugin Search Engine

The Plugin Search Engine enables users to quickly locate specific integrations or plugins tailored to their needs. By utilizing advanced filtering options and keyword searches, users can effortlessly find compatible applications that enhance their data analytics environment, ultimately streamlining their integration process and maximizing productivity.

Requirements

Advanced Filtering Options

"As a data analyst, I want to filter plugins by functionality and compatibility so that I can quickly find the best integrations for my analytics tasks."

Description

The Advanced Filtering Options requirement enables users to refine their searches within the Plugin Search Engine using a variety of criteria such as plugin type, compatibility, user ratings, and more. This functionality allows users to quickly narrow down their options to find the most suitable plugins that fit their specific needs, enhancing the overall efficiency of the search process. The implementation of this feature will not only improve user experience by providing more tailored search results but also empower users to make informed decisions on plugin selections, ultimately leading to a more integrated and productive analytics environment.

Acceptance Criteria

User searches for plugins using various filters on the Plugin Search Engine.

Given that the user is on the Plugin Search Engine, when they select multiple filtering options (plugin type, compatibility, user ratings) and initiate a search, then the search results should display only the plugins that meet all selected criteria.

User updates filtering preferences after a search has been conducted.

Given that the user has performed an initial search, when they adjust any of their filtering preferences and click 'Update', then the search results should refresh to accurately reflect those changes immediately.

User interacts with the Plugin Search Engine to find a highly-rated plugin.

Given that the user wants to find plugins with user ratings above 4 stars, when they select the user rating filter accordingly and initiate a search, then all displayed plugins should have ratings of 4 stars or higher.

User tries to locate a specific type of plugin by applying a type filter.

Given that the user is looking for visualization plugins specifically, when they apply the 'Visualization' type filter in their search, then the results should show only those plugins categorized as visualization tools.

User applies a search filter and finds no matching plugins.

Given that the user applies a filter for a plugin type that does not exist in the database, when they initiate the search, then the system should display a message indicating 'No plugins found matching your criteria.'

User wants to clear all current filters from the Plugin Search Engine.

Given that the user has applied various filters to their search, when they click on the 'Clear All' button, then all filtering options should reset to their default state and the search results should show all available plugins.

User wants to search for plugins using a keyword in addition to filters.

Given that the user is on the Plugin Search Engine, when they enter a keyword and apply additional filters, then the results should include only those plugins that contain the keyword and meet all filter criteria.

Keyword Search Functionality

"As a project manager, I want to use keyword searches to find specific plugins quickly so that I can streamline the integration process for my team."

Description

The Keyword Search Functionality requirement allows users to input specific terms or phrases to locate plugins swiftly. This feature is essential for users who already have a clear idea of what they are looking for. By implementing a robust keyword search, the Plugin Search Engine will provide instant results that match user queries, thus saving time and enhancing the user experience. Integrating this functionality will link directly to increased user satisfaction as it simplifies the process of finding relevant plugins without navigating multiple pages.

Acceptance Criteria

User searches for a specific plugin using a known keyword to enhance their data analytics environment.

Given the user is on the Plugin Search Engine interface, when they enter a keyword into the search bar, then the system should display a list of plugins that match the keyword within 2 seconds.

User attempts to find plugins by entering keywords with slight variations or misspellings.

Given the user inputs a keyword with a common misspelling, when they click the search button, then the system should return relevant plugin suggestions that are closely related to the intended keyword.

User wants to filter search results to find plugins that meet specific criteria (e.g., compatibility with existing systems).

Given the user has performed a keyword search, when they select additional filtering options (e.g., compatibility, rating), then the results should update to show only the plugins that meet the selected criteria without exceeding 3 seconds.

User needs to see how many plugins match their search query.

Given the user enters a keyword in the search bar and submits the query, then the system should display a count of how many plugins match the search results clearly at the top of the results list.

User wants to quickly navigate back after refining their search with filters.

Given the user has applied filters and wants to return to the previous search results, when they click the 'clear filters' button, then the system should revert to display the original search results before filtering.

User searches for a plugin but initial results yield no matches.

Given the user inputs an uncommon keyword in the search bar, when they perform the search, then the system should display a user-friendly message indicating no matching plugins were found with suggestions for alternative keywords.

User expects quick access to the last searched plugins for convenience.

Given the user has previously searched for plugins using keywords, when they access the Plugin Search Engine, then the system should display a list of their last three searched keywords for quick access.

User Ratings and Reviews Display

"As a business owner, I want to see user ratings and reviews for plugins so that I can choose the best tools with confidence."

Description

The User Ratings and Reviews Display requirement aims to incorporate user-generated feedback directly within the Plugin Search Engine interface. This feature will showcase star ratings and reviews for each plugin, giving potential users insights into the effectiveness and reliability of the plugins before they decide to integrate them. This functionality not only builds trust among users but also aids in making informed decisions based on collective user experiences, thereby enhancing the decision-making process when selecting plugins.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Plugin Search Engine to search for a specific plugin and wishes to view ratings and reviews before making a selection.

Given a user searches for a plugin in the Plugin Search Engine, when the plugin results are displayed, then each plugin must show an average star rating and the total number of reviews clearly visible next to the plugin name.

User hovers over a specific plugin within the search results list and wants detailed ratings and reviews for informed decision-making.

Given a user hovers over a plugin, when a tooltip or pop-up appears, then it must display a summary of the most recent reviews alongside the average star rating and the total number of reviews.

User clicks on a specific plugin to view more details and expects to see comprehensive user-generated feedback.

Given a user selects a specific plugin from the Plugin Search Engine results, when they navigate to the plugin details page, then it must display a dedicated section for user reviews, showing at least five recent reviews with associated star ratings.

User submits their own review and rating for a plugin after using it, and expects it to be displayed within the Plugin Search Engine promptly.

Given a user submits a review and rating for a plugin, when the submission is confirmed, then the new review must be reflected in both the plugin's ratings section and in the user reviews list within one hour.

Administrator reviews the plugin rating and user feedback functionality to ensure compliance with data presentation standards.

Given an administrator accesses the Plugin Search Engine's backend, when reviewing the ratings and reviews feature, then all displayed user feedback must meet predetermined content guidelines regarding clarity, relevance, and respectfulness.

Integration Recommendations System

"As a user, I want to receive smart recommendations for plugins based on my past searches so that I can discover useful integrations I might not have found otherwise."

Description

The Integration Recommendations System requirement will provide users with suggestions for plugins based on their previous searches, usage patterns, and popular trends among similar users. By utilizing AI algorithms, this system will enhance the search experience by proactively presenting relevant plugins that the user may not have considered but align with their needs, thus facilitating discovery and reducing search time. This innovative feature aims to streamline the integration process and maximize productivity by connecting users with tools that enhance their analytics capabilities.

Acceptance Criteria

User utilizes the Integration Recommendations System after conducting a search for a plugin related to data visualization tools.

Given a user has searched for 'data visualization', when the Integration Recommendations System suggests plugins, then the suggestions must include at least 3 plugins commonly used by similar users for data visualization, and should be displayed within 3 seconds of the search.

User returns to the Plugin Search Engine after previously using specific plugins for data reporting.

Given a user has previously interacted with plugins for data reporting, when the user accesses the Plugin Search Engine, then the Integration Recommendations System should display at least 5 relevant integration suggestions based on the user’s previous usage patterns that fit their profile, with appropriate tags for each suggestion.

A user engages with the Integration Recommendations System and does not receive any suggestions when no relevant plugins are available.

Given a user has performed a search that yields no results, when they view the Integration Recommendations System, then it must display a user-friendly message indicating no relevant plugins are available along with recommended next steps, such as trying different keywords or checking popular categories.

Admin configures the parameters used by the AI algorithms in the Integration Recommendations System for improved accuracy.

Given an administrator accesses the configuration settings of the Integration Recommendations System, when changes are made to the algorithm parameters, then the system should save the new configurations without error and a confirmation message should be displayed, ensuring the settings are applied instantly during the next user session.

User opts to refine their search by applying multiple filters after receiving plugin suggestions from the Integration Recommendations System.

Given a user received plugin suggestions, when they apply at least two filters (e.g., 'Free' and 'Highly Rated'), then the displayed results must dynamically update to reflect only those plugins that meet both criteria within 2 seconds.

User evaluates the usefulness of the received recommendations in the context of their workflow.

Given a user has received recommendations from the Integration Recommendations System, when they ascertain the relevance of 80% of the suggestions to their current project needs, then a feedback option must be available for the user to rate the recommendations, impacting future suggestions within 24 hours.

User Ratings & Reviews

User Ratings & Reviews allow users to see feedback from others who have installed and utilized various plugins. This feature fosters transparency and informs users' choices by providing insights into the performance and usability of integrations, aiding in the selection of the best tools for their requirements.

Requirements

User Rating Input

"As a user, I want to submit ratings and reviews for plugins I use so that I can share my experiences with others and help them choose the right tools for their needs."

Description

This requirement outlines the ability for users to submit their own ratings and reviews for plugins they have utilized. Users can provide a score (1-5 stars) as well as a written review detailing their experience. This feedback will be stored in the database, and made visible to other users, enhancing the overall insight into plugin performance and usability. The user rating input plays a crucial role in fostering a community-driven ecosystem where users can make informed decisions based on peer feedback, thus enhancing their overall experience on the platform.

Acceptance Criteria

User submits a rating and review after utilizing a plugin on InsightStream's platform.

Given a user has installed a plugin, When the user navigates to the review submission page, Then they should be able to input a rating (1-5 stars) and a written review, and submit this information successfully.

A user views submitted ratings and reviews for a specific plugin.

Given a plugin is listed on the InsightsStream platform, When a user accesses the plugin's page, Then they should see an aggregated list of all ratings and reviews submitted by other users, displayed in reverse chronological order.

The system stores user ratings and reviews in the database.

Given a user has submitted a rating and review, When the submission is confirmed, Then the rating and review should be stored in the database and associated with the corresponding user and plugin.

An admin moderates user reviews for inappropriate content.

Given an admin is logged into the InsightStream platform, When they view the list of user reviews, Then they should have the ability to flag or delete any review deemed inappropriate based on community guidelines.

The system prevents duplicate submissions of ratings and reviews by the same user.

Given a user has already submitted a rating and review for a specific plugin, When they attempt to submit another rating and review for the same plugin, Then they should receive a notification indicating they have already submitted feedback.

Users receive confirmation after submitting a rating and review.

Given a user has successfully submitted a rating and review, When the submission process is complete, Then the user should receive a confirmation message acknowledging their feedback has been recorded.

Users can edit or delete their previously submitted ratings and reviews.

Given a user has submitted a rating and review, When they choose to edit or delete their feedback from their user profile, Then the system must allow them to make those changes successfully, or to remove their feedback entirely.

Review Display System

"As a user, I want to see ratings and reviews for plugins so that I can quickly evaluate their effectiveness based on other users' experiences."

Description

This requirement specifies the feature that displays user-submitted ratings and reviews on the plugin detail pages. The system should organize reviews by date and rating score, highlight the most helpful reviews based on user interactions, and include a summary of average ratings. This ensures users can quickly access relevant feedback, which aids in their decision-making process. The implementation of this system will engage users more deeply by promoting transparency and creating trust within the InsightsStream community.

Acceptance Criteria

Review Display System shows current user ratings and reviews on plugin detail pages.

Given a user is on a plugin detail page, when the page loads, then the user should see the average rating displayed prominently along with a list of user reviews sorted by date and rating score.

Most helpful reviews are highlighted in the Review Display System.

Given a user is viewing the reviews section, when reviews are displayed, then the system should highlight the top 3 reviews marked as most helpful based on user interactions (likes or helpful votes).

User ratings and reviews can be sorted and filtered.

Given a user accesses the ratings and reviews section, when the user selects sorting options (such as 'Highest Rated' or 'Most Recent'), then the reviews should re-order immediately to reflect the selected criteria without needing a page refresh.

Users can submit their own ratings and reviews.

Given a registered user navigates to the review submission form, when they submit a rating and a comment, then the new review should be added to the plugin detail page and should be visible to all users after submission.

Review aggregate data is displayed accurately.

Given the Review Display System has collected at least five reviews, when the average rating is calculated, then it should accurately reflect the average of all submitted ratings.

User reviews include functionality for reporting inappropriate content.

Given a user is reading a review, when the user selects the 'Report' button, then the system should allow them to submit a report, capturing the review ID and user comments for moderation review.

The Review Display System provides an interactive experience.

Given a user is interacting with the reviews section, when they hover over a review, then tooltip should appear showing additional details such as review date and username.

Review Aggregation and Analytics

"As a product manager, I want to analyze user ratings and reviews to identify trends and areas for improvement in the plugins we offer, so that we can enhance user satisfaction and our product offerings."

Description

This requirement involves the collection and analysis of user ratings and reviews across all plugins. It will aggregate data to provide insights such as average ratings, sentiment analysis from review text, and trends over time. This feature adds value by allowing users to view overall plugin performance and understand common issues or praises identified by the community. By integrating this functionality, InsightStream enhances its analytics capabilities, making the platform more intuitive and suited for strategic decision-making.

Acceptance Criteria

As a user, I want to view aggregated average ratings for all plugins on the InsightStream platform so that I can easily assess the overall performance of each plugin before making a selection.

Given that I have accessed the User Ratings & Reviews section, when I view the plugin list, then I should see the average rating displayed next to each plugin on the dashboard.

As a user, I want to see sentiment analysis for reviews of plugins so that I can quickly understand user opinions and sentiments about the plugins available.

Given that I have accessed the User Ratings & Reviews section, when I select a specific plugin, then I should see a visual representation of sentiment analysis indicating positive, negative, and neutral sentiments based on user reviews.

As a user, I want to view trends in plugin ratings over time so that I can understand how the performance of a plugin has changed and whether it is improving or declining.

Given that I have accessed the User Ratings & Reviews section, when I click on the trends tab for a specific plugin, then I should see a graph showing the average rating over time, along with important review milestones.

As a user, I want to filter the list of plugins by average rating so that I can easily find the best-performing plugins available.

Given that I am in the plugin directory, when I select the filter option for average ratings, then I should be able to sort the plugins by ascending and descending average ratings.

As a user, I want to read detailed individual reviews to gain more insights into specific issues or praises regarding each plugin.

Given that I have selected a plugin from the User Ratings & Reviews section, when I click on the 'Read All Reviews' button, then I should be presented with a list of all user reviews for that plugin, including detailed comments and star ratings.

As a new user, I want to see an introductory tool tip that explains the User Ratings & Reviews feature so that I can understand how to use it effectively and benefit from it.

Given that I am a new user accessing the User Ratings & Reviews section for the first time, when I open this section, then I should see a tool tip explaining the functionalities and features available in this section.

Spam Filter for Reviews

"As a user, I want to trust the ratings and reviews I read, so I need a filter that removes spammy or irrelevant submissions from the system to ensure authenticity and reliability."

Description

This requirement defines the implementation of a spam detection and filtering mechanism for user-submitted reviews. The system must intelligently analyze the content of reviews to identify patterns typical of spam, including repetitive phrases, links, or overly promotional content. By ensuring only genuine reviews are published, this feature plays a critical role in maintaining the integrity and trustworthiness of the ratings and reviews system.

Acceptance Criteria

Submission of a user review containing links to external sites.

Given a user submits a review that contains hyperlinks, when the spam filter processes the review, then the review should be flagged as potential spam and not published until an admin reviews it.

Presence of repetitive phrases in user reviews.

Given a user submits a review with the same phrase repeated multiple times, when the spam filter analyzes the review, then it should classify the review as spam and prevent its publication.

Automated detection of overly promotional content in reviews.

Given a user submits a review containing promotional language, when the spam filter evaluates the review, then the review should be identified as spam and held for moderation.

Analysis of reviews submitted by the same user in quick succession.

Given a user submits multiple reviews within a short timeframe, when the spam filter examines these reviews, then it should flag them for potential spam due to suspicious activity.

Handling of user reports regarding spam reviews.

Given a user reports a review as spam, when the spam filter receives the report, then it should trigger a review of the flagged content and provide a resolution within 48 hours.

Threshold settings to determine spam likelihood.

Given an adjustable threshold setting for spam detection, when the system analyzes incoming reviews, then it should apply the threshold to categorize reviews as spam or genuine based on defined parameters.

Performance monitoring of the spam filter effectiveness.

Given a collection of reviews submitted over a month, when the performance statistics of the spam filter are generated, then the report should show at least 90% accuracy in detecting true spam reviews.

Rating and Review Notification System

"As a user, I want to receive notifications about new ratings or reviews on my favorite plugins so that I can stay updated and make timely decisions about my integrations."

Description

This requirement outlines the creation of a notification system that alerts users when there are new ratings or reviews on plugins they have previously interacted with. The system should allow users to customize notification preferences, ensuring they are informed about the feedback related to plugins they are interested in. This feature enhances user engagement and keeps users involved with plugin performance updates.

Acceptance Criteria

Users receive notifications for new ratings on plugins they have recently interacted with.

Given a user has interacted with a plugin, when a new rating is submitted, then the user should receive an email notification regarding the new rating.

Users can customize their notification preferences for plugin ratings and reviews.

Given a user has access to the notification settings, when they select their preferences for ratings and reviews, then those settings should be saved and applied to future notifications.

Users receive notifications for new reviews on plugins they have recently interacted with.

Given a user has interacted with a plugin, when a new review is posted, then the user should see a notification in their account dashboard.

Users will have the option to turn off or mute notifications for specific plugins.

Given a user is in the notification settings, when they choose to mute notifications for a specific plugin, then no notifications should be sent for that plugin until they are unmuted.

Users can view a history of received notifications related to plugin reviews.

Given a user has received notifications, when they access the notification history section, then they should see a complete list of all past notifications for plugin ratings and reviews.

The system will send notifications only to users who have opted in for alerts regarding ratings and reviews.

Given a user has opted in for notifications, when a new rating or review is posted, then the system should send an alert to that user's registered email address or account notification area.

One-Click Installation

One-Click Installation simplifies the process of adding new plugins by allowing users to install them immediately without complicated setup procedures. This feature enhances user experience by reducing friction, enabling users to quickly expand their capabilities and get back to analyzing their data.

Requirements

Plugin Compatibility Check

"As a user, I want the system to automatically check for plugin compatibility so that I can avoid installation problems and ensure that all my tools work seamlessly together."

Description

The Plugin Compatibility Check requirement ensures that all installed plugins are compatible with the current version of InsightStream and each other. This requirement includes an automatic validation process that detects and notifies users of any compatibility issues before installation, reducing the risk of functionality disruptions and improving user confidence in the installation process. The benefits include a stable environment for analytics, enhanced user experience by preventing post-installation issues, and streamlined integration of new tools into existing workflows.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates a plugin installation from the InsightStream dashboard and expects the Plugin Compatibility Check to automatically validate compatibility with the existing system before completion of the installation process.

Given the user attempts to install a plugin, When the installation is initiated, Then a compatibility check is performed automatically, and the user is notified of any incompatibilities before proceeding with the installation.

An admin user needs to expand the capabilities of their InsightStream environment by adding a new plugin, ensuring that existing plugins do not disrupt service during and after installation.

Given the admin user has an existing set of plugins installed, When they select a new plugin for installation, Then the system should check for conflicts with the existing plugins and provide a summary of any issues found.

As a user installing multiple plugins in succession, they expect the Plugin Compatibility Check to inform them of any compatibility issues without requiring additional steps or interruptions to their workflow.

Given the user installs multiple plugins consecutively, When each installation is triggered, Then the system should validate the compatibility of each plugin automatically and provide an aggregated report of findings post-installation.

A user receives a notification about a compatibility issue when trying to install a plugin, and they must understand what specific conflicts exist and how to resolve them before retrying the installation.

Given a user is notified of a compatibility issue, When they view the notification details, Then the system should display a clear explanation of the conflict and suggest viable alternatives or fixes.

After installing a new plugin following the Plugin Compatibility Check, a user wants to ensure that their analytics functionalities remain intact and can verify with an instant test.

Given a plugin has been installed successfully, When the user performs a functionality test on existing analytics features, Then the system should confirm the retained functionality without any errors or disruptions.

Users want to ensure that their platform remains stable, so they expect an ongoing validation process that checks for plugin compatibility every time a new update is available.

Given a new update is released for InsightStream, When the user logs in post-update, Then the system should automatically validate all installed plugins for compatibility with the new version and notify the user of any issues found.

User-Friendly Dashboard Customization

"As a user, I want to customize my dashboard easily so that I can configure it to show the data and insights that matter most to me."

Description

The User-Friendly Dashboard Customization requirement allows users to easily modify the layout, widgets, and data visualizations within their dashboard to better suit their analytical needs. This feature includes drag-and-drop functionality and predefined templates, enabling users to personalize their experience without needing technical skills. The significance of this requirement lies in enhancing user engagement and satisfaction by enabling personalized analytical experiences, ultimately leading to greater insights and operational efficiencies.

Acceptance Criteria

User drags a widget from the available widgets panel onto the dashboard, resizing it to fit their layout.

Given a user is on their dashboard, when they drag a widget from the available widgets panel and drop it onto the dashboard, then the widget should appear at the selected location and retain the user's preferred size and position after refresh.

A user selects a predefined template from the template library to customize their dashboard.

Given a user is on the dashboard customization page, when they select a predefined template and apply it, then the dashboard should update to reflect the new layout and include the specified widgets for that template.

A user saves their customized dashboard layout for future use.

Given the user has customized their dashboard, when they click the 'Save' button, then their layout should be saved under their profile and should be accessible upon future logins.

The user modifies a data visualization widget to change its displayed information.

Given a user is modifying a data visualization widget, when they select different data sources or metrics, then the widget should automatically update to reflect the new data visualizations without requiring a page refresh.

A user deletes a widget from their dashboard.

Given a user is on their dashboard, when they select a widget and click the 'Delete' button, then that widget should be removed from the dashboard, and a confirmation message should appear.

AI-Driven Insights

"As a user, I want AI to analyze my data and provide insights so that I can quickly understand trends and make informed decisions."

Description

The AI-Driven Insights requirement involves the integration of artificial intelligence algorithms to analyze data patterns and generate actionable insights automatically. This feature will provide users with recommendations based on historical data and predictive analytics, highlighting trends and suggesting optimizations. The purpose is to empower users to make better data-driven decisions by providing timely, relevant insights, thus improving operational efficiencies and fostering growth for SMEs.

Acceptance Criteria

As a user of InsightStream, I want to utilize the AI-Driven Insights feature to automatically generate recommendations from my past sales data, so that I can make informed decisions to enhance my sales strategy.

Given that the user has uploaded historical sales data, When the user clicks on the 'Generate Insights' button, Then the system should provide a list of actionable recommendations based on the analyzed patterns in the data within 5 seconds.

As an operations manager, I want the AI-Driven Insights feature to highlight trends based on data from multiple departments, so that I can see the overall performance and identify areas for improvement.

Given that the user has access to multi-department data, When the AI processes this data, Then it should identify and display at least 3 significant trends in a consolidated view, categorizing them by department, within 10 seconds.

As a financial analyst, I want the AI-Driven Insights to suggest cost optimization strategies based on historical expense data, so that I can identify opportunities to reduce costs.

Given that the user has uploaded historical expense data, When the AI analyzes this data, Then it should present at least 2 cost-saving recommendations that are relevant to the user's specific business context.

As a marketing director, I want the AI-Driven Insights to provide timely insights during monthly strategy meetings, so that I can leverage data to formulate effective marketing campaigns.

Given that the user prepares for a monthly strategy meeting, When the user requests insights 1 hour before the meeting, Then the system should deliver a summary report of the generated insights tailored for the meeting within 5 minutes.

As a data analyst, I want to ensure the predictions generated by the AI-Driven Insights feature are accurate based on historical data, so that I can trust the recommendations provided.

Given that the user has a defined dataset for analysis, When the AI generates predictions, Then the predicted values should have a correlation coefficient of at least 0.8 when compared with actual outcomes from the last 6 months.

As a user, I want the AI-Driven Insights to allow customization of parameters for data analysis, so that I can focus on specific metrics relevant to my business needs.

Given that the user is on the AI insights configuration page, When the user sets specific parameters for the analysis (e.g., time frame, metrics), Then the system should allow the user to run the analysis based on those selected parameters and return insights accordingly in under 10 seconds.

Automated Reporting Scheduler

"As a user, I want to schedule automated reports so that I can regularly receive important updates without having to manually generate them every time."

Description

The Automated Reporting Scheduler requirement facilitates the scheduling of automated report generation and distribution to ensure that stakeholders receive timely updates on business metrics. This feature will allow users to define the frequency, format, and recipients of reports, automating routine reporting tasks and reducing administrative overhead. Its importance lies in enhancing workflow efficiency, ensuring that decision-makers have access to the most relevant data without manual intervention.

Acceptance Criteria

User successfully schedules an automated report to be generated and sent weekly to selected stakeholders.

Given the user has access to the Automated Reporting Scheduler, when they specify a report type, select recipients, set the frequency to 'Weekly', and save the schedule, then the system should generate the report and send it to the specified recipients at the scheduled time every week without user intervention.

User edits an existing automated report schedule to change the frequency from weekly to monthly.

Given the user accesses their previously scheduled reports, when they select a report, change the frequency to 'Monthly', and save the changes, then the system should update the schedule and ensure the report is generated and sent on the new monthly schedule without errors.

User receives a confirmation notification after successfully setting up a new automated report schedule.

Given the user has just scheduled a new automated report, when the schedule is saved, then the user should receive a notification confirming that the report schedule has been successfully created along with the details of the next scheduled report generation.

User wants to view all scheduled automated reports in one place.

Given the user accesses the Automated Reporting Scheduler, when they navigate to the 'Scheduled Reports' section, then the system should display a list of all scheduled reports including their frequency, format, and recipients for easy review.

User requests a manual generation of an automated report outside the schedule.

Given the user is viewing their scheduled reports, when they select an option to generate a scheduled report immediately, then the system should create and send the report to the specified recipients without waiting for the next scheduled time.

User ensures that recipients receive automated reports in the correct format as specified during scheduling.

Given an automated report is scheduled to be generated, when it is sent out, then all recipients should receive the report in the specified format (e.g., PDF, Excel) without any formatting issues or errors in the report content.

User cancels an existing automated report schedule and verifies that no further reports are sent.

Given the user has an automated report scheduled, when they choose to cancel the schedule, then no reports should be generated or sent to recipients after the cancellation request is confirmed.

In-App User Guidance

"As a new user, I want guided tours and tooltips so that I can learn how to use InsightStream effectively and make the most of its features."

Description

The In-App User Guidance requirement introduces an interactive onboarding experience that helps new users navigate through InsightStream's features and functionalities. This will include tooltips, guided tours, and contextual help options that enhance user understanding and adoption. Its core purpose is to reduce the learning curve for new users, thereby accelerating their ability to utilize the platform effectively from the outset, which is crucial for maximizing the value of the product.

Acceptance Criteria

Onboarding New Users to InsightStream via In-App User Guidance.

Given a new user has logged into InsightStream for the first time, when the user clicks on the 'Help' button, then they should see a tooltip overlay with a brief introduction to each main feature of the dashboard.

Providing Contextual Help During Data Upload Process.

Given a user is in the process of uploading a data source, when they hover over the 'Upload Data' button, then a contextual help tooltip should display explaining the accepted file formats and size limits.

Guided Tour for Navigating Dashboard Features.

Given a new user starts a guided tour, when they reach each section of the dashboard, then they should see a step-by-step walkthrough that highlights key features and their uses, with an option to skip or retry the tour at any point.

Feedback Mechanism for In-App User Guidance Effectiveness.

Given a user has completed the onboarding process using the In-App User Guidance, when they provide feedback through the feedback form, then they should be able to rate the guidance and leave comments, which will be stored for future analysis.

User Access to Saved Guided Tours for Future Reference.

Given a user has completed a guided tour, when they navigate to the 'Help' menu, then they should have the option to access saved guided tours for later reference, searchable by feature.

Displaying Progress Indicators during Onboarding.

Given a new user is going through the onboarding process, when they reach each milestone in the guided tour, then a progress bar should visually indicate the percentage of completion towards the onboarding tutorial.

Testing the Tooltips for Accessibility Compliance.

Given a user with accessibility needs is navigating InsightStream, when they interact with tooltips, then these tooltips should be compliant with WCAG 2.1 guidelines, ensuring they are readable and can be accessed using screen readers.

Integration Status Dashboard

The Integration Status Dashboard provides users with a visual overview of all installed integrations, displaying their performance status and any alerts or issues in real-time. This feature empowers users to proactively manage their integrations, ensuring that workflows remain uninterrupted and efficient.

Requirements

Real-Time Integration Monitoring

"As a data analyst, I want to see the real-time status of all my integrations so that I can quickly respond to any issues and maintain smooth operations without interruptions."

Description

The Real-Time Integration Monitoring requirement involves developing functionality that allows users to instantly see the operational status of all integrations connected to the InsightStream platform. This feature will include visual indicators such as green for optimal performance, yellow for warnings, and red for errors, helping users to quickly identify and address issues. The integration with existing data sources is crucial to provide accurate, live updates, ensuring users can act swiftly to mitigate disruptions. This capability enhances operational efficiency by proactively managing integrations and minimizing downtime, ultimately supporting better decision-making and workflow continuity.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Integration Status Dashboard to check the operational status of all active integrations after a recent software update.

Given that a user has accessed the Integration Status Dashboard, when the dashboard displays integration statuses, then all integrations should show an accurate real-time status indicated by color codes: green for optimal performance, yellow for warnings, and red for errors.

An operational issue occurs in one of the integrations, and the user wants to be promptly alerted on the Integration Status Dashboard.

Given that there is an operational issue detected in an integration, when the issue occurs, then the Integration Status Dashboard should show a red indicator for that integration and trigger an alert to the user.

A user wants to understand the historical performance of an integration and uses the dashboard's detailed view feature.

Given that a user clicks on an integration with a yellow or red status, when the user views the detailed performance data, then the dashboard should display historical data trends along with suggested actions for resolution.

A user with limited permissions logs into the InsightStream platform and accesses the Integration Status Dashboard.

Given that a user with limited permissions accesses the Integration Status Dashboard, when they view the integrations, then they should only see the integrations they have access to, along with the appropriate performance statuses.

The dashboard is refreshed after a user has manually checked the performance statuses of integrations, and they want to see the latest updates.

Given that a user manually refreshes the Integration Status Dashboard, when the refresh occurs, then the system should display the latest operational statuses without requiring a full page reload.

A system administrator wants to verify that all integrations are functioning optimally after a routine maintenance check.

Given that a system administrator accesses the Integration Status Dashboard post-maintenance, when viewing the dashboard, then all integrations should show a green indicator, confirming optimal performance without any alerts or issues.

The user wants to ensure that the dashboard is available on mobile devices for on-the-go monitoring of integrations.

Given that a user accesses the Integration Status Dashboard via a mobile device, when the dashboard loads, then it should be fully responsive, displaying all integrations and their statuses without any performance lags or interface issues.

Integration Alert Notifications

"As an operations manager, I want to receive alerts about any integration issues so that I can take immediate action to prevent downtime and maintain efficient workflows."

Description

The Integration Alert Notifications requirement encompasses the development of a robust alert system that notifies users of any performance issues, failures, or significant changes to their integrations. Alerts will be customizable, allowing users to set their preferred thresholds for notifications based on their specific needs. Users will receive these alerts through various channels such as email, in-app notifications, and SMS, providing flexibility for immediate response. This feature will enhance the users' ability to maintain control over their integration ecosystem, significantly reducing the risk of unexpected workflow disruptions.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives an alert notification when an integration experiences a performance issue, such as a timeout or failure to retrieve data.

Given that the user has set alert preferences for performance issues, when an integration fails, then the user should receive an email notification, an in-app alert, and an SMS alert.

User customizes their notification preferences to set specific thresholds for alerts based on integration performance metrics.

Given that the user is in the notification settings, when they adjust the threshold values for alerts, then those settings should be saved and applied to all relevant integrations.

User verifies that alerts for significant changes in integration status are triggered correctly when the status changes from active to inactive.

Given that an integration changes from 'active' to 'inactive', when the status change occurs, then the user should receive a notification in their chosen channels (email, SMS, in-app).

User tests the alert system by intentionally causing a failure in one of their integrations to ensure that notifications are working as expected.

Given that the user simulates an integration failure, when the failure is detected, then the user receives notifications in all selected channels within 5 minutes.

User checks the Integration Status Dashboard to review past alert notifications for any integrations over a specified period.

Given that the user accesses the Integration Status Dashboard, when they filter for alerts from the last 30 days, then the user should see a complete log of all alerts received during that timeframe.

Historical Performance Analytics

"As a business analyst, I want to access historical performance data for integrations so that I can analyze trends and provide recommendations for improving system reliability and efficiency."

Description

The Historical Performance Analytics requirement involves implementing functionality that allows users to review and analyze the historical data of their integrations including performance metrics, uptime statistics, and alert history. This feature will provide users with valuable insights into integration trends over time, helping them to identify patterns, assess reliability, and make informed decisions on future optimizations. Integration with the existing reporting tools in InsightStream will ensure that this data is presented visually on customizable dashboards, enhancing user experience and data accessibility.

Acceptance Criteria

User reviewing historical performance metrics for their integrations over the last month.

Given the user is on the Integration Status Dashboard, when they select a specific integration and choose 'View Historical Performance', then they should see a graph of performance metrics, such as uptime and response time, for the last month.

A user checks the alert history for an integration to identify patterns of issues over time.

Given the user is on the Integration Status Dashboard, when they click on an integration and navigate to 'Alert History', then they should see a chronological list of alerts, with the ability to filter by date range.

User customizes their dashboard to display specific historical performance metrics for multiple integrations.

Given the user is on their customizable dashboard, when they add a new widget for 'Historical Performance Analytics', then they should be able to select which integrations and metrics (uptime, alerts) they want to display in the widget.

User exports historical performance data for analysis outside of InsightStream.

Given the user is viewing the historical performance analytics, when they click the 'Export' button, then they should be able to download the data in CSV format, containing all relevant performance metrics and alerts.

User wants to compare the historical performance of two integrations.

Given the user is on the Historical Performance Analytics section, when they select two integrations to compare, then the dashboard should display a side-by-side comparison of their historical performance metrics.

User receives real-time alerts related to integration performance issues.

Given the user has set up notifications for integration issues, when an integration experiences an outage, then the user should receive an email and a notification within the dashboard immediately.

Customizable Dashboard Widgets

"As a user, I want to customize my dashboard widgets so that I can prioritize the information that matters most to my role and preferences."

Description

The Customizable Dashboard Widgets requirement focuses on enabling users to create and modify widgets within their Integration Status Dashboard. These widgets will allow users to select specific metrics from their integrations, such as response times, error rates, and operational status, and arrange them according to their preferences. This flexibility ensures that users can tailor their dashboards to display the most relevant information at a glance, improving their ability to manage integrations effectively. This feature will also foster user engagement and satisfaction by letting them personalize their interaction with InsightStream.

Acceptance Criteria

User creates a new widget to display the error rates from their integrations.

Given a user is on the Integration Status Dashboard, when they click on the 'Add Widget' button and select 'Error Rate' from the metrics, then the widget is created and displayed on the dashboard showing the current error rate.

User rearranges the widgets on the Integration Status Dashboard.

Given the user has multiple widgets displayed on the Integration Status Dashboard, when they drag and drop a widget to a new position, then the widget is successfully rearranged, and the new order is saved for future sessions.

User customizes the display settings of a widget to show data in a specific format.

Given a user has added a widget to their dashboard, when they select 'Customize' and change the display format from 'Graph' to 'Table,' then the widget updates to show the selected data in a table format without losing any data.

User removes a widget from the Integration Status Dashboard.

Given the user wishes to remove a widget, when they click on the 'Remove' icon on the widget, then the widget is deleted from the dashboard and no longer displayed.

User accesses the dashboard and expects all widgets to load correctly after a refresh.

Given the user refreshes the Integration Status Dashboard, then all customized widgets reload with the correct metrics and settings as previously configured.

User views notifications or alerts related to their integrations via the dashboard widgets.

Given the user is on the Integration Status Dashboard, when there are alerts related to integrations, then these alerts are displayed prominently on the relevant widgets with an appropriate message indicating the issue.

User saves their dashboard configuration for future access.

Given a user has customized their Integration Status Dashboard with multiple widgets, when they press the 'Save Configuration' button, then their settings are stored, and the dashboard reflects these changes in subsequent sessions.

User Role-Based Access Control

"As an administrator, I want to control user access to integration data based on roles so that I can ensure sensitive information is only available to authorized users within my organization."

Description

The User Role-Based Access Control requirement entails creating a system that allows administrators to set user permissions based on roles within their organization. This feature will ensure that sensitive integration statuses and data are only accessible to authorized personnel, thereby enhancing security and compliance with data governance policies. By implementing role-based access, organizations can control and restrict information visibility based on user needs, thus improving data integrity and reducing the risk of unauthorized access to integration data.

Acceptance Criteria

Administrator Assigns Roles to Users

Given an administrator with permissions to manage user roles, when the administrator selects a user and assigns a specific role, then the user's role should be updated in the system database and reflected in the user management interface without errors.

User Attempts to Access Restricted Integration Data

Given a user assigned a role with restricted permissions, when the user attempts to access the Integration Status Dashboard, then the system should display a 'Permission Denied' message and deny access to the sensitive information.

Reporting User Role Changes

Given an administrator has changed a user's role, when the administrator navigates to the activity log section of the dashboard, then the system should log this action showing the username, the old role, the new role, and the timestamp of the change.

Permission Validation on Data Retrieval

Given a user requests data from the Integration Status Dashboard, when processing the request, then the system should verify the user's role against the data access permissions and allow or deny the request accordingly.

Role Hierarchy Management

Given an administrator is configuring user roles, when the administrator selects a role to edit, then the system should allow modifications to the permission levels within that role and save these changes successfully.

Audit Trail for Permissions Changes

Given changes have been made to user roles within the system, when the administrator reviews the audit trail, then the system should display all previous modifications with details on who made the change, what was changed, and the time of the change.

Integration Performance Reporting

"As a user, I want to generate performance reports for my integrations so that I can analyze their effectiveness and share insights with my team."

Description

The Integration Performance Reporting requirement focuses on developing comprehensive reporting capabilities that allow users to generate reports on integration performance. This feature will include options for predefined templates, as well as the ability for users to create custom reports based on specific metrics and timeframes. Reports will be exportable in various formats, such as PDF and Excel, facilitating easier sharing and further analysis. By providing detailed insights into the performance of integrations, users will be better equipped to make data-driven decisions and strategic improvements.

Acceptance Criteria

User generates a report on integration performance using predefined templates.

Given the user is logged in to the InsightStream platform, when they select a predefined template and specify the desired time frame, then the system should generate a report that accurately reflects the performance metrics indicated by the template and the specified time frame.

User customizes a report for specific metrics related to integration performance.

Given the user is on the Integration Performance Reporting page, when they select custom metrics and enter the desired time frame, then the system should generate a report that includes only the selected metrics and is accurate for the given time period.

User exports a generated report in PDF format.

Given the user has successfully generated a report, when they choose the PDF export option, then the system should provide a downloadable PDF file that accurately represents the report content, formatted correctly without any discrepancies.

User exports a generated report in Excel format.

Given the user has successfully generated a report, when they choose the Excel export option, then the system should provide a downloadable Excel file that accurately represents the report content with appropriate formatting for data analysis.

User views the Integration Performance Reporting dashboard for real-time updates.

Given the user accesses the Integration Performance Reporting dashboard, then the dashboard should display real-time performance metrics of all integrations, updating at regular intervals without requiring a page refresh.

User sets up scheduled reports for integration performance metrics.

Given the user is on the report scheduling page, when they configure a report to be generated and sent automatically on a specified schedule, then the system should save the schedule and ensure the report is sent as per the defined frequency without user intervention.

Version Compatibility Checker

The Version Compatibility Checker automatically verifies the compatibility of plugins with the current version of InsightStream before installation. This feature minimizes the risk of integration issues and enhances user confidence by ensuring that all added functionalities will work seamlessly with their existing system.

Requirements

Compatibility Notification System

"As a user, I want to receive notifications about plugin compatibility so that I can avoid installation errors and ensure all functionalities work seamlessly with InsightStream."

Description

The Compatibility Notification System will proactively alert users when they attempt to install a plugin that is incompatible with their current version of InsightStream. This functionality ensures that users are informed before any installation, preventing integration issues that could disrupt their operations. Notifications will include detailed explanations of compatibility problems and suggested actions, such as selecting compatible versions or consulting documentation. This feature enhances user confidence by making the platform more robust against potential conflicts, thus supporting a smoother user experience and maintaining system integrity.

Acceptance Criteria

User attempts to install a plugin that is incompatible with the current version of InsightStream.

Given the user is logged into InsightStream and selects a plugin for installation, When the installation is initiated, Then the system displays a compatibility notification with the specific reason for incompatibility and suggested actions.

User selects a compatible plugin for installation with the current version of InsightStream.

Given the user is logged into InsightStream and selects a compatible plugin for installation, When the installation is initiated, Then the system proceeds with the installation without displaying a compatibility notification.

User receives a notification detailing compatibility issues with a plugin they are attempting to install.

Given the user attempts to install an incompatible plugin, When the compatibility notification is displayed, Then the notification contains a clear explanation of the compatibility issue and links to recommended compatible versions or relevant documentation.

User is notified about an outdated version of a plugin that is incompatible with the current version of InsightStream.

Given the user attempts to install an outdated version of a plugin, When the compatibility checker identifies the outdated version, Then the user receives a notification indicating that the plugin version is outdated and suggests the latest compatible version instead.

Compatibility notifications are tracked and logged for user reference.

Given the user receives a compatibility notification, When the notification is displayed, Then it is logged in the system with a timestamp and the reason for the notification for future reference.

User can access a history of all compatibility notifications received.

Given the user navigates to the notifications history section, When they review the history, Then the user can see a list of all compatibility notifications with details including the date, plugin name, and the reason for incompatibility.

Automated Compatibility Reports

"As a user, I want to receive automated compatibility reports after updates or plugin installations so that I am fully aware of the status of my plugins and can take necessary actions if issues arise."

Description

Automated Compatibility Reports will generate comprehensive analyses of plugins’ compatibility with the user's current version of InsightStream. This feature will run checks post-update or whenever users add new plugins, providing an in-depth report on any potential conflicts or issues. Users will receive a summary report detailing all compatible and incompatible plugins along with suggested alternatives or solutions. This adds a layer of security and confidence by ensuring that the system remains stable and functional after any changes.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates a plugin installation post-update and the system checks for compatibility automatically.

Given the user has updated InsightStream, when they attempt to install a new plugin, then the system must automatically run a compatibility check and initiate the compatibility report generation process.

User requests a compatibility report for a specific plugin before installation.

Given the user is on the plugin installation page, when they request a compatibility report for a plugin, then the system should generate and display a detailed report of the plugin's compatibility status with the current version, indicating if it is compatible or not.

User receives notification for both compatible and incompatible plugins after a compatibility check.

Given the compatibility check has been completed, when the user views the summary report, then they must see a clear list of compatible and incompatible plugins along with recommendations for any alternatives.

User checks the compatibility of multiple plugins simultaneously.

Given the user has selected multiple plugins for installation, when they submit a compatibility check request, then the system must generate and provide a comprehensive report covering the compatibility status of all selected plugins in one report.

System handles exceptions gracefully during the compatibility check process.

Given that an error occurs during the compatibility check, when the user initiates the check, then the system must log the error event and display a user-friendly message indicating that compatibility could not be determined at this time, without crashing or freezing.

Manual Compatibility Check Option

"As a user, I want to manually check plugin compatibility before installation so that I can ensure that my system remains stable and functional without encountering issues after adding new functionalities."

Description

The Manual Compatibility Check Option will allow users to manually verify the compatibility of selected plugins before installation. Users can input or select the plugins they wish to check against their current InsightStream version, receiving immediate feedback on their compatibility status. This feature provides users with the flexibility to assess risks and make informed decisions, enhancing their control over system integrations and reducing the chance of conflicts after installations.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates a manual compatibility check for a selected plugin before installation.

Given the user is on the plugin management page, when the user selects a plugin and clicks 'Check Compatibility', then the system should return a compatibility status indicating whether the plugin is compatible with the current version of InsightStream.

User inputs multiple plugins for compatibility checks simultaneously.

Given the user has multiple plugins to check, when the user inputs the plugin names and clicks 'Check All', then the system should process each plugin and return an individual compatibility status for each plugin in a summary format.

User receives detailed information on compatibility issues.

Given the user selects a plugin that is incompatible, when the compatibility check is performed, then the system should provide detailed information on why the plugin is not compatible, including version conflicts and potential integration issues.

User interfaces with the compatibility checker using different browsers.

Given the user accesses the compatibility checker from a web browser, when the user inputs a plugin name and clicks 'Check Compatibility', then the system should be functional and return the compatibility status across all major web browsers (Chrome, Firefox, Safari, Edge).

User has a slow internet connection and performs a compatibility check.

Given the user has a slow internet connection, when the user initiates a compatibility check, then the system should provide a loading indicator and return a compatibility status without timing out or causing errors within 30 seconds.

User requests compatibility information for a plugin right after an update to InsightStream.

Given the user has just updated InsightStream, when the user checks compatibility for any plugin, then the system should reflect the latest compatibility information consistent with the new version of InsightStream.

User views a historical log of previous compatibility checks.

Given the user has performed multiple compatibility checks, when the user navigates to the 'History' section, then the system should display a log of previous checks, including plugin names, dates of checks, and compatibility results.

User-Friendly Compatibility Dashboard

"As a user, I want a dashboard that shows the compatibility status of my plugins so that I can easily identify potential issues and maintain my system's integrity."

Description

The User-Friendly Compatibility Dashboard will provide users with a dedicated interface that visualizes all currently installed plugins along with their compatibility status with the InsightStream version. This dashboard will aggregate both automated checks and user inputs into an easily navigable format that outlines which plugins are up-to-date, which require updates, and which are incompatible. Enhancing usability, this feature will help users quickly assess the health of their integrations and take necessary actions at a glance.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the compatibility dashboard to view the status of installed plugins.

Given the user is logged into InsightStream, When they navigate to the Compatibility Dashboard, Then they should see a list of all installed plugins along with their compatibility status.

User wants to identify outdated plugins that require updates.

Given the compatibility dashboard is displayed, When the user filters the list by 'Outdated', Then they should see only the plugins that are marked as needing an update.

User encounters a plugin that is incompatible with the current InsightStream version.

Given the user is viewing the compatibility dashboard, When they click on an incompatible plugin, Then they should see a detailed message explaining the compatibility issue and suggested actions.

User seeks to quickly assess the health of their integrations at a glance.

Given the compatibility dashboard is displayed, When the user looks at the compatibility status indicators, Then each plugin should show clear visual indicators (such as color-coded statuses) representing 'Compatible', 'Outdated', or 'Incompatible'.

User wants to manually report an issue with a plugin's compatibility status.

Given the compatibility dashboard, When the user selects a plugin and chooses to report an issue, Then they should be presented with a form to submit their feedback, which gets logged in the system.

User needs to understand the overall compatibility health of their plugins.

Given the compatibility dashboard is populated, When the user views the summary panel, Then they should see an overview displaying the total number of compatible, outdated, and incompatible plugins.

User wants to receive notifications about plugin updates and compatibility changes.

Given the user has enabled notifications, When a plugin becomes outdated or incompatible, Then the user should receive an email notification detailing the change.

Feedback Collection for Compatibility Issues

"As a user, I want to report compatibility issues so that I can contribute to improving the plugin system and ensure better experiences for myself and other users in the future."

Description

The Feedback Collection for Compatibility Issues feature will allow users to report compatibility problems and provide insights on their experiences with plugins. This information will be collected in a structured manner, enabling the development team to identify common issues and enhance plugin compatibility assists. Documented user feedback will improve the plugin ecosystem over time and ensure users feel heard and supported, ultimately leading to a more reliable InsightStream environment.

Acceptance Criteria

User submits a feedback report for a plugin compatibility issue after attempting to install it with InsightStream, detailing their experience and the specific error encountered.

Given that the user is on the feedback submission page, when they fill in all required fields and submit the report, then the system should acknowledge the submission with a confirmation message and store the feedback in the database for review.

A user views previously submitted feedback on compatibility issues to determine whether their situation has been addressed or is similar to others.

Given that the user is on the feedback overview page, when they filter the feedback by plugin name or category, then the system should display all related feedback entries in a clear and sorted manner.

The development team reviews user feedback on plugin compatibility to identify recurring issues and prioritize fixes for future updates.

Given that the development team accesses the feedback analytics dashboard, when they view the compatibility issue reports, then they should see visualizations indicating the frequency of specific issues reported to aid in prioritization.

A user receives a notification about recent updates or fixes related to their reported compatibility issues.

Given that the user has submitted feedback on a compatibility issue, when there is an update pertaining to that issue, then the system should automatically send an email notification to the user containing relevant details about the update.

A user checks the integrity of their feedback submission after reporting it to confirm that it has been successfully logged in the system.

Given that the user is on the feedback confirmation page, when they request to see their submitted reports, then the system should display the user's previous submissions with timestamps and statuses for each report.

An admin evaluates the overall effectiveness of the feedback collection mechanism to identify areas for improvement.

Given that the admin is on the feedback management dashboard, when they generate a report on feedback submission trends over the last quarter, then the report should provide insights on the volume, common issues, and responsiveness of the system to feedback.

Integration Usage Analytics

Integration Usage Analytics tracks how frequently and effectively plugins are being used within the InsightStream platform. This feature provides valuable insights that help users identify which integrations drive the most value, allowing them to optimize their data workflow and make informed decisions about resource allocation.

Requirements

Integration Metrics Dashboard

"As a data analyst, I want to access a dashboard that visualizes integration usage trends so that I can identify the most valuable integrations for my tasks and optimize our resources accordingly."

Description

The Integration Metrics Dashboard will provide users with a visual representation of how frequently each integration is used, highlighting usage trends over time. This feature will incorporate interactive graphs and charts that allow users to filter data by date range, integration type, and user role. With these insights, users can quickly identify which integrations are performing well and which may need further optimization or support. This capability enhances user decision-making by providing a consolidated view of integration usage, ultimately leading to improved resource allocation and workflow efficiency.

Acceptance Criteria

Users want to view how frequently integrations are used over a specific date range to understand the effectiveness of various plugins.

Given the user is on the Integration Metrics Dashboard, When the user selects a date range and clicks 'Apply', Then the dashboard should display the usage statistics for each integration within the selected date range.

A user needs to filter integration usage by integration type to analyze performance between different categories of plugins.

Given the user is on the Integration Metrics Dashboard, When the user selects an integration type from the filter options, Then the dashboard should update to show usage data only for the selected integration type.

An administrator wants to gauge the performance of integrations based on user roles to allocate resources effectively.

Given the user is on the Integration Metrics Dashboard, When the user applies a filter based on user roles, Then the dashboard should present integration usage metrics corresponding to selected user roles.

A user wants to compare usage trends between two different integrations over the past month to decide on resource allocation.

Given the user is on the Integration Metrics Dashboard, When the user selects two integrations for comparison from the dropdown, Then the dashboard should overlay usage trends for both integrations on the same graph.

The team requires a report summarizing integration usage trends for presentations to management.

Given the user is on the Integration Metrics Dashboard, When the user clicks 'Generate Report', Then a downloadable report summarizing the data and trends should be created and accessible to the user.

Users need a visual representation of integration usage to quickly identify which integrations require attention due to low usage.

Given the user is on the Integration Metrics Dashboard, When the dashboard displays usage statistics, Then integrations with significantly low usage should be highlighted in red to draw attention to them.

Alerts for Low Usage Integrations

"As an integration manager, I want to receive alerts for integrations with low usage so that I can take action to improve their effectiveness or consider their removal from our system."

Description

This requirement involves implementing an alert system that notifies users when specific integrations fall below a predefined usage threshold. The feature will offer customizable alert settings, allowing users to choose the frequency and method of notifications (e.g., email, in-app alerts). By proactively addressing low usage, organizations can investigate potential issues with integrations, improve user training, and make informed decisions about maintaining or retiring integrations that do not deliver value.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives an alert notification regarding low usage integration within the specified timeframe.

Given that the user has set an alert threshold for integrations, when the integration usage falls below the configured usage level, then the user should receive a notification via the selected method (email/in-app) within 10 minutes of detection.

Users can customize the alert settings for low usage integrations in their profile settings.

Given that the user is in their profile settings, when they adjust alert configurations for low usage integrations, then the specified settings should be saved successfully and applied immediately without requiring a page refresh.

The system tracks the actual usage data of integrations and determines when to trigger an alert.

Given that there is an existing integration within InsightStream, when its usage data is processed, then the system should correctly calculate usage frequency and determine if it falls below the defined threshold within a 24-hour period.

Users can view a history of alerts triggered for low usage integrations.

Given that alerts have been generated for low usage integrations, when the user accesses the alert history section, then they should be able to see a list of all alerts including integration name, date, and time of alert within a user-friendly interface.

The alert system provides options for frequency of notifications (immediate, daily, weekly).

Given that the user is setting up notifications, when they choose the frequency of alerts for low usage integrations, then the system should allow selections of immediate, daily, or weekly notifications, storing their preference without error.

Integration usage analytics dashboard updates in real-time to reflect current usage statistics.

Given that the user is on the integration usage analytics dashboard, when the data is refreshed, then it should display up-to-date usage statistics for all integrations in real-time without requiring a manual refresh.

Integration Comparison Tool

"As an operations manager, I want to compare usage metrics of different integrations so that I can identify which ones provide the best value to our teams and focus our resources accordingly."

Description

The Integration Comparison Tool will enable users to compare usage metrics across different integrations side by side. This tool will allow users to view key performance indicators such as frequency of use, user feedback scores, and impact on workflow efficiency. By facilitating direct comparisons, users can determine which integrations provide the most significant benefits and make data-driven decisions on which to prioritize in their operations.

Acceptance Criteria

User compares the usage metrics of two different integrations within the Integration Comparison Tool to assess their effectiveness.

Given that the user has selected two integrations to compare, when they view the comparison tool, then the tool should display side-by-side metrics for frequency of use, user feedback scores, and workflow efficiency impact for both integrations.

User wants to filter integration comparisons based on specific user defined criteria such as minimum frequency of use or feedback score.

Given that the user has access to filters within the comparison tool, when they apply a filter such that only integrations meeting the criteria are displayed, then the tool should update the comparison view to reflect only those integrations.

User wishes to export the comparison results for further analysis or reporting.

Given that the user has generated a comparison report, when they click on the export button, then they should receive the comparison data in a downloadable format (e.g., CSV or PDF) that includes all selected metrics.

User seeks to understand the visual representation of the comparison metrics for easier interpretation.

Given that the user has selected metrics for comparison, when they access the visualization options, then the tool should provide clear charting options (e.g., bar graph, line chart) that accurately reflect the comparative data between the selected integrations.

User wants to view historical performance data for the selected integrations over time.

Given that the user is using the comparison tool, when they select the option to view historical data, then the tool should display a time series graph showing the performance metrics of the integrations over a user-specified period.

User aims to receive recommendations based on the comparison metrics of the integrations.

Given that the user has completed the comparison, when they finish analyzing the metrics, then the tool should provide a summary of recommendations on which integrations to prioritize based on their performance outcomes.

User Segmentation for Integration Usage

"As a team leader, I want to see integration usage statistics broken down by user roles so that I can assess how well my team is utilizing the tools available to us and identify areas for improvement."

Description

This feature will track and display integration usage metrics segmented by user roles within the organization. The goal is to analyze how different departments or user roles utilize the available integrations, pinpointing trends and gaps in usage. This segmented data will help managers identify training opportunities and ensure that all departments leverage relevant integrations effectively, improving overall productivity and satisfaction.

Acceptance Criteria

User roles analyze integration usage metrics in a departmental meeting.

Given a manager selects a department from the dropdown, When they click on 'View Usage Metrics', Then the system displays a segmented report of integration usage for that department's user roles.

A user accesses the Analytics dashboard to review their department's integration usage.

Given a user with the appropriate role logs into the dashboard, When they navigate to the 'Integration Usage' section, Then the system shows metrics segmented by user roles specific to their department.

An administrator generates a report on integration usage to identify training needs.

Given an administrator requests a usage report for all departments, When they specify a date range and click 'Generate Report', Then the system produces a comprehensive report detailing usage metrics segmented by user roles.

A team leader reviews integration usage to enhance team productivity.

Given a team leader views integration usage metrics for their team, When they filter the report by role, Then they see a clear breakdown of usage effectiveness and areas that require improvement.

A manager wants to compare integration usage between different departments.

Given a manager selects two departments for comparison, When they execute the 'Compare' function, Then the system displays a side-by-side comparison of integration usage metrics segmented by user roles for both departments.

A user encounters difficulty understanding the integration usage report.

Given a user is viewing the integration usage report, When they click on the 'Help' icon, Then the system provides contextual help regarding how to interpret the segmented metrics.

Automated Reporting on Integration Performance

"As a project manager, I want to receive automated reports on integration performance so that I can stay updated on usage trends and allocate resources effectively without spending time on manual data collection."

Description

This requirement entails creating an automated reporting system that generates regular reports on integration performance and usage metrics. Users can schedule reports to be sent to stakeholders, showcasing key insights and trends over specific time frames. This automation simplifies the reporting process, ensuring that critical information is communicated effectively without requiring manual effort, thereby enhancing strategic planning and decision-making.

Acceptance Criteria

Automated Reporting on Integration Performance for Stakeholders

Given a user schedules a report for integration performance, When the scheduled time arrives, Then the report is automatically generated and sent to all specified stakeholders via email without error.

Customizable Report Scheduling

Given a user accesses the report scheduling interface, When they set a schedule for weekly reporting, Then the system allows them to choose the report type, frequency, and recipients before saving the schedule.

Performance Metrics Visibility in Reports

Given the automated report is generated for integration performance, When the report is reviewed, Then it contains key metrics including usage frequency, user engagement, and response times for each integration.

User Notification for New Reports

Given a report has been successfully generated and sent, When a stakeholder accesses their email, Then they receive a notification confirming the new report is available for review.

Historical Data Analysis

Given a user requests a report for a specific date range, When the request is processed, Then the report includes historical usage data and trends related to integration performance for that period.

Error Handling in Report Generation

Given a user attempts to generate a report for integration performance, When there is an error in the generation process, Then an appropriate error message is displayed, and no incomplete report is sent to stakeholders.

User Feedback on Report Utility

Given users receive the automated reports, When they provide feedback on report usefulness, Then the system captures their input for analysis and potential improvements in future reporting features.

Developer Support Hub

The Developer Support Hub is a dedicated space where users can access documentation, tutorials, and community forums for each integration. This feature ensures that users have the resources needed for successful installation and troubleshooting, elevating overall user experience and promoting engagement with the Integration Marketplace.

Requirements

Comprehensive Documentation Repository

"As a developer, I want to access up-to-date and comprehensive documentation for my integrations so that I can implement them correctly and efficiently without external help."

Description

The Comprehensive Documentation Repository is a centralized location within the Developer Support Hub where users can access detailed installation instructions, usage guidelines, and best practices for each integration. This feature aims to provide users with the necessary documentation to successfully implement and utilize the integrations without external assistance. The repository will be regularly updated to reflect the latest changes and improvements to the software integrations, ensuring that users have access to the most current information available. By leveraging this dedicated space, users can efficiently troubleshoot common issues and optimize their use of the Analytics platform, thereby improving user satisfaction and increasing engagement with the product.

Acceptance Criteria

Accessing the Comprehensive Documentation Repository from the Developer Support Hub.

Given that a user navigates to the Developer Support Hub, when they select the Comprehensive Documentation Repository, then they should be redirected to a page displaying all available documentation categorized by integration.

Searching for specific documentation within the Comprehensive Documentation Repository.

Given a user is on the Comprehensive Documentation Repository page, when they input a keyword in the search bar, then the system should return relevant documentation articles by integration.

Viewing detailed installation instructions for a selected integration.

Given a user selects a specific integration from the documentation list, when they access the installation instructions, then the instructions should be detailed, clear, and follow a step-by-step format with visual aids if applicable.

Downloading the usage guidelines from the Comprehensive Documentation Repository.

Given that a user is on the usage guidelines page for an integration, when they click the download button, then the usage guidelines should download in a PDF format successfully without errors.

Accessing best practices documentation for troubleshooting.

Given a user visits the best practices section within the Comprehensive Documentation Repository, when they click on a best practice topic, then the system should display practical approaches and common troubleshooting steps specific to that integration.

Updating documentation in the Comprehensive Documentation Repository to reflect changes in integrations.

Given that the documentation has been updated, when a user refreshes the Comprehensive Documentation Repository page, then they should see the latest information without any outdated content.

Providing user feedback on documentation quality within the Comprehensive Documentation Repository.

Given a user views any documentation, when they submit feedback on the quality, then the feedback should be successfully recorded, and the user should receive a confirmation message indicating their submission was successful.

Interactive Tutorials and Walkthroughs

"As a new user, I want interactive tutorials to guide me through the installation process so that I can understand each step and complete the setup confidently."

Description

The Interactive Tutorials and Walkthroughs requirement will introduce guided tutorials that help users through the process of setting up integrations step-by-step within the Developer Support Hub. These tutorials will be designed to enhance user experience by providing visual aids and interactive elements that simplify complex tasks. This feature will not only reduce the time required for onboarding new users but also decrease the volume of support queries related to integration setup. The content will be tailored to different user roles, ensuring that both technical and non-technical users can benefit from tailored guidance, ultimately driving higher user engagement with InsightStream.

Acceptance Criteria

User Completes a Step-by-Step Integration Setup Using an Interactive Tutorial in the Developer Support Hub

Given a user accesses the Interactive Tutorials in the Developer Support Hub, when they follow the step-by-step tutorial for integration setup, then they should complete the integration within the estimated time provided and with no external support needed.

Visual Aids Are Effectively Integrated into Interactive Tutorials

Given a user is following an interactive tutorial, when they reach steps that include visual aids, then they should be able to successfully understand and implement the task as demonstrated by a corresponding action confirmation in the system.

Tailored Content is Accessed by Different User Roles

Given users of different roles (technical and non-technical) access the Interactive Tutorials, when they select their role-specific tutorial, then they should receive content appropriate to their skill level and experience, as validated through user feedback.

User Engagement Measurement With Interactive Tutorials

Given the Interactive Tutorials have been launched, when user engagement is tracked over the first three months, then there should be an increase in active users accessing the tutorials by at least 30% compared to previous documentation access metrics.

Support Query Volume Reduction Post-Tutorial Launch

Given the Interactive Tutorials have been implemented, when support query analytics are reviewed after the first quarter, then there should be a decrease in integration setup related queries by at least 25% compared to the previous quarter.

User Satisfaction Survey After Using Interactive Tutorials

Given an interactive tutorial has been completed by a user, when they receive a satisfaction survey, then at least 80% of respondents should rate their tutorial experience as 'satisfactory' or higher.

Completion Rate of Interactive Tutorials

Given a user starts an interactive tutorial, when they complete the tutorial, then the completion rate should be tracked and should achieve at least a 70% completion rate in the first month of launch.

Community Forum for Peer Support

"As a user, I want to participate in a community forum where I can ask questions and interact with other professionals so that I can find solutions and improve my integration experience."

Description

The Community Forum for Peer Support is a collaborative space within the Developer Support Hub that allows users to ask questions, share experiences, and offer solutions related to integrations. This forum will facilitate communication and knowledge sharing among users, fostering a sense of community and encouraging users to help each other. The forum will include categories for specific integrations and topics to streamline discussions. Input and contributions from the community can help illuminate common troubleshooting issues, best practices, and innovative use cases, which can subsequently be integrated back into official documentation, thereby enhancing the overall knowledge base.

Acceptance Criteria

Community users access the Community Forum for Peer Support to ask a question about a specific integration issue they are facing, and they successfully find relevant answers from other users.

Given a user is logged into the Community Forum, when they post a question about an integration issue, then the post should be successfully submitted, and the user should receive a confirmation message.

Users browse the Community Forum for Peer Support to find answers to previously posted questions related to a common integration problem.

Given a user is on the Community Forum page, when they filter the forum by the 'Integration Issues' category, then they should see a list of all questions and answers relevant to that category.

A user contributes to the Community Forum for Peer Support by answering another user's question about integration best practices.

Given a user is viewing a question in the Community Forum, when they provide a response and submit it, then their answer should be posted below the original question and visible to all users.

Users search for specific topics within the Community Forum to quickly find discussions that are relevant to their integration needs.

Given a user enters a keyword in the search bar on the Community Forum, when they hit enter, then the forum should display all relevant posts that contain the keyword.

The Community Forum collects and highlights the most common troubleshooting posts for users to easily identify persistent issues.

Given there are multiple posts in the Community Forum, when the forum admin tags posts as 'Trending Topics', then these posts should be displayed prominently on the main page of the forum.

Users want to provide feedback on the effectiveness of the responses they received in the Community Forum.

Given a user has read responses to their question, when they click on a feedback button next to each response, then they should be able to submit a rating and comments on the usefulness of that response.

Users receive notifications for new posts in the Community Forum on their subscribed topics.

Given a user has subscribed to a specific category in the Community Forum, when a new post is made in that category, then the user should receive an email notification about the new post.

Integration Troubleshooting Guides

"As a user facing integration issues, I want a troubleshooting guide that provides clear steps to resolve problems so that I can fix issues independently without waiting for support."

Description

The Integration Troubleshooting Guides requirement involves creating detailed guides for common issues that users may encounter while integrating various systems with InsightStream. Each guide will include step-by-step troubleshooting instructions, FAQs, and links to relevant documentation. This feature is crucial for empowering users to resolve issues independently, minimizing the need for direct support intervention. By providing this resource, users can quickly find solutions tailored to specific challenges, improving their confidence in using InsightStream and enhancing overall product adoption and retention rates.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Integration Troubleshooting Guides to solve a common integration issue encountered during the setup of a new data source in InsightStream.

Given the user is on the Developer Support Hub, when they select the 'Integration Troubleshooting Guides' section, then they should see a list of guides pertaining to various integration issues with clear titles.

User follows a troubleshooting guide to resolve a connection error between InsightStream and a CRM system.

Given the user selects a specific troubleshooting guide for 'Connection Errors', when they follow the step-by-step instructions, then they should successfully resolve the error and see a confirmation message indicating a successful connection.

User searches for a specific troubleshooting topic using the search function within the Developer Support Hub.

Given the user inputs a keyword related to a common issue, when they initiate the search, then the system should return relevant troubleshooting guides and documentation links that match the query.

User reviews a FAQ section within a troubleshooting guide to find answers to common questions about integrations.

Given the user is viewing a troubleshooting guide, when they scroll to the FAQ section, then they should find clear and concise answers to at least five common integration-related questions.

User accesses the troubleshooting guides on a mobile device for assistance while on-site troubleshooting an integration issue.

Given the user accesses the Developer Support Hub from a mobile device, when they navigate to the 'Integration Troubleshooting Guides', then the guides should be fully accessible and usable without any display issues.

User encounters an issue that is not covered in the troubleshooting guides and submits feedback to the Developer Support Hub.

Given the user has utilized all available troubleshooting guides, when they submit feedback about a missing topic, then their feedback should be logged and a confirmation message should be displayed confirming successful submission.

User interacts with the community forums after reading troubleshooting guides to seek further advice.

Given the user has completed a troubleshooting guide, when they navigate to the community forums, then they should find relevant discussions and be able to post their query for further assistance.

Feedback Mechanism for Continuous Improvement

"As a user, I want to provide feedback on the support resources so that I can help improve them for future users and enhance my own experience while using InsightStream."

Description

The Feedback Mechanism for Continuous Improvement will allow users to submit feedback on the resources available in the Developer Support Hub. This feature will include surveys, ratings, and suggestion forums that enable users to express their thoughts on the effectiveness of the documentation, tutorials, and community support. The collected feedback will be analyzed and utilized to continually enhance the support resources, ensuring they meet user needs appropriately. By engaging users in this feedback loop, the platform can adapt and evolve, providing ever-improving support resources that align with user expectations and requirements.

Acceptance Criteria

User submits feedback through the Developer Support Hub on documentation effectiveness.

Given the user accesses the feedback submission page, when they complete and submit the feedback form, then a confirmation message should appear, and the feedback should be recorded in the database.

User rates a tutorial on a scale of 1 to 5 stars within the Developer Support Hub.

Given a user is viewing a tutorial, when they select a rating from 1 to 5 stars and submit, then the average rating displayed for that tutorial should update to reflect the new submission after a refresh.

Users participate in a suggestion forum to provide ideas for improving documentation.

Given a user accesses the suggestion forum, when they submit an idea, then the idea should be visible in the forums list, and a notification should indicate successful submission.

Admin reviews user feedback and identifies areas for improvement in documentation.

Given the admin accesses the feedback analysis dashboard, when they filter feedback by documentation effectiveness, then the most common suggestions should be displayed for review.

User receives feedback on their submitted suggestions for documentation improvements.

Given a user has submitted suggestions, when they log back into the Developer Support Hub, then they should see updates regarding the status of their suggestions or feedback within their user profile.

User accesses a report summarizing feedback trends over a quarterly period.

Given the user is an admin, when they navigate to the quarterly feedback report section, then they should view a downloadable report summarizing feedback trends, including statistics and insights.

Product Details

Vision & Mission

Problem & Solution

Details & Audience

User Personas

Growth-Seeking Innovator

Background

Needs & Pain Points

Needs

Pain Points

Psychographics

Channels

Data-Driven Strategist

Background

Needs & Pain Points

Needs

Pain Points

Psychographics

Channels

Customer-Centric Advocate

Background

Needs & Pain Points

Needs

Pain Points

Psychographics

Channels

Product Features

Dynamic Data Connector

Requirements

Real-time Data Synchronization

Description

Acceptance Criteria

User-Friendly Data Mapping

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Multi-Source Data Aggregation

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Automated Data Quality Checks

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Customizable Data Refresh Schedule

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Automated Update Scheduler

Requirements

User-Friendly Configuration

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Automated Notification System

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Performance Monitoring Dashboard

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Multi-Source Data Integration

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Historical Data Analysis

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Smart Data Conflict Resolution

Requirements

Automated Conflict Detection

Description

Acceptance Criteria

User-configurable Conflict Resolution Rules

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Real-time Conflict Resolution Dashboard

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Alerts and Notifications for Data Conflicts

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Conflict Resolution History Log

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Integrate Machine Learning for Predictive Conflict Resolution